R&S®CMA180
Radio Test Set
User Manual
(;ÚÝË2)
User Manual
Test & Measurement
1176.7961.02 ─ 05
This user manual describes the following R&S®CMA models:
●
R&S®CMA180 (1173.2000K18)
© 2015 Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG
Mühldorfstr. 15, 81671 München, Germany
Phone: +49 89 41 29 - 0
Fax: +49 89 41 29 12 164
E-mail: info@rohde-schwarz.com
Internet: www.rohde-schwarz.com
Subject to change – Data without tolerance limits is not binding.
R&S® is a registered trademark of Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG.
Trade names are trademarks of the owners.
The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual: R&S®CMA is abbreviated as R&S CMA.
R&S®CMA180
Contents
Contents
1 Preface.................................................................................................. 11
1.1
Key Features................................................................................................................11
1.2
Documentation Overview........................................................................................... 12
1.3
Typographical Conventions.......................................................................................13
1.4
Conventions for Procedure Descriptions................................................................. 13
1.5
Using the Online Help System................................................................................... 14
2 What's New in this Revision................................................................17
3 Getting Started..................................................................................... 18
3.1
Putting the Instrument into Operation...................................................................... 18
3.1.1
Unpacking and Checking the Instrument...................................................................... 18
3.1.2
Positioning the Instrument.............................................................................................19
3.1.3
Starting the Instrument..................................................................................................21
3.1.4
Using the Instrument with Batteries.............................................................................. 25
3.1.5
EMI Suppression...........................................................................................................29
3.2
Instrument Tour...........................................................................................................29
3.2.1
Front Panel Tour........................................................................................................... 29
3.2.2
Rear Panel Tour............................................................................................................38
3.2.3
Connecting External Devices........................................................................................ 42
3.2.4
Cleaning........................................................................................................................ 43
3.3
Trying Out the Instrument.......................................................................................... 44
3.3.1
RX Test Example.......................................................................................................... 44
3.3.2
TX Test Example...........................................................................................................48
3.4
Operating the Instrument........................................................................................... 52
3.4.1
Means of Manual Interaction.........................................................................................52
3.4.2
Entering Data................................................................................................................ 52
3.4.3
Selecting a Scenario..................................................................................................... 55
3.4.4
Tab Modes.................................................................................................................... 56
3.4.5
Accessing Generator or Measurement Settings........................................................... 57
3.4.6
Starting a Generator or a Measurement....................................................................... 59
3.4.7
Working with Result Diagrams...................................................................................... 60
3.4.8
Scrolling........................................................................................................................ 64
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
3
R&S®CMA180
3.4.9
Contents
Soft-Front Panel and Keyboard Shortcuts.................................................................... 64
4 Test Scenarios......................................................................................66
4.1
TX Scenario................................................................................................................. 66
4.1.1
Test Setup.....................................................................................................................66
4.1.2
Available Applications................................................................................................... 67
4.1.3
Performing a TX Test.................................................................................................... 67
4.2
RX Scenario................................................................................................................. 68
4.2.1
Test Setup.....................................................................................................................68
4.2.2
Available Applications................................................................................................... 68
4.2.3
Performing an RX Test..................................................................................................69
4.3
DX Scenario................................................................................................................. 69
4.3.1
Test Setup.....................................................................................................................69
4.3.2
Available Applications................................................................................................... 70
4.3.3
Performing a DX Test....................................................................................................70
4.4
Spectrum Scenario..................................................................................................... 71
4.4.1
Test Setup.....................................................................................................................71
4.4.2
Available Applications................................................................................................... 72
4.4.3
Performing a Spectrum Measurement.......................................................................... 72
4.5
Audio Scenario............................................................................................................73
4.5.1
Test Setup.....................................................................................................................73
4.5.2
Available Applications................................................................................................... 74
4.5.3
Performing an Audio Test............................................................................................. 74
4.6
Expert Scenario...........................................................................................................75
4.6.1
Test Setup.....................................................................................................................75
4.6.2
Available Applications................................................................................................... 76
5 Signal Generator.................................................................................. 77
5.1
Test Setup....................................................................................................................77
5.2
Generator Tab Overview.............................................................................................77
5.2.1
Toolbar.......................................................................................................................... 78
5.2.2
TX Test..........................................................................................................................79
5.2.3
RX Test......................................................................................................................... 79
5.2.4
DX Test......................................................................................................................... 80
5.2.5
Audio Test..................................................................................................................... 81
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
4
R&S®CMA180
Contents
5.2.6
Spectrum Measurement with Tracking Mode................................................................82
5.3
Generator Settings......................................................................................................83
5.3.1
RF Settings Tab............................................................................................................ 83
5.3.2
RF Channels Tab.......................................................................................................... 88
5.3.3
RF ARB Tab..................................................................................................................89
5.3.4
AF Settings Tab............................................................................................................ 93
5.3.5
Filters Tab..................................................................................................................... 97
5.3.6
Tones Tab..................................................................................................................... 98
5.3.7
Interferer Tab.............................................................................................................. 101
5.3.8
Multitone Settings........................................................................................................104
5.4
Modulation Types......................................................................................................106
5.5
Waveform Files..........................................................................................................108
5.5.1
Tag Description........................................................................................................... 109
5.5.2
Manually Creating Waveform Files............................................................................. 114
5.5.3
Editing Waveform Files............................................................................................... 118
5.5.4
Synchronization via Marker Signals............................................................................ 118
5.5.5
Waveform File Packages R&S CMA-KVxxx............................................................... 118
5.6
GPS Receiver Tests.................................................................................................. 119
5.6.1
Required Equipment................................................................................................... 119
5.6.2
Test Setup...................................................................................................................120
5.6.3
Test Procedure............................................................................................................120
5.6.4
Expected Test Results................................................................................................ 122
6 Measurements.................................................................................... 125
6.1
Analyzer..................................................................................................................... 125
6.1.1
Test Setup...................................................................................................................125
6.1.2
Analyzer Tab Overview............................................................................................... 126
6.1.3
Measurement Results................................................................................................. 128
6.1.4
Measurement Settings................................................................................................ 139
6.1.5
Measurement Points and Filters................................................................................. 162
6.2
EPS Measurement.....................................................................................................163
6.2.1
Test Setup...................................................................................................................164
6.2.2
Performing an EPS Measurement.............................................................................. 164
6.2.3
EPS Tab Overview......................................................................................................165
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
5
R&S®CMA180
Contents
6.2.4
Measurement Results................................................................................................. 166
6.2.5
Measurement Settings................................................................................................ 167
6.2.6
Zeroing........................................................................................................................ 169
6.3
ACP Measurement.................................................................................................... 170
6.3.1
Test Setup...................................................................................................................170
6.3.2
Performing an ACP Measurement.............................................................................. 170
6.3.3
ACP Tab Overview......................................................................................................171
6.3.4
Measurement Results................................................................................................. 172
6.3.5
Measurement Settings................................................................................................ 175
6.4
Power Measurement................................................................................................. 179
6.4.1
Test Setup...................................................................................................................179
6.4.2
Performing a Power Measurement............................................................................. 179
6.4.3
Power Tab Overview...................................................................................................180
6.4.4
Measurement Results................................................................................................. 182
6.4.5
Measurement Settings................................................................................................ 183
6.5
FFT Spectrum Analyzer............................................................................................ 190
6.5.1
Test Setup...................................................................................................................190
6.5.2
Performing an FFT Spectrum Analysis....................................................................... 191
6.5.3
FFT Spectrum Tab Overview...................................................................................... 191
6.5.4
Measurement Results................................................................................................. 193
6.5.5
Measurement Settings................................................................................................ 195
6.5.6
Background Information.............................................................................................. 202
6.6
Spectrum Analyzer....................................................................................................204
6.6.1
Test Setup...................................................................................................................204
6.6.2
Performing a Spectrum Analysis.................................................................................205
6.6.3
Spectrum Analyzer Tab Overview...............................................................................206
6.6.4
Measurement Results................................................................................................. 208
6.6.5
Measurement Settings................................................................................................ 210
6.6.6
Frequency Response Measurements......................................................................... 219
6.7
Background Information.......................................................................................... 224
6.7.1
Statistical Settings.......................................................................................................224
6.7.2
Statistical Results........................................................................................................225
7 General Instrument Settings and Functions................................... 226
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
6
R&S®CMA180
Contents
7.1
Setup Dialog.............................................................................................................. 226
7.2
Global Display Settings............................................................................................ 227
7.3
Date and Time Settings............................................................................................ 228
7.4
Configuring Loudspeaker and Headphones.......................................................... 229
7.5
Configuring the RF Connectors...............................................................................230
7.5.1
RF Protection Circuit................................................................................................... 230
7.5.2
RF COM High Power Attenuator.................................................................................231
7.6
Configuring the CONTROL Connector....................................................................231
7.7
Selecting the Reference Frequency Source........................................................... 233
7.8
Configuring the Trigger Connectors....................................................................... 234
7.9
Configuring Impedance Matching Unit Settings.................................................... 235
7.10
Restoring Default Settings....................................................................................... 236
7.11
Saving and Loading Settings...................................................................................237
7.12
Managing Files.......................................................................................................... 238
7.13
Creating Screenshots............................................................................................... 240
7.14
Operating System..................................................................................................... 241
7.14.1
Virus Protection...........................................................................................................242
7.14.2
Accessing the Operating System................................................................................ 242
7.15
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network...............................................................242
7.15.1
Connecting the Instrument to the Network..................................................................243
7.15.2
Assigning an IP Address............................................................................................. 243
7.15.3
LAN Settings............................................................................................................... 244
7.15.4
LXI Configuration........................................................................................................ 245
8 Remote Control.................................................................................. 254
8.1
Basics.........................................................................................................................254
8.1.1
Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols................................................................... 254
8.1.2
Establishing and Testing a LAN Connection...............................................................260
8.1.3
Starting and Stopping Remote Control....................................................................... 260
8.1.4
Monitoring the Remote Control Interface.................................................................... 262
8.1.5
Command Structure.................................................................................................... 262
8.1.6
Retrieving Measurement Results................................................................................ 267
8.1.7
Status Reporting System............................................................................................ 269
8.2
Command Reference................................................................................................ 275
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
7
R&S®CMA180
Contents
8.2.1
Finding the Relevant Command..................................................................................275
8.2.2
Conventions for Command Descriptions.....................................................................276
8.2.3
Common Commands.................................................................................................. 277
8.2.4
General Commands.................................................................................................... 285
8.2.5
Generator Commands.................................................................................................322
8.2.6
Analyzer Commands...................................................................................................352
8.2.7
EPS Measurement Commands...................................................................................411
8.2.8
ACP Measurement Commands.................................................................................. 417
8.2.9
Power Measurement Commands................................................................................427
8.2.10
FFT Spectrum Analyzer Commands...........................................................................440
8.2.11
Spectrum Analyzer Commands.................................................................................. 452
8.2.12
List of all Commands...................................................................................................471
8.3
Programming Examples........................................................................................... 486
8.3.1
Initializing the Instrument............................................................................................ 486
8.3.2
Reading the Error Queue............................................................................................ 487
8.3.3
RX Test Example........................................................................................................ 487
8.3.4
TX Test Example.........................................................................................................490
8.3.5
Adding an Interferer Signal......................................................................................... 492
8.3.6
Adding Tones to the RF Carrier.................................................................................. 493
8.3.7
Defining RF Channels................................................................................................. 493
8.3.8
Feeding External Audio Signals to the Generator.......................................................494
8.3.9
Using the CONTROL Connector.................................................................................494
9 Maintenance and Troubleshooting...................................................496
9.1
Storing and Packing................................................................................................. 496
9.2
Performing a Selftest................................................................................................ 496
9.2.1
General Selftest Settings............................................................................................ 497
9.2.2
Test Tree Contents and Configuration........................................................................ 497
9.2.3
Saving and Loading Selftest Settings......................................................................... 499
9.2.4
Changing the User Mode............................................................................................ 499
9.3
Adjusting the Reference Frequency........................................................................500
9.3.1
Reference for the Adjustment Subtab......................................................................... 501
9.4
Updating the Software.............................................................................................. 502
9.4.1
Software Packages and Versions............................................................................... 502
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
8
R&S®CMA180
Contents
9.4.2
Update Procedure....................................................................................................... 503
9.4.3
R&S Software Distributor............................................................................................ 504
9.4.4
R&S Version Selector................................................................................................. 505
9.5
Activating/Deactivating SW Options....................................................................... 506
9.5.1
License Keys Tab Reference...................................................................................... 508
9.6
Checking the Instrument Configuration................................................................. 510
9.7
Checking the Instrument State................................................................................ 510
9.8
Reliability Indicator................................................................................................... 512
9.9
Problem Reporting....................................................................................................515
9.10
Recovery and Backup...............................................................................................516
9.10.1
Backup and Restore Application................................................................................. 516
9.10.2
Backup of User Data................................................................................................... 520
10 AF Impedance Matching Unit............................................................521
10.1
Block Diagram........................................................................................................... 521
10.2
Buttons and LEDs..................................................................................................... 522
10.3
Connectors and Cabling...........................................................................................524
Index....................................................................................................527
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
9
R&S®CMA180
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Contents
10
Basic Safety Instructions
Always read through and comply with the following safety instructions!
All plants and locations of the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the safety
standards of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of safety. Our
products and the auxiliary equipment they require are designed, built and tested in accordance with the
safety standards that apply in each case. Compliance with these standards is continuously monitored by
our quality assurance system. The product described here has been designed, built and tested in
accordance with the EC Certificate of Conformity and has left the manufacturer’s plant in a condition fully
complying with safety standards. To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation, you must
observe all instructions and warnings provided in this manual. If you have any questions regarding these
safety instructions, the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies will be happy to answer them.
Furthermore, it is your responsibility to use the product in an appropriate manner. This product is designed
for use solely in industrial and laboratory environments or, if expressly permitted, also in the field and must
not be used in any way that may cause personal injury or property damage. You are responsible if the
product is used for any purpose other than its designated purpose or in disregard of the manufacturer's
instructions. The manufacturer shall assume no responsibility for such use of the product.
The product is used for its designated purpose if it is used in accordance with its product documentation
and within its performance limits (see data sheet, documentation, the following safety instructions). Using
the product requires technical skills and, in some cases, a basic knowledge of English. It is therefore
essential that only skilled and specialized staff or thoroughly trained personnel with the required skills be
allowed to use the product. If personal safety gear is required for using Rohde & Schwarz products, this
will be indicated at the appropriate place in the product documentation. Keep the basic safety instructions
and the product documentation in a safe place and pass them on to the subsequent users.
Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of any kind caused by
dangerous situations. Therefore, carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions
before and when using the product. It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety
instructions on personal safety, for example, that appear in relevant parts of the product documentation. In
these safety instructions, the word "product" refers to all merchandise sold and distributed by the Rohde &
Schwarz group of companies, including instruments, systems and all accessories. For product-specific
information, see the data sheet and the product documentation.
Safety labels on products
The following safety labels are used on products to warn against risks and dangers.
Symbol
Meaning
Notice, general danger location
Symbol
Meaning
ON/OFF Power
Observe product documentation
Caution when handling heavy equipment
Standby indication
Danger of electric shock
Direct current (DC)
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 1
Basic Safety Instructions
Symbol
Meaning
Symbol
Meaning
Caution ! Hot surface
Alternating current (AC)
Protective conductor terminal
To identify any terminal which is intended for
connection to an external conductor for
protection against electric shock in case of a
fault, or the terminal of a protective earth
Direct/alternating current (DC/AC)
Earth (Ground)
Class II Equipment
to identify equipment meeting the safety
requirements specified for Class II equipment
(device protected by double or reinforced
insulation)
Frame or chassis Ground terminal
EU labeling for batteries and accumulators
For additional information, see section "Waste
disposal/Environmental protection", item 1.
Be careful when handling electrostatic sensitive
devices
EU labeling for separate collection of electrical
and electronic devices
For additional information, see section "Waste
disposal/Environmental protection", item 2.
Warning! Laser radiation
For additional information, see section
"Operation", item 7.
Signal words and their meaning
The following signal words are used in the product documentation in order to warn the reader about risks
and dangers.
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
Indicates information considered important, but not hazard-related, e.g.
messages relating to property damage.
In the product documentation, the word ATTENTION is used synonymously.
These signal words are in accordance with the standard definition for civil applications in the European
Economic Area. Definitions that deviate from the standard definition may also exist in other economic
areas or military applications. It is therefore essential to make sure that the signal words described here
are always used only in connection with the related product documentation and the related product. The
use of signal words in connection with unrelated products or documentation can result in misinterpretation
and in personal injury or material damage.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 2
Basic Safety Instructions
Operating states and operating positions
The product may be operated only under the operating conditions and in the positions specified by the
manufacturer, without the product's ventilation being obstructed. If the manufacturer's specifications are
not observed, this can result in electric shock, fire and/or serious personal injury or death. Applicable local
or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work
performed.
1. Unless otherwise specified, the following requirements apply to Rohde & Schwarz products:
predefined operating position is always with the housing floor facing down, IP protection 2X, use only
indoors, max. operating altitude 2000 m above sea level, max. transport altitude 4500 m above sea
level. A tolerance of ±10 % shall apply to the nominal voltage and ±5 % to the nominal frequency,
overvoltage category 2, pollution degree 2.
2. Do not place the product on surfaces, vehicles, cabinets or tables that for reasons of weight or stability
are unsuitable for this purpose. Always follow the manufacturer's installation instructions when
installing the product and fastening it to objects or structures (e.g. walls and shelves). An installation
that is not carried out as described in the product documentation could result in personal injury or
even death.
3. Do not place the product on heat-generating devices such as radiators or fan heaters. The ambient
temperature must not exceed the maximum temperature specified in the product documentation or in
the data sheet. Product overheating can cause electric shock, fire and/or serious personal injury or
even death.
Electrical safety
If the information on electrical safety is not observed either at all or to the extent necessary, electric shock,
fire and/or serious personal injury or death may occur.
1. Prior to switching on the product, always ensure that the nominal voltage setting on the product
matches the nominal voltage of the mains-supply network. If a different voltage is to be set, the power
fuse of the product may have to be changed accordingly.
2. In the case of products of safety class I with movable power cord and connector, operation is
permitted only on sockets with a protective conductor contact and protective conductor.
3. Intentionally breaking the protective conductor either in the feed line or in the product itself is not
permitted. Doing so can result in the danger of an electric shock from the product. If extension cords
or connector strips are implemented, they must be checked on a regular basis to ensure that they are
safe to use.
4. If there is no power switch for disconnecting the product from the mains, or if the power switch is not
suitable for this purpose, use the plug of the connecting cable to disconnect the product from the
mains. In such cases, always ensure that the power plug is easily reachable and accessible at all
times. For example, if the power plug is the disconnecting device, the length of the connecting cable
must not exceed 3 m. Functional or electronic switches are not suitable for providing disconnection
from the AC supply network. If products without power switches are integrated into racks or systems,
the disconnecting device must be provided at the system level.
5. Never use the product if the power cable is damaged. Check the power cables on a regular basis to
ensure that they are in proper operating condition. By taking appropriate safety measures and
carefully laying the power cable, ensure that the cable cannot be damaged and that no one can be
hurt by, for example, tripping over the cable or suffering an electric shock.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 3
Basic Safety Instructions
6. The product may be operated only from TN/TT supply networks fuse-protected with max. 16 A (higher
fuse only after consulting with the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies).
7. Do not insert the plug into sockets that are dusty or dirty. Insert the plug firmly and all the way into the
socket provided for this purpose. Otherwise, sparks that result in fire and/or injuries may occur.
8. Do not overload any sockets, extension cords or connector strips; doing so can cause fire or electric
shocks.
9. For measurements in circuits with voltages Vrms > 30 V, suitable measures (e.g. appropriate
measuring equipment, fuse protection, current limiting, electrical separation, insulation) should be
taken to avoid any hazards.
10. Ensure that the connections with information technology equipment, e.g. PCs or other industrial
computers, comply with the IEC 60950-1 / EN 60950-1 or IEC 61010-1 / EN 61010-1 standards that
apply in each case.
11. Unless expressly permitted, never remove the cover or any part of the housing while the product is in
operation. Doing so will expose circuits and components and can lead to injuries, fire or damage to the
product.
12. If a product is to be permanently installed, the connection between the protective conductor terminal
on site and the product's protective conductor must be made first before any other connection is
made. The product may be installed and connected only by a licensed electrician.
13. For permanently installed equipment without built-in fuses, circuit breakers or similar protective
devices, the supply circuit must be fuse-protected in such a way that anyone who has access to the
product, as well as the product itself, is adequately protected from injury or damage.
14. Use suitable overvoltage protection to ensure that no overvoltage (such as that caused by a bolt of
lightning) can reach the product. Otherwise, the person operating the product will be exposed to the
danger of an electric shock.
15. Any object that is not designed to be placed in the openings of the housing must not be used for this
purpose. Doing so can cause short circuits inside the product and/or electric shocks, fire or injuries.
16. Unless specified otherwise, products are not liquid-proof (see also section "Operating states and
operating positions", item 1). Therefore, the equipment must be protected against penetration by
liquids. If the necessary precautions are not taken, the user may suffer electric shock or the product
itself may be damaged, which can also lead to personal injury.
17. Never use the product under conditions in which condensation has formed or can form in or on the
product, e.g. if the product has been moved from a cold to a warm environment. Penetration by water
increases the risk of electric shock.
18. Prior to cleaning the product, disconnect it completely from the power supply (e.g. AC supply network
or battery). Use a soft, non-linting cloth to clean the product. Never use chemical cleaning agents such
as alcohol, acetone or diluents for cellulose lacquers.
Operation
1. Operating the products requires special training and intense concentration. Make sure that persons
who use the products are physically, mentally and emotionally fit enough to do so; otherwise, injuries
or material damage may occur. It is the responsibility of the employer/operator to select suitable
personnel for operating the products.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 4
Basic Safety Instructions
2. Before you move or transport the product, read and observe the section titled "Transport".
3. As with all industrially manufactured goods, the use of substances that induce an allergic reaction
(allergens) such as nickel cannot be generally excluded. If you develop an allergic reaction (such as a
skin rash, frequent sneezing, red eyes or respiratory difficulties) when using a Rohde & Schwarz
product, consult a physician immediately to determine the cause and to prevent health problems or
stress.
4. Before you start processing the product mechanically and/or thermally, or before you take it apart, be
sure to read and pay special attention to the section titled "Waste disposal/Environmental protection",
item 1.
5. Depending on the function, certain products such as RF radio equipment can produce an elevated
level of electromagnetic radiation. Considering that unborn babies require increased protection,
pregnant women must be protected by appropriate measures. Persons with pacemakers may also be
exposed to risks from electromagnetic radiation. The employer/operator must evaluate workplaces
where there is a special risk of exposure to radiation and, if necessary, take measures to avert the
potential danger.
6. Should a fire occur, the product may release hazardous substances (gases, fluids, etc.) that can
cause health problems. Therefore, suitable measures must be taken, e.g. protective masks and
protective clothing must be worn.
7. Laser products are given warning labels that are standardized according to their laser class. Lasers
can cause biological harm due to the properties of their radiation and due to their extremely
concentrated electromagnetic power. If a laser product (e.g. a CD/DVD drive) is integrated into a
Rohde & Schwarz product, absolutely no other settings or functions may be used as described in the
product documentation. The objective is to prevent personal injury (e.g. due to laser beams).
8. EMC classes (in line with EN 55011/CISPR 11, and analogously with EN 55022/CISPR 22,
EN 55032/CISPR 32)
 Class A equipment:
Equipment suitable for use in all environments except residential environments and environments
that are directly connected to a low-voltage supply network that supplies residential buildings
Note: Class A equipment is intended for use in an industrial environment. This equipment may
cause radio disturbances in residential environments, due to possible conducted as well as
radiated disturbances. In this case, the operator may be required to take appropriate measures to
eliminate these disturbances.
 Class B equipment:
Equipment suitable for use in residential environments and environments that are directly
connected to a low-voltage supply network that supplies residential buildings
Repair and service
1. The product may be opened only by authorized, specially trained personnel. Before any work is
performed on the product or before the product is opened, it must be disconnected from the AC supply
network. Otherwise, personnel will be exposed to the risk of an electric shock.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 5
Basic Safety Instructions
2. Adjustments, replacement of parts, maintenance and repair may be performed only by electrical
experts authorized by Rohde & Schwarz. Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant
to safety (e.g. power switches, power transformers, fuses). A safety test must always be performed
after parts relevant to safety have been replaced (visual inspection, protective conductor test,
insulation resistance measurement, leakage current measurement, functional test). This helps ensure
the continued safety of the product.
Batteries and rechargeable batteries/cells
If the information regarding batteries and rechargeable batteries/cells is not observed either at all or to the
extent necessary, product users may be exposed to the risk of explosions, fire and/or serious personal
injury, and, in some cases, death. Batteries and rechargeable batteries with alkaline electrolytes (e.g.
lithium cells) must be handled in accordance with the EN 62133 standard.
1. Cells must not be taken apart or crushed.
2. Cells or batteries must not be exposed to heat or fire. Storage in direct sunlight must be avoided.
Keep cells and batteries clean and dry. Clean soiled connectors using a dry, clean cloth.
3. Cells or batteries must not be short-circuited. Cells or batteries must not be stored in a box or in a
drawer where they can short-circuit each other, or where they can be short-circuited by other
conductive materials. Cells and batteries must not be removed from their original packaging until they
are ready to be used.
4. Cells and batteries must not be exposed to any mechanical shocks that are stronger than permitted.
5. If a cell develops a leak, the fluid must not be allowed to come into contact with the skin or eyes. If
contact occurs, wash the affected area with plenty of water and seek medical aid.
6. Improperly replacing or charging cells or batteries that contain alkaline electrolytes (e.g. lithium cells)
can cause explosions. Replace cells or batteries only with the matching Rohde & Schwarz type (see
parts list) in order to ensure the safety of the product.
7. Cells and batteries must be recycled and kept separate from residual waste. Rechargeable batteries
and normal batteries that contain lead, mercury or cadmium are hazardous waste. Observe the
national regulations regarding waste disposal and recycling.
Transport
1. The product may be very heavy. Therefore, the product must be handled with care. In some cases,
the user may require a suitable means of lifting or moving the product (e.g. with a lift-truck) to avoid
back or other physical injuries.
2. Handles on the products are designed exclusively to enable personnel to transport the product. It is
therefore not permissible to use handles to fasten the product to or on transport equipment such as
cranes, fork lifts, wagons, etc. The user is responsible for securely fastening the products to or on the
means of transport or lifting. Observe the safety regulations of the manufacturer of the means of
transport or lifting. Noncompliance can result in personal injury or material damage.
3. If you use the product in a vehicle, it is the sole responsibility of the driver to drive the vehicle safely
and properly. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for accidents or collisions. Never use the
product in a moving vehicle if doing so could distract the driver of the vehicle. Adequately secure the
product in the vehicle to prevent injuries or other damage in the event of an accident.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 6
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
Waste disposal/Environmental protection
1. Specially marked equipment has a battery or accumulator that must not be disposed of with unsorted
municipal waste, but must be collected separately. It may only be disposed of at a suitable collection
point or via a Rohde & Schwarz customer service center.
2. Waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed of with unsorted municipal waste, but
must be collected separately.
Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG has developed a disposal concept and takes full responsibility for
take-back obligations and disposal obligations for manufacturers within the EU. Contact your
Rohde & Schwarz customer service center for environmentally responsible disposal of the product.
3. If products or their components are mechanically and/or thermally processed in a manner that goes
beyond their intended use, hazardous substances (heavy-metal dust such as lead, beryllium, nickel)
may be released. For this reason, the product may only be disassembled by specially trained
personnel. Improper disassembly may be hazardous to your health. National waste disposal
regulations must be observed.
4. If handling the product releases hazardous substances or fuels that must be disposed of in a special
way, e.g. coolants or engine oils that must be replenished regularly, the safety instructions of the
manufacturer of the hazardous substances or fuels and the applicable regional waste disposal
regulations must be observed. Also observe the relevant safety instructions in the product
documentation. The improper disposal of hazardous substances or fuels can cause health problems
and lead to environmental damage.
For additional information about environmental protection, visit the Rohde & Schwarz website.
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
¡Es imprescindible leer y cumplir las siguientes instrucciones e informaciones de seguridad!
El principio del grupo de empresas Rohde & Schwarz consiste en tener nuestros productos siempre al día
con los estándares de seguridad y de ofrecer a nuestros clientes el máximo grado de seguridad. Nuestros
productos y todos los equipos adicionales son siempre fabricados y examinados según las normas de
seguridad vigentes. Nuestro sistema de garantía de calidad controla constantemente que sean cumplidas
estas normas. El presente producto ha sido fabricado y examinado según el certificado de conformidad
de la UE y ha salido de nuestra planta en estado impecable según los estándares técnicos de seguridad.
Para poder preservar este estado y garantizar un funcionamiento libre de peligros, el usuario deberá
atenerse a todas las indicaciones, informaciones de seguridad y notas de alerta. El grupo de empresas
Rohde & Schwarz está siempre a su disposición en caso de que tengan preguntas referentes a estas
informaciones de seguridad.
Además queda en la responsabilidad del usuario utilizar el producto en la forma debida. Este producto
está destinado exclusivamente al uso en la industria y el laboratorio o, si ha sido expresamente
autorizado, para aplicaciones de campo y de ninguna manera deberá ser utilizado de modo que alguna
persona/cosa pueda sufrir daño. El uso del producto fuera de sus fines definidos o sin tener en cuenta las
instrucciones del fabricante queda en la responsabilidad del usuario. El fabricante no se hace en ninguna
forma responsable de consecuencias a causa del mal uso del producto.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 7
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
Se parte del uso correcto del producto para los fines definidos si el producto es utilizado conforme a las
indicaciones de la correspondiente documentación del producto y dentro del margen de rendimiento
definido (ver hoja de datos, documentación, informaciones de seguridad que siguen). El uso del producto
hace necesarios conocimientos técnicos y ciertos conocimientos del idioma inglés. Por eso se debe tener
en cuenta que el producto solo pueda ser operado por personal especializado o personas instruidas en
profundidad con las capacidades correspondientes. Si fuera necesaria indumentaria de seguridad para el
uso de productos de Rohde & Schwarz, encontraría la información debida en la documentación del
producto en el capítulo correspondiente. Guarde bien las informaciones de seguridad elementales, así
como la documentación del producto, y entréguelas a usuarios posteriores.
Tener en cuenta las informaciones de seguridad sirve para evitar en lo posible lesiones o daños por
peligros de toda clase. Por eso es imprescindible leer detalladamente y comprender por completo las
siguientes informaciones de seguridad antes de usar el producto, y respetarlas durante el uso del
producto. Deberán tenerse en cuenta todas las demás informaciones de seguridad, como p. ej. las
referentes a la protección de personas, que encontrarán en el capítulo correspondiente de la
documentación del producto y que también son de obligado cumplimiento. En las presentes
informaciones de seguridad se recogen todos los objetos que distribuye el grupo de empresas
Rohde & Schwarz bajo la denominación de "producto", entre ellos también aparatos, instalaciones así
como toda clase de accesorios. Los datos específicos del producto figuran en la hoja de datos y en la
documentación del producto.
Señalización de seguridad de los productos
Las siguientes señales de seguridad se utilizan en los productos para advertir sobre riesgos y peligros.
Símbolo
Significado
Aviso: punto de peligro general
Observar la documentación del producto
Símbolo
Significado
Tensión de alimentación de PUESTA EN
MARCHA / PARADA
Atención en el manejo de dispositivos de peso
elevado
Indicación de estado de espera (standby)
Peligro de choque eléctrico
Corriente continua (DC)
Advertencia: superficie caliente
Corriente alterna (AC)
Conexión a conductor de protección
Corriente continua / Corriente alterna (DC/AC)
Conexión a tierra
El aparato está protegido en su totalidad por un
aislamiento doble (reforzado)
Conexión a masa
Distintivo de la UE para baterías y
acumuladores
Más información en la sección
"Eliminación/protección del medio ambiente",
punto 1.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 8
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
Símbolo
Significado
Símbolo
Aviso: Cuidado en el manejo de dispositivos
sensibles a la electrostática (ESD)
Significado
Distintivo de la UE para la eliminación por
separado de dispositivos eléctricos y
electrónicos
Más información en la sección
"Eliminación/protección del medio ambiente",
punto 2.
Advertencia: rayo láser
Más información en la sección
"Funcionamiento", punto 7.
Palabras de señal y su significado
En la documentación del producto se utilizan las siguientes palabras de señal con el fin de advertir contra
riesgos y peligros.
Indica una situación de peligro que, si no se evita, causa lesiones
graves o incluso la muerte.
Indica una situación de peligro que, si no se evita, puede causar
lesiones graves o incluso la muerte.
Indica una situación de peligro que, si no se evita, puede causar
lesiones leves o moderadas.
Indica información que se considera importante, pero no en relación
con situaciones de peligro; p. ej., avisos sobre posibles daños
materiales.
En la documentación del producto se emplea de forma sinónima el
término CUIDADO.
Las palabras de señal corresponden a la definición habitual para aplicaciones civiles en el área
económica europea. Pueden existir definiciones diferentes a esta definición en otras áreas económicas o
en aplicaciones militares. Por eso se deberá tener en cuenta que las palabras de señal aquí descritas
sean utilizadas siempre solamente en combinación con la correspondiente documentación del producto y
solamente en combinación con el producto correspondiente. La utilización de las palabras de señal en
combinación con productos o documentaciones que no les correspondan puede llevar a interpretaciones
equivocadas y tener por consecuencia daños en personas u objetos.
Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento
El producto solamente debe ser utilizado según lo indicado por el fabricante respecto a los estados
operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento sin que se obstruya la ventilación. Si no se siguen las
indicaciones del fabricante, pueden producirse choques eléctricos, incendios y/o lesiones graves con
posible consecuencia de muerte. En todos los trabajos deberán ser tenidas en cuenta las normas
nacionales y locales de seguridad del trabajo y de prevención de accidentes.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 9
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
1. Si no se convino de otra manera, es para los productos Rohde & Schwarz válido lo que sigue:
como posición de funcionamiento se define por principio la posición con el suelo de la caja para
abajo, modo de protección IP 2X, uso solamente en estancias interiores, utilización hasta 2000 m
sobre el nivel del mar, transporte hasta 4500 m sobre el nivel del mar. Se aplicará una tolerancia de
±10 % sobre el voltaje nominal y de ±5 % sobre la frecuencia nominal. Categoría de sobrecarga
eléctrica 2, índice de suciedad 2.
2. No sitúe el producto encima de superficies, vehículos, estantes o mesas, que por sus características
de peso o de estabilidad no sean aptos para él. Siga siempre las instrucciones de instalación del
fabricante cuando instale y asegure el producto en objetos o estructuras (p. ej. paredes y estantes). Si
se realiza la instalación de modo distinto al indicado en la documentación del producto, se pueden
causar lesiones o, en determinadas circunstancias, incluso la muerte.
3. No ponga el producto sobre aparatos que generen calor (p. ej. radiadores o calefactores). La
temperatura ambiente no debe superar la temperatura máxima especificada en la documentación del
producto o en la hoja de datos. En caso de sobrecalentamiento del producto, pueden producirse
choques eléctricos, incendios y/o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte.
Seguridad eléctrica
Si no se siguen (o se siguen de modo insuficiente) las indicaciones del fabricante en cuanto a seguridad
eléctrica, pueden producirse choques eléctricos, incendios y/o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia
de muerte.
1. Antes de la puesta en marcha del producto se deberá comprobar siempre que la tensión
preseleccionada en el producto coincida con la de la red de alimentación eléctrica. Si es necesario
modificar el ajuste de tensión, también se deberán cambiar en caso dado los fusibles
correspondientes del producto.
2. Los productos de la clase de protección I con alimentación móvil y enchufe individual solamente
podrán enchufarse a tomas de corriente con contacto de seguridad y con conductor de protección
conectado.
3. Queda prohibida la interrupción intencionada del conductor de protección, tanto en la toma de
corriente como en el mismo producto. La interrupción puede tener como consecuencia el riesgo de
que el producto sea fuente de choques eléctricos. Si se utilizan cables alargadores o regletas de
enchufe, deberá garantizarse la realización de un examen regular de los mismos en cuanto a su
estado técnico de seguridad.
4. Si el producto no está equipado con un interruptor para desconectarlo de la red, o bien si el
interruptor existente no resulta apropiado para la desconexión de la red, el enchufe del cable de
conexión se deberá considerar como un dispositivo de desconexión.
El dispositivo de desconexión se debe poder alcanzar fácilmente y debe estar siempre bien accesible.
Si, p. ej., el enchufe de conexión a la red es el dispositivo de desconexión, la longitud del cable de
conexión no debe superar 3 m).
Los interruptores selectores o electrónicos no son aptos para el corte de la red eléctrica. Si se
integran productos sin interruptor en bastidores o instalaciones, se deberá colocar el interruptor en el
nivel de la instalación.
5. No utilice nunca el producto si está dañado el cable de conexión a red. Compruebe regularmente el
correcto estado de los cables de conexión a red. Asegúrese, mediante las medidas de protección y
de instalación adecuadas, de que el cable de conexión a red no pueda ser dañado o de que nadie
pueda ser dañado por él, p. ej. al tropezar o por un choque eléctrico.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 10
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
6. Solamente está permitido el funcionamiento en redes de alimentación TN/TT aseguradas con fusibles
de 16 A como máximo (utilización de fusibles de mayor amperaje solo previa consulta con el grupo de
empresas Rohde & Schwarz).
7. Nunca conecte el enchufe en tomas de corriente sucias o llenas de polvo. Introduzca el enchufe por
completo y fuertemente en la toma de corriente. La no observación de estas medidas puede provocar
chispas, fuego y/o lesiones.
8. No sobrecargue las tomas de corriente, los cables alargadores o las regletas de enchufe ya que esto
podría causar fuego o choques eléctricos.
9. En las mediciones en circuitos de corriente con una tensión U eff > 30 V se deberán tomar las medidas
apropiadas para impedir cualquier peligro (p. ej. medios de medición adecuados, seguros, limitación
de tensión, corte protector, aislamiento etc.).
10. Para la conexión con dispositivos informáticos como un PC o un ordenador industrial, debe
comprobarse que éstos cumplan los estándares IEC60950-1/EN60950-1 o IEC61010-1/EN 61010-1
válidos en cada caso.
11. A menos que esté permitido expresamente, no retire nunca la tapa ni componentes de la carcasa
mientras el producto esté en servicio. Esto pone a descubierto los cables y componentes eléctricos y
puede causar lesiones, fuego o daños en el producto.
12. Si un producto se instala en un lugar fijo, se deberá primero conectar el conductor de protección fijo
con el conductor de protección del producto antes de hacer cualquier otra conexión. La instalación y
la conexión deberán ser efectuadas por un electricista especializado.
13. En el caso de dispositivos fijos que no estén provistos de fusibles, interruptor automático ni otros
mecanismos de seguridad similares, el circuito de alimentación debe estar protegido de modo que
todas las personas que puedan acceder al producto, así como el producto mismo, estén a salvo de
posibles daños.
14. Todo producto debe estar protegido contra sobretensión (debida p. ej. a una caída del rayo) mediante
los correspondientes sistemas de protección. Si no, el personal que lo utilice quedará expuesto al
peligro de choque eléctrico.
15. No debe introducirse en los orificios de la caja del aparato ningún objeto que no esté destinado a ello.
Esto puede producir cortocircuitos en el producto y/o puede causar choques eléctricos, fuego o
lesiones.
16. Salvo indicación contraria, los productos no están impermeabilizados (ver también el capítulo
"Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento", punto 1). Por eso es necesario tomar las
medidas necesarias para evitar la entrada de líquidos. En caso contrario, existe peligro de choque
eléctrico para el usuario o de daños en el producto, que también pueden redundar en peligro para las
personas.
17. No utilice el producto en condiciones en las que pueda producirse o ya se hayan producido
condensaciones sobre el producto o en el interior de éste, como p. ej. al desplazarlo de un lugar frío a
otro caliente. La entrada de agua aumenta el riesgo de choque eléctrico.
18. Antes de la limpieza, desconecte por completo el producto de la alimentación de tensión (p. ej. red de
alimentación o batería). Realice la limpieza de los aparatos con un paño suave, que no se deshilache.
No utilice bajo ningún concepto productos de limpieza químicos como alcohol, acetona o diluyentes
para lacas nitrocelulósicas.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 11
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
Funcionamiento
1. El uso del producto requiere instrucciones especiales y una alta concentración durante el manejo.
Debe asegurarse que las personas que manejen el producto estén a la altura de los requerimientos
necesarios en cuanto a aptitudes físicas, psíquicas y emocionales, ya que de otra manera no se
pueden excluir lesiones o daños de objetos. El empresario u operador es responsable de seleccionar
el personal usuario apto para el manejo del producto.
2. Antes de desplazar o transportar el producto, lea y tenga en cuenta el capítulo "Transporte".
3. Como con todo producto de fabricación industrial no puede quedar excluida en general la posibilidad
de que se produzcan alergias provocadas por algunos materiales empleados ―los llamados
alérgenos (p. ej. el níquel)―. Si durante el manejo de productos Rohde & Schwarz se producen
reacciones alérgicas, como p. ej. irritaciones cutáneas, estornudos continuos, enrojecimiento de la
conjuntiva o dificultades respiratorias, debe avisarse inmediatamente a un médico para investigar las
causas y evitar cualquier molestia o daño a la salud.
4. Antes de la manipulación mecánica y/o térmica o el desmontaje del producto, debe tenerse en cuenta
imprescindiblemente el capítulo "Eliminación/protección del medio ambiente", punto 1.
5. Ciertos productos, como p. ej. las instalaciones de radiocomunicación RF, pueden a causa de su
función natural, emitir una radiación electromagnética aumentada. Deben tomarse todas las medidas
necesarias para la protección de las mujeres embarazadas. También las personas con marcapasos
pueden correr peligro a causa de la radiación electromagnética. El empresario/operador tiene la
obligación de evaluar y señalizar las áreas de trabajo en las que exista un riesgo elevado de
exposición a radiaciones.
6. Tenga en cuenta que en caso de incendio pueden desprenderse del producto sustancias tóxicas
(gases, líquidos etc.) que pueden generar daños a la salud. Por eso, en caso de incendio deben
usarse medidas adecuadas, como p. ej. máscaras antigás e indumentaria de protección.
7. Los productos con láser están provistos de indicaciones de advertencia normalizadas en función de la
clase de láser del que se trate. Los rayos láser pueden provocar daños de tipo biológico a causa de
las propiedades de su radiación y debido a su concentración extrema de potencia electromagnética.
En caso de que un producto Rohde & Schwarz contenga un producto láser (p. ej. un lector de
CD/DVD), no debe usarse ninguna otra configuración o función aparte de las descritas en la
documentación del producto, a fin de evitar lesiones (p. ej. debidas a irradiación láser).
8. Clases de compatibilidad electromagnética (conforme a EN 55011 / CISPR 11; y en analogía con EN
55022 / CISPR 22, EN 55032 / CISPR 32)
 Aparato de clase A:
Aparato adecuado para su uso en todos los entornos excepto en los residenciales y en aquellos
conectados directamente a una red de distribución de baja tensión que suministra corriente a
edificios residenciales.
Nota: Los aparatos de clase A están destinados al uso en entornos industriales. Estos aparatos
pueden causar perturbaciones radioeléctricas en entornos residenciales debido a posibles
perturbaciones guiadas o radiadas. En este caso, se le podrá solicitar al operador que tome las
medidas adecuadas para eliminar estas perturbaciones.
 Aparato de clase B:
Aparato adecuado para su uso en entornos residenciales, así como en aquellos conectados
directamente a una red de distribución de baja tensión que suministra corriente a edificios
residenciales.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 12
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
Reparación y mantenimiento
1. El producto solamente debe ser abierto por personal especializado con autorización para ello. Antes
de manipular el producto o abrirlo, es obligatorio desconectarlo de la tensión de alimentación, para
evitar toda posibilidad de choque eléctrico.
2. El ajuste, el cambio de partes, el mantenimiento y la reparación deberán ser efectuadas solamente
por electricistas autorizados por Rohde & Schwarz. Si se reponen partes con importancia para los
aspectos de seguridad (p. ej. el enchufe, los transformadores o los fusibles), solamente podrán ser
sustituidos por partes originales. Después de cada cambio de partes relevantes para la seguridad
deberá realizarse un control de seguridad (control a primera vista, control del conductor de
protección, medición de resistencia de aislamiento, medición de la corriente de fuga, control de
funcionamiento). Con esto queda garantizada la seguridad del producto.
Baterías y acumuladores o celdas
Si no se siguen (o se siguen de modo insuficiente) las indicaciones en cuanto a las baterías y
acumuladores o celdas, pueden producirse explosiones, incendios y/o lesiones graves con posible
consecuencia de muerte. El manejo de baterías y acumuladores con electrolitos alcalinos (p. ej. celdas de
litio) debe seguir el estándar EN 62133.
1. No deben desmontarse, abrirse ni triturarse las celdas.
2. Las celdas o baterías no deben someterse a calor ni fuego. Debe evitarse el almacenamiento a la luz
directa del sol. Las celdas y baterías deben mantenerse limpias y secas. Limpiar las conexiones
sucias con un paño seco y limpio.
3. Las celdas o baterías no deben cortocircuitarse. Es peligroso almacenar las celdas o baterías en
estuches o cajones en cuyo interior puedan cortocircuitarse por contacto recíproco o por contacto con
otros materiales conductores. No deben extraerse las celdas o baterías de sus embalajes originales
hasta el momento en que vayan a utilizarse.
4. Las celdas o baterías no deben someterse a impactos mecánicos fuertes indebidos.
5. En caso de falta de estanqueidad de una celda, el líquido vertido no debe entrar en contacto con la
piel ni los ojos. Si se produce contacto, lavar con agua abundante la zona afectada y avisar a un
médico.
6. En caso de cambio o recarga inadecuados, las celdas o baterías que contienen electrolitos alcalinos
(p. ej. las celdas de litio) pueden explotar. Para garantizar la seguridad del producto, las celdas o
baterías solo deben ser sustituidas por el tipo Rohde & Schwarz correspondiente (ver lista de
recambios).
7. Las baterías y celdas deben reciclarse y no deben tirarse a la basura doméstica. Las baterías o
acumuladores que contienen plomo, mercurio o cadmio deben tratarse como residuos especiales.
Respete en esta relación las normas nacionales de eliminación y reciclaje.
Transporte
1. El producto puede tener un peso elevado. Por eso es necesario desplazarlo o transportarlo con
precaución y, si es necesario, usando un sistema de elevación adecuado (p. ej. una carretilla
elevadora), a fin de evitar lesiones en la espalda u otros daños personales.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 13
Instrucciones de seguridad elementales
2. Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven solamente de ayuda para el transporte del producto por
personas. Por eso no está permitido utilizar las asas para la sujeción en o sobre medios de transporte
como p. ej. grúas, carretillas elevadoras de horquilla, carros etc. Es responsabilidad suya fijar los
productos de manera segura a los medios de transporte o elevación. Para evitar daños personales o
daños en el producto, siga las instrucciones de seguridad del fabricante del medio de transporte o
elevación utilizado.
3. Si se utiliza el producto dentro de un vehículo, recae de manera exclusiva en el conductor la
responsabilidad de conducir el vehículo de manera segura y adecuada. El fabricante no asumirá
ninguna responsabilidad por accidentes o colisiones. No utilice nunca el producto dentro de un
vehículo en movimiento si esto pudiera distraer al conductor. Asegure el producto dentro del vehículo
debidamente para evitar, en caso de un accidente, lesiones u otra clase de daños.
Eliminación/protección del medio ambiente
1. Los dispositivos marcados contienen una batería o un acumulador que no se debe desechar con los
residuos domésticos sin clasificar, sino que debe ser recogido por separado. La eliminación se debe
efectuar exclusivamente a través de un punto de recogida apropiado o del servicio de atención al
cliente de Rohde & Schwarz.
2. Los dispositivos eléctricos usados no se deben desechar con los residuos domésticos sin clasificar,
sino que deben ser recogidos por separado.
Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co.KG ha elaborado un concepto de eliminación de residuos y asume
plenamente los deberes de recogida y eliminación para los fabricantes dentro de la UE. Para
desechar el producto de manera respetuosa con el medio ambiente, diríjase a su servicio de atención
al cliente de Rohde & Schwarz.
3. Si se trabaja de manera mecánica y/o térmica cualquier producto o componente más allá del
funcionamiento previsto, pueden liberarse sustancias peligrosas (polvos con contenido de metales
pesados como p. ej. plomo, berilio o níquel). Por eso el producto solo debe ser desmontado por
personal especializado con formación adecuada. Un desmontaje inadecuado puede ocasionar daños
para la salud. Se deben tener en cuenta las directivas nacionales referentes a la eliminación de
residuos.
4. En caso de que durante el trato del producto se formen sustancias peligrosas o combustibles que
deban tratarse como residuos especiales (p. ej. refrigerantes o aceites de motor con intervalos de
cambio definidos), deben tenerse en cuenta las indicaciones de seguridad del fabricante de dichas
sustancias y las normas regionales de eliminación de residuos. Tenga en cuenta también en caso
necesario las indicaciones de seguridad especiales contenidas en la documentación del producto. La
eliminación incorrecta de sustancias peligrosas o combustibles puede causar daños a la salud o
daños al medio ambiente.
Se puede encontrar más información sobre la protección del medio ambiente en la página web de
Rohde & Schwarz.
1171.0000.42 - 08
Page 14
Safety instructions for rechargeable lithium ion
batteries
Risk of serious personal injury or even death.
You must fully observe the following instructions in order to
avoid serious personal injury ‒ or even death ‒ due to an
explosion and/or fire.
1. Do not dismantle, open or crush the batteries or drop them from a great height. If
mechanical damage occurs, there is a risk that chemicals may be released. Gases
that are released can cause breathing difficulties. Immediately ventilate the area and
in serious cases consult a doctor.
Irritation can occur if the chemicals that are released come in contact with the skin or
eyes. If this happens, immediately and thoroughly rinse the skin or eyes with water
and consult a doctor.
2. Do not expose cells or batteries to heat or fire. Do not store them in direct sunlight.
If overheating occurs, there is the risk of an explosion or a fire, which can lead to
serious personal injuries.
3. Keep the batteries clean and dry. If the terminals become soiled, clean them with a
dry, clean cloth.
4. Charge the batteries prior to using them.
Only use the appropriate Rohde & Schwarz charger to charge the batteries. See the
device manual or data sheet for the exact designation of the charger.
If the batteries are improperly charged, there is a risk of explosion, which can cause
serious personal injury.
5. The charging temperature must be between 0 °C and 45 °C
(see manual for information on possible restrictions).
6. Discharging may take place only at temperatures between 0 °C and 50 °C
(see manual for information on possible restrictions).
7. Only charge batteries until they are fully charged. Frequent overcharging can reduce
the battery lifetime.
8. Remove the battery from the device when the battery is not being used. Following a
longer period of storage, it may be necessary to charge and discharge the battery
several times in order to obtain the full capacity.
9. Only use the battery with designated Rohde & Schwarz devices. See the device
manual for details.
10. Do not dispose of the batteries with unsorted municipal waste. The batteries must be
collected separately. After the end of their life, dispose of the batteries at a suitable
collection point or via a Rohde & Schwarz customer service center.
EU labeling for batteries and secondary cells
11. Keep this safety information for future reference.
1171.1507.71 - 01
1
Instrucciones de seguridad
para baterías recargables de ión litio
Posibilidad de lesiones graves que en determinadas
circunstancias puede causar la muerte.
Tenga en cuenta los siguientes avisos en caso de explosión y/o
incendio para impedir lesiones graves en personas que, en
determinadas circunstancias, podrían incluso causar la muerte.
1. No desarme las baterías, no las abra, no las triture ni las deje caer desde una gran
altura.
En caso de daños mecánicos existe el riesgo de salida de sustancias químicas.
En caso de salida de gases pueden producirse dificultades respiratorias. Ventile
inmediatamente la habitación y acuda a un médico en casos graves.
Si sustancias químicas provenientes de la batería entran en contacto con la piel o
los ojos pueden producirse irritaciones. Enjuague en estos casos la piel y los ojos
inmediatamente con abundante agua y acuda a un médico.
2. No exponga las celdas o baterías al calor ni al fuego. No las almacene bajo la luz
solar directa. En caso de sobrecalentamiento existe peligro de explosión o de
incendio, lo que puede provocar lesiones graves en personas.
3. Mantenga las baterías limpias y secas. Si los conectores están sucios, límpielos con
un paño seco y limpio.
4. Cargue las baterías antes de su uso.
Solamente está permitido cargar la batería con el correspondiente cargador de
Rohde & Schwarz. Consulte en el manual o en las especificaciones técnicas del
equipo la denominación exacta del cargador.
Si las baterías se cargan de forma incorrecta existe peligro de explosión, lo que
podría causar lesiones graves en personas.
5. La temperatura de carga debe encontrarse entre 0 °C y 45 °C
(consulte el manual para posibles restricciones).
6. La descarga solamente puede efectuarse entre 0 °C y 50°C
(consulte el manual para posibles restricciones).
7. Cargue las baterías solamente el tiempo necesario hasta que se hayan cargado por
completo. La sobrecarga frecuente reduce la vida útil de la batería.
8. Extraiga la batería del equipo si no se va a utilizar. Después de un periodo de
almacenamiento prolongado puede ser necesario cargar y descargar varias veces la
batería para recuperar su capacidad completa.
9. Utilice la batería exclusivamente con los equipos Rohde & Schwarz
correspondientes. Consulte para ello el manual del equipo.
10. No elimine las baterías junto con los residuos urbanos sin clasificar, sino por
separado. Para eliminar la batería una vez finalizada su vida útil, diríjase a un punto
de recogida de residuos adecuado o a una oficina de representación de
Rohde & Schwarz.
Etiquetado de la UE para baterías y acumuladores
11. Conserve estas instrucciones de seguridad para fines de información y consulta
posterior.
1171.1507.71 - 01
2
Certified Quality System
ISO 9001
Certified Environmental System
ISO 14001
Sehr geehrter Kunde,
Dear customer,
Cher client,
Sie haben sich für den Kauf
eines Rohde & Schwarz Produktes entschieden. Sie erhalten
damit ein nach modernsten Fertigungsmethoden hergestelltes
Produkt. Es wurde nach den
Regeln unserer Qualitäts- und
Umweltmanagementsysteme
entwickelt, gefertigt und geprüft.
Rohde & Schwarz ist unter anderem nach den Managementsystemen ISO 9001 und ISO 14001
zertifiziert.
You have decided to buy a
Rohde & Schwarz product. This
product has been manufactured
using the most advanced methods. It was developed, manufactured and tested in compliance
with our quality management
and environmental management systems. Rohde & Schwarz
has been certified, for example, according to the ISO 9001
and ISO 14001 management
systems.
Der Umwelt verpflichtet
Environmental commitment
Vous avez choisi d’acheter un
produit Rohde & Schwarz. Vous
disposez donc d’un produit
fabriqué d’après les méthodes
les plus avancées. Le développement, la fabrication et les
tests de ce produit ont été effectués selon nos systèmes de
management de qualité et de
management environnemental.
La société Rohde & Schwarz a
été homologuée, entre autres,
conformément aux systèmes
de management ISO 9001 et
ISO 14001.
❙❙ Energie-effiziente,
❙❙ Energy-efficient
RoHS-konforme Produkte
❙❙ Kontinuierliche
Weiterentwicklung nachhaltiger
­Umweltkonzepte
❙❙ ISO 14001-zertifiziertes
Umweltmanagementsystem
❙❙ Continuous
Engagement écologique
❙❙ Produits
à efficience
énergétique
❙❙ Amélioration continue de la
durabilité environnementale
❙❙ Système de management
environnemental certifié selon
ISO 14001
1171.0200.11 V 05.01
products
improvement in
environmental sustainability
❙❙ ISO 14001-certified
environmental management
system
ISO-Qualitaets-Zertifikat_1171-0200-11_A4.indd 1
28.09.2012 10:25:08
1171020011
Quality management
and environmental
management
1171.0200.78-01
이 기기는 업무용(A급) 전자파
적합기기로서 판매자 또는
사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기
바라며, 가정외의 지역에서
사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다.
Customer Support
Technical support – where and when you need it
For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Customer Support
Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a
solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applications of Rohde & Schwarz
equipment.
Up-to-date information and upgrades
To keep your instrument up-to-date and to be informed about new application notes related to your
instrument, please send an e-mail to the Customer Support Center stating your instrument and your wish.
We will take care that you will get the right information.
Europe, Africa, Middle East
Phone +49 89 4129 12345
customersupport@rohde-schwarz.com
North America
Phone 1-888-TEST-RSA (1-888-837-8772)
customer.support@rsa.rohde-schwarz.com
Latin America
Phone +1-410-910-7988
customersupport.la@rohde-schwarz.com
Asia/Pacific
Phone +65 65 13 04 88
customersupport.asia@rohde-schwarz.com
China
Phone +86-800-810-8228 /
+86-400-650-5896
customersupport.china@rohde-schwarz.com
1171.0200.22-06.00
R&S®CMA180
Preface
Key Features
1 Preface
●
●
●
●
●
Key Features...........................................................................................................11
Documentation Overview........................................................................................ 12
Typographical Conventions.....................................................................................13
Conventions for Procedure Descriptions.................................................................13
Using the Online Help System................................................................................ 14
1.1 Key Features
The R&S CMA180 is a radio communication tester for production testing and maintenance testing on radio transmitters, radio receivers and two way radio communication
equipment.
The instrument covers the RF frequency range from 100 kHz to 3 GHz, supports
20 MHz bandwidth and can measure continuous high power signals up to 100 W (up to
150 W for 1 minute on / 1 minute off signals).
The R&S CMA180 is a digital tester with a large touchscreen. It generates, receives
and analyzes RF signals as well as audio signals.
Several power supply options are offered, so that you can operate the instrument with
an AC power supply or a DC power supply, an external battery or an internal battery
compartment with rechargeable batteries.
Signal generator features
●
●
RF signal generation:
– Unmodulated CW signal with constant frequency
–
Tracking generator with sweeping frequency coupled to spectrum analyzer
–
RF signal modulated with an audio signal
–
Modulation types FM, AM, PM, SSB, FM stereo
Audio signal generation:
– Two analog and two digital audio signals in parallel
Single tone, multitone or noise signal
–
●
●
Additional subtone or CTCSS sub-audible tone
Second RF signal / interferer:
– Within a 20 MHz bandwidth around the other RF signal
–
Unmodulated CW signal or RF signal modulated with a single-tone audio signal
–
Modulation types FM, AM, PM
ARB generator:
– Modulates an RF carrier with an arbitrary baseband signal defined via a waveform file (option R&S CMA-B110B required)
–
Support of proprietary and undisclosed waveforms
–
Support of purchased waveform packages (option R&S CMA-KVxxx)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
11
R&S®CMA180
Preface
Documentation Overview
Measurement features
●
AF and RF analyzer
Provides the following results:
– RF frequency and RF power
–
Frequency deviation / phase deviation / modulation depth
–
Audio signal quality: THD, THD+N, SINAD, SNR (single-tone AF signals)
–
AF frequency and AF power (single-tone AF signals)
–
AF spectrum diagram (any AF signals)
●
RF power meter with statistical evaluation
●
Power measurement with external R&S NRP power sensor
●
Adjacent channel power (ACP) measurement
●
FFT spectrum analyzer
– Covers up to 20 MHz, between 100 kHz and 3 GHz
–
●
Power vs. frequency, I/Q vs. time, I/Q constellation diagram
Spectrum analyzer (option R&S CMA-K120 required)
– Covers entire frequency range in one span, 100 kHz to 3 GHz
–
Power vs. frequency, power vs. time at fixed frequency
–
Frequency response measurements with internal tracking generator
1.2 Documentation Overview
The user documentation for the R&S CMA180 consists of the following parts:
●
Getting Started manual in printed form
●
Online Help system on the instrument
●
Documentation CD-ROM with:
– Getting Started manual as PDF file
–
User Manual as PDF file
–
Online Help (as standalone help)
–
Links to useful sites on the Rohde & Schwarz internet
Getting Started
The Getting Started manual is delivered with the instrument in printed form. It is also
available as PDF file on the Documentation CD-ROM. It provides the information needed to set up and start working with the instrument. It also describes basic operations
and typical measurement tasks.
The contents of the Getting Started manual are also included in the User Manual and
in the Online Help system.
Online Help
The Online Help system is embedded in the software. It offers quick, context-sensitive
access to the complete information needed for operation of the instrument.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
12
R&S®CMA180
Preface
Typographical Conventions
You can transfer the Online Help from the instrument or from the Documentation CDROM to your PC and use it as a standalone help.
User Manual
The User Manual is available in PDF format on the Documentation CD-ROM. It provides the same information as the Online Help.
Documentation Update via Internet
You can find general information about Rohde & Schwarz and our products on the
R&S Internet: http://www.rohde-schwarz.com.
Furthermore, Rohde & Schwarz provides registered users a "CMA Customer Web"
section on GLORIS, the Global Rohde & Schwarz Information System: https://extranet.rohde-schwarz.com. From this resource, you can download software updates and
User Manual updates.
You do not need to update the Online Help system manually. When you perform a software update, the corresponding part of the help system is updated automatically.
1.3 Typographical Conventions
The following text markers are used throughout this documentation:
Convention
Description
"Graphical user interface elements"
All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen, such as
dialog boxes, tabs and buttons are enclosed by quotation marks.
KEYS
Key names are written in capital letters.
File names, commands,
program code
File names, commands, coding samples and screen output are distinguished by their font.
Input
Input to be entered by the user is displayed in italics.
Links
Links that you can click are displayed in blue font.
1.4 Conventions for Procedure Descriptions
When describing how to operate the instrument, several alternative methods may be
available to perform the same task. In this case, the procedure using the touchscreen
is described. Any elements that can be activated by touching can also be clicked using
an additionally connected mouse. Use the following mapping: tap = click, double-tap =
double-click, touch and hold = right-click.
Alternative procedures using the keys on the instrument or the on-screen keyboard are
only described, if they deviate from the standard operating procedures.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
13
R&S®CMA180
Preface
Using the Online Help System
The term "select" may refer to any of the described methods, i.e. using a finger on the
touchscreen, a mouse pointer in the display, or a key on the instrument or on a keyboard.
1.5 Using the Online Help System
This section describes how to use the online help system on the instrument as contextsensitive help.
Opening the help system
To open the online help on the instrument:
1. Press the HELP key to the left of the display.
2. Alternatively, press F1 on a connected keyboard.
The online help is context-sensitive. It opens at a position that is related to the currently
displayed view, tab, subtab or dialog. You get better results if you select the relevant
screen object before you press HELP. If you want for example information about a specific tab, tap into that tab before you open the help.
Navigating within the help system
The help dialog box is divided into two parts. The right part displays the help contents
(contents pane). The left part provides tabs for navigation within the help system (navigation pane with "TOC" tab, "Index" tab and "Search" tab).
The "TOC" tab lists the table of contents as a dynamic tree.
► Select a tree entry to display the topic in the contents pane.
The "Index" tab lists all index entries.
1. Type text into the field at the top to show only index entries starting with this text.
2. Select an index entry to display the topic in the contents pane.
The "Search" tab provides a full-text search function.
1. Enter a search string and tap "Enter" to start the search.
A list of results is displayed.
2. Select a result entry to display the topic in the contents pane.
To scroll through the navigation pane or the contents pane, do one of the following:
1. Touch and drag the pane.
2. Tap the pane. Then turn the rotary knob.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
14
R&S®CMA180
Preface
Using the Online Help System
To expand/collapse a node of the navigation tree, do one of the following:
1. Tap the "+" or "-" icon of the node.
2. Double-tap the node text.
3. Select the node. Then press the rotary knob.
Toolbar buttons
The toolbar on the right contains the following buttons.
Toolbar Button
Action
Go to the start page
Browse the topics you visited before
Increase or decrease the text size
Show the navigation pane and the contents pane
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
15
R&S®CMA180
Preface
Using the Online Help System
Toolbar Button
Action
Hide the navigation pane / show only the contents pane, for example to display large
images or tables
Show only the navigation pane / hide the contents pane, for example to display long
topic titles in the navigation tree
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
16
R&S®CMA180
What's New in this Revision
2 What's New in this Revision
This revision describes version 1.0.30 and higher of the R&S CMA180 software. Compared to version 1.0.20, it provides the new features listed below.
●
New adjacent channel power measurement, see ACP Measurement
●
Generator application:
– Time constant 750 µs for preemphasis filter, see Preemphasis Filter
●
Analyzer application:
– Tone mode "Noise" for AF and SPDIF input path, see Gen. Coupl.
–
●
Configurable distortion filter, see Distortion Filter Width
Spectrum Analyzer:
– Tracking mode / tracking generator, see Frequency Response Measurements
–
The reference marker for frequency sweep results can be used via remote
command, see FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:REFMarker?
●
Measurement applications can be started automatically whenever they are
accessed, see Start Measurements Autom.
●
The date and time settings of the operating system can be configured via the setup
dialog, see Date and Time Settings
●
The instrument can optionally be operated with batteries, see Using the Instrument
with Batteries
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
17
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
3 Getting Started
This chapter contains the same information as the printed Getting Started manual
delivered together with the instrument.
3.1 Putting the Instrument into Operation
This chapter describes the basic steps to be taken when setting up the R&S CMA180
for the first time.
Risk of injury and instrument damage
The instrument must be used in an appropriate manner to prevent electric shock, fire,
personal injury, or damage.
●
Do not open the instrument casing.
●
Read and observe the "Basic Safety Instructions" delivered as a printed brochure
with the instrument or in electronic format on the documentation CD-ROM.
In addition, read and observe the safety instructions in the following sections.
Notice that the data sheet may specify additional operating conditions.
3.1.1 Unpacking and Checking the Instrument
Check the equipment for completeness using the delivery note and the accessory lists
for the various items. Check the instrument for any damage. If there is damage, immediately contact the carrier who delivered the instrument.
Packing material
Retain the original packing material. If the instrument needs to be transported or shipped at a later date, you can use the material to protect the control elements and connectors.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
18
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
Risk of instrument damage during transportation and shipment
Insufficient protection against mechanical and electrostatic effects during transportation
and shipment can damage the instrument.
●
Always make sure that sufficient mechanical and electrostatic protection is provided.
●
When shipping an instrument, the original packaging should be used. If this is not
available, allow for sufficient padding to prevent the instrument from moving around
inside the box. Pack the instrument in antistatic wrap to protect it from electrostatic
charging.
●
Secure the instrument to prevent any movement and other mechanical effects during transportation.
The carrying handles at the front are designed to lift or carry the instrument. Do not
apply an excessive external force to the handles.
3.1.2 Positioning the Instrument
The R&S CMA180 is designed for use under laboratory conditions. It can be used in
standalone operation on a bench top or can be installed in a 19" rack.
To install the instrument in a rack, you need a rack adapter kit. The order number is
given in the data sheet. Please note the instructions supplied with the adapter kit.
For standalone operation, place the instrument on a horizontal bench with even, flat
surface. The instrument can be used in horizontal or vertical position, standing on its
feet, or with the support feet on the bottom expanded.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
19
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
Risk of injury if feet are folded out
The feet may fold in if they are not folded out completely or if the instrument is shifted.
This may cause damage or injury.
●
Fold the feet completely in or completely out to ensure stability of the instrument.
Never shift the instrument when the feet are folded out.
●
When the feet are folded out, do not work under the instrument or place anything
underneath.
●
The feet can break if they are overloaded. The overall load on the folded-out feet
must not exceed 500 N.
Risk of injury and instrument damage if stacking instruments
A stack of instruments may tilt over and cause injury. Furthermore, the instruments at
the bottom of the stack may be damaged due to the load imposed by the instruments
on top.
Observe the following instructions when stacking instruments:
●
Never stack more than three instruments. If you need to stack more than three
instruments, install them in a rack.
●
The overall load imposed on the lowest instrument must not exceed 500 N.
●
If the instruments have different dimensions (width or length), stack the smaller
instruments on top. In that case, the overall load imposed on the lowest instrument
must not exceed 250 N.
●
If the instruments have foldable feet, fold them in completely.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
20
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
Risk of instrument damage due to overheating
An insufficient airflow can cause the R&S CMA180 to overheat, which may impair the
measurement results, disturb the operation, and even cause damage.
●
Ensure that all fan openings are unobstructed and that the airflow perforations are
unimpeded. The minimum distance to a wall is 10 cm.
●
When placing several instruments side by side, keep a minimum distance of 20 cm
between the instruments and ensure that the instruments do not draw in the preheated air from their neighbors.
●
When mounting the instrument in a rack, observe the instructions of the rack manufacturer to ensure sufficient airflow and avoid overheating.
3.1.3 Starting the Instrument
Risk of instrument damage during operation
An unsuitable operating site or test setup can cause damage to the instrument and to
connected devices. Ensure the following operating conditions before you switch on the
instrument:
3.1.3.1
●
The instrument is positioned as described in the preceding sections.
●
The instrument is dry and shows no sign of condensation.
●
The ambient temperature does not exceed the range specified in the data sheet.
●
Signal levels at the input connectors are all within the specified ranges.
●
Signal outputs are correctly connected and are not overloaded.
Powering On with AC Power Supply
If your R&S CMA180 is equipped with an AC power supply module, proceed as described in this section to power on the instrument. You find the module in the upper right
corner of the rear panel.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
21
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
The R&S CMA180 adapts itself automatically to the AC supply voltage. The supported
voltage range is stated on the rear panel and in the data sheet. It includes for example
the typical AC voltages 110 V and 220 V.
1. Use the AC power cable included in the delivery to connect the instrument to a
power outlet. The outlet must have a ground contact.
2. Switch the main power switch on the rear panel to position I.
You can leave the power on permanently. Powering off is required only, if the instrument must be completely disconnected from all power supplies.
3.1.3.2
Powering On with DC Power Supply
If your R&S CMA180 is equipped with a DC power supply module, proceed as described in this section to power on the instrument. You find the module in the upper right
corner of the rear panel.
If your instrument is additionally equipped with a battery compartment, you can use the
instrument without external power supply, for example when a DC power network is
temporarily not available. See chapter 3.1.4, "Using the Instrument with Batteries",
on page 25.
The R&S CMA180 adapts itself automatically to the DC supply voltage. The supported
voltage range is displayed on the rear panel and quoted in the data sheet. It includes
for example the typical DC voltages 12 V and 24 V.
Risk of power supply damage
To prevent damage to the DC power supply module, observe the following instructions:
●
Ensure that the supply voltage is between 10 V DC and 30 V DC.
●
Observe the correct polarity. The D-Sub power connector on the rear panel has a
female negative contact and a male positive contact.
The used cable must have a male negative contact and a female positive contact.
A DC power cable is included in the delivery. It is intended for use on the cigarette
lighter receptacle of an automobile and provided for fast putting into operation. But it is
not suitable for long-term reliable operation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
22
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
Cigar lighter receptacles have a relatively low current rating and a poor contact stability:
●
The connection is sensitive to vibration and might produce voltage dropouts that
lead to power failures of the instrument.
●
The cable is equipped with a 16 A fuse, limiting the available power to approximately 120 W at 10 V. Depending on the equipped options, the instrument requires
more power. For full power output, the DC voltage must be higher than 18 V if the
delivered DC cable is used.
For these reasons, it is highly recommended to use a reliable professional cabling
compatible to your power network and the DC power supply module. For assistance,
contact your Rohde & Schwarz support center, see http://www.customersupport.rohdeschwarz.com.
Powering on
1. Connect the DC power supply module to your DC power network or external battery. Ensure that the power source provides enough power (up to 220 W / 30 A,
depending on equipped options).
Alternatively, use the optionally available power supply unit R&S CMA-Z053A to
connect the DC power connector to an AC power outlet.
2. Switch on the main power switch on the rear panel.
3. Check the DC power LEDs on the rear panel: The green STBY LED must be on,
indicating correct power supply. The left and middle red LEDs indicate overvoltage
and undervoltage.
You can leave the power on permanently. Powering off is required only if the instrument must be disconnected from all power supplies.
However, note that the instrument consumes standby power. So especially if using a
battery, you may want to power off the instrument when it is not in use.
3.1.3.3
Starting Up and Shutting Down
The standby key is located in the bottom left corner of the front panel.
To start up the instrument
1. Check that the right, orange LED above the standby key is on.
If the green LED is on, the instrument has already been started.
If both LEDs are off, check the main power switch on the rear panel and the connection to the power source / the capacity of the batteries.
2. Press the standby key on the front panel.
The orange LED is now off. The green LED is on. The tester automatically performs a system check, boots the Windows operating system and starts the
R&S CMA180 firmware. If the previous session was terminated regularly, the
instrument uses the last settings.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
23
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
To shut down the instrument
1. Press the standby key.
All current settings are saved, and the software shuts down. After completion, the
orange LED is on, indicating the standby state.
2. If you power the instrument by battery, it is recommended to switch off the main
power switch on the rear panel.
Risk of losing data
If the instrument is running, never switch off the rear panel switch, disconnect the used
power source / battery, or exchange the system drive. Otherwise, the settings and
other data may be lost. Always shut down the instrument via the standby key before
taking one of these actions.
If you use a solid state drive (SSD) as system drive, start the instrument at least once a
year with inserted SSD. Otherwise, the data stored on the SSD may be lost. SSDs are
not designed for long term storage without power supply.
If the startup stops after the BIOS has been booted, return to standby. Check that the
system drive on the rear panel is inserted completely and the screws are tightened.
Then repeat the startup.
3.1.3.4
Startup Dialog
The startup dialog shows the progress of the startup procedure and lists the installed
options and licenses.
Fig. 3-1: Startup dialog
The dialog provides the following buttons. You can tap them while the startup is in progress.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
24
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
Firmware Update
Copies new firmware-specific data to the internal hardware of the R&S CMA180. This
is required for example after a board change.
Factory Default
Sets the instrument to its factory default state.
This has the following effect:
● A global reset to settings optimized for local/manual operation is performed. This
can also be achieved via the "Reset" dialog box, with selection "Global (all Applications)" and button "Preset".
● Additionally, basic instrument settings that are not affected by a global reset are
also reset to their default values.
Examples for such basic settings are: LAN settings (including assigned IP
addresses), external trigger settings and display settings.
Continue / Wait
Resumes or interrupts the startup procedure. This is useful for a check of the installed
options and licenses.
Select Software
For future use
Progress / Detailed
Toggles between alternative information types in the panel at the bottom of the screen.
● The progress information is a log of the startup procedure including the loaded
software components.
● The detailed information describes the entry currently selected at the top. For a
hardware option for example, it indicates the name, part number, version, serial
number and essential technical data.
It is preferable to pause the startup in order to view the detailed information (tap "Continue" / "Wait"). After the startup procedure is finished, you can still access the detailed
information via the SETUP key.
Abort
Aborts the startup procedure. The R&S CMA180 returns to standby state. Press the
standby key on the front panel to re-initialize the startup.
3.1.4 Using the Instrument with Batteries
If your R&S CMA180 is equipped with a DC power supply module, you can connect an
external battery to it, see chapter 3.1.3.2, "Powering On with DC Power Supply",
on page 22.
If the instrument is equipped with a DC power supply module and a battery compartment, you can power the instrument via rechargeable batteries inserted into the compartment.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
25
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
Risk of serious personal injury or even death
You must fully observe the safety instructions for rechargeable batteries in order to
avoid serious personal injury ‒ or even death ‒ due to an explosion and/or fire.
You can find the safety instructions for example at the beginning of the Getting Started
manual.
The following options are required to operate the instrument with internal batteries:
●
R&S CMA-S054M, DC power supply module
●
R&S CMA-B060A, battery compartment (can hold two batteries)
●
R&S CMA-Z061A, two lithium-ion batteries (you can order several battery pairs)
●
R&S CMA-Z062A, lithium-ion battery charger (charges up to four batteries in parallel)
The following sections describe how to use these options. If a battery compartment is
installed, it is located in the center of the rear panel (see chapter 3.2.2, "Rear Panel
Tour", on page 38).
●
●
●
●
3.1.4.1
Exchanging a Battery..............................................................................................26
Charging Batteries.................................................................................................. 27
Powering On With Batteries.................................................................................... 28
Selecting the Used Power Source.......................................................................... 28
Exchanging a Battery
While the instrument is running and using a battery, do not remove that battery. Otherwise the effect is the same as if you switch off the main power switch. See also chapter 3.1.3.3, "Starting Up and Shutting Down", on page 23.
It is save to remove a battery if:
●
The instrument is in standby or the main power switch is switched off.
●
An external power supply is connected.
●
The other battery is used (only one of two inserted batteries is used at a time).
Proceed as follows:
1. On the rear panel, undo the knurled screw of the relevant battery slot and open the
flap.
2. Pull the battery by the tab out of the slot.
3. Insert a battery into the slot. The notch on the battery must be on the upper right.
4. Close the flap.
Ensure that the tab of the battery is within the slot. You may need to bend the tab
upwards so that it covers the LCD display of the battery.
5. Secure the flap with the knurled screw.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
26
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
3.1.4.2
Charging Batteries
The delivered batteries are partly charged. It is recommended, to charge them completely before using them for the first time.
Charge the batteries only via the external battery charger R&S CMA-Z062A. You can
charge up to four batteries in parallel.
You cannot charge batteries via the R&S CMA180.
1. Connect the power cable to the external battery charger R&S CMA-Z062A.
2. Insert up to four batteries into the charging slots of the charger.
Fig. 3-2: Battery charger
LEDs indicate the operating state of each charging slot:
●
●
●
Charging: green LED flashing
Charging complete: green LED lit permanently
Fault: red LED lit permanently
3. Wait until charging is complete.
The LCD on each battery indicates the current capacity in increments of 20 %.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
27
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Putting the Instrument into Operation
3.1.4.3
Powering On With Batteries
If you have an external DC power supply connected and also batteries inserted, proceed as without batteries, see chapter 3.1.3.2, "Powering On with DC Power Supply",
on page 22.
To power on the instrument with batteries only, proceed as follows:
1. Insert at least one charged battery into the battery compartment.
It is recommended, to insert two batteries, so that one battery can act as reserve
for the other battery.
2. Switch on the main power switch on the rear panel, located on the DC power supply module.
Note that the LEDs of the DC power supply module remain switched off during battery operation.
3. Wait some seconds, before you check the LEDs of the battery compartment.
One USED LED must be lit. It indicates whether the right or the left battery slot is
used.
4. During operation, frequently check the CAP LEDs on the battery compartment.
CAP stands for "capacity". While a battery is discharged, the LED changes from
green (sufficient capacity) via orange to red (nearly empty).
It is recommended, to replace a battery with red LED as soon as it is no longer
selected (USED LED off). This ensures that there is always a backup battery for
the currently selected battery and that an empty battery cannot be deep discharged.
In standby, the instrument still consumes power. After shutting down the instrument, it
is recommended to switch off the main power switch on the DC power supply module,
in order to save battery power.
3.1.4.4
Selecting the Used Power Source
The power source to be used is selected automatically.
If an external power source is connected to the DC power supply module, this power
source is used.
If no external power source is connected, one of the batteries in the compartment is
used.
Which battery will be used, is selected when you switch on the main power switch on
the DC power supply module - independent of whether an external power supply is
connected or not. The instrument selects the battery with the lower capacity and indicates its selection via the USED LED on the compartment.
The battery selection is repeated in the following situations:
●
If you switch the main power switch off and on again.
●
If the capacity in the selected battery slot falls below a certain limit.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
28
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
This happens while the battery is really used (no external power supply). And it
happens when you remove the selected but unused battery (external power supply
connected).
Examples:
●
You have two charged batteries inserted. No external power supply is connected.
The instrument selects the battery with the lower capacity. It uses this battery until
the capacity falls below a certain limit. Then it switches to the other battery.
●
You have two batteries inserted and an external power supply connected.
The instrument uses the external power supply.
– If you disconnect the external power supply, the instrument switches to the currently selected battery. If you re-connect the external power supply, the instrument switches back to the external power supply.
–
●
If you remove the currently selected battery, the instrument selects the other
battery for future use and keeps using the external power supply.
You have one charged battery inserted. The other battery is already discharged or
not present. No external power supply is connected.
The instrument uses the battery until the capacity falls below a certain limit. Then
the instrument shuts down. The current settings and other data may be lost, as if
you switch off the main power switch while the instrument is running.
3.1.5 EMI Suppression
Electromagnetic interference (EMI) may affect the measurement results.
To suppress electromagnetic radiation:
●
Use suitable shielded cables of high quality. For example use double-shielded RF
and LAN cables.
●
Always terminate open cable ends.
●
Ensure that connected external devices comply with EMC regulations. The data
sheet provides the order numbers of recommended external devices.
●
Note the EMC classification in the data sheet.
3.2 Instrument Tour
This chapter provides an overview of the control elements and connectors of the instrument. It also explains how to connect external devices and clean the instrument.
3.2.1 Front Panel Tour
The front panel of the R&S CMA180 provides a touchscreen, some keys to its left, a
rotary knob and a loudspeaker to its right and various connectors at the bottom.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
29
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3.2.1.1
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Touchscreen, page 30
Keys, page 32
Status LEDs, page 33
Standby Key, page 34
Rotary Knob, page 34
RF Connectors, page 35
AF Connectors, page 36
USB Connectors, page 36
SENSOR Connector, page 37
PHONES Connector and Loudspeaker, page 37
Touchscreen
The screen on the front panel is a resistive touchscreen. It displays measurement
results and provides everything you need to control and configure the applications.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
30
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
Fig. 3-3: Touchscreen display
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Global toolbar with scenario selection button and name of active scenario
Other global toolbar buttons, for example for sound volume control and view configuration
Tab for the generator application, showing important settings
One tab for each measurement application, showing important settings and/or results
Toolbar button of the displayed tab, starting or stopping the application
Toolbar buttons of the displayed tab, opening configuration dialog boxes for the application
Subtabs of the displayed tab
Risk of touchscreen damage during operation
The touchscreen may be damaged by inappropriate tools or excessive force.
Observe the following instructions when operating or cleaning the touchscreen:
●
Never touch the screen with ball point pens or other pointed objects with sharp
edges.
●
It is recommended that you operate the touchscreen by finger only.
As an alternative, you may use a stylus pen with a smooth soft tip.
●
Never apply excessive force to the screen. Touch it gently.
●
Never scratch the screen surface, for example with a finger nail.
Never rub it strongly, for example with a dust cloth.
●
Clean the screen only with a soft, lint-free dust cloth and do not use any cleaning
agents.
For an introduction to instrument operation via the touchscreen, see chapter 3.4,
"Operating the Instrument", on page 52.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
31
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
3.2.1.2
Keys
The keys to the left of the touchscreen set the instrument to a defined state, change
general instrument settings and provide print and help functions.
Soft-Front Panel
When using a remote desktop connection or an external monitor, a soft-front panel is
displayed, comprising the touchscreen contents and the keys.
See also chapter 3.4.9, "Soft-Front Panel and Keyboard Shortcuts", on page 64.
PRESET
Opens or closes a dialog box for restoration of default instrument settings. There are
two sets of default settings. One set (preset) is intended for manual operation, the
other one (reset) for operation via remote control commands. You can preset or reset
the entire instrument or a part of it.
See also chapter 7.10, "Restoring Default Settings", on page 236
INFO
Opens or closes the "Info" dialog box. It provides an overview of the generator and
measurement states and allows you to prepare files for problem reporting to
Rohde & Schwarz.
See also chapter 9.7, "Checking the Instrument State", on page 510 and chapter 9.9,
"Problem Reporting", on page 515
FILE
Opens or closes the "File" dialog box, where you can:
● Save the current scenario with all its settings
● Load a scenario which was saved before and restore its settings
● Perform standard file explorer actions, for example browse, copy, delete or rename
files and folders
See also chapter 7.11, "Saving and Loading Settings", on page 237 and chapter 7.12,
"Managing Files", on page 238
SETUP
Opens or closes the "Setup" dialog box, where you can perform administrative tasks,
for example:
● Configure the touchscreen and sound settings
● Enable or disable the RF COM attenuator
● Configure the CONTROL connector
● Configure the LAN settings and check VISA resource strings
● Check and install license keys
● Check installed hardware and software options
● Perform a selftest
● Adjust the reference frequency (TCXO or OCXO)
● Select a reference frequency source
● Configure trigger connectors
See also chapter 7.1, "Setup Dialog", on page 226
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
32
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
PRINT
Opens or closes the "Print" dialog box, where you can store a hardcopy of the screen
contents.
See also chapter 7.13, "Creating Screenshots", on page 240
HELP
Opens or closes the online help.
TOUCH ON/OFF
Locks the touchscreen to prevent unintended use. Press again to unlock the touchscreen.
While the touchscreen is locked, the following button is displayed in the toolbar:
3.2.1.3
Status LEDs
The status LEDs are located above the standby key in the bottom left corner of the
front panel.
ERROR
Indicates that an error (for example a hardware error) occurred during operation. The
error impairs the correct functioning and must be eliminated before correct instrument
operation can be ensured.
If the LED blinks slowly, this indicates that the external reference frequency is not
locked. Check the reference frequency settings in the setup dialog (SETUP key >
"Base" tab) and the signal at the REF IN connector.
REMOTE
The instrument is controlled via remote control commands.
BUSY
The instrument is currently starting up.
READY
The instrument is ready for use. The startup procedure is finished.
BATTERY
This LED is only relevant, if the instrument is equipped with a battery compartment
(option R&S CMA-B060A).
It indicates the following states:
● LED off:
The compartment is not used. Inserted batteries are not discharged.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
33
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
●
●
3.2.1.4
Examples of possible reasons: main power switch off, external power supply connected, no batteries inserted
LED lit:
The instrument is running and powered by the battery compartment.
LED blinking:
The instrument is in standby and powered by the battery compartment.
It is recommended, to avoid this state in order to save battery power. Switch off the
main power switch on the rear panel.
Standby Key
The standby key is located in the lower left corner of the front panel. It starts up and
shuts down the instrument.
The LEDs indicate the current state:
●
Left, green LED:
Indicates that all modules are power-supplied. The R&S CMA180 is either ready
for operation or starting up or shutting down.
●
Right, yellow LED:
Indicates the standby state. The standby power only supplies the power switch circuits and the optional oven quartz (OCXO). In this state, it is safe to switch off the
power via the power switch on the rear panel and to disconnect the instrument
from the power supply.
After disconnecting the instrument from the power supply, the yellow LED may
remain lit for some time, until the residual power is consumed.
See also chapter 3.1.3.3, "Starting Up and Shutting Down", on page 23.
3.2.1.5
Rotary Knob
The rotary knob provides an alternative way to navigate in dialog boxes and to modify
settings.
The knob can be turned clockwise or counter-clockwise and pressed. It allows for
example to:
●
Step through the elements of a dialog
●
Increase or decrease a numeric value
●
Modify a character in an input field
●
Select a value from a pull-down list
●
Toggle a checkbox
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
34
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
For details see chapter 3.4.2, "Entering Data", on page 52
3.2.1.6
RF Connectors
The SNAP N-type radio frequency (RF) connectors on the front panel are used as
inputs and outputs for RF signals. The impedance of all RF connectors is 50 Ω.
RF COM is a bidirectional connector supporting high input powers. RF IN is a unidirectional input connector for low input powers. RF OUT is a unidirectional output connector.
The LEDs to the right of the RF connectors indicate the connector state:
●
Input direction LED: The R&S CMA180 is ready to receive an RF signal via this
connector.
●
Output direction LED: An RF signal is transmitted.
Shock hazard
Do not touch the inner contact of RF cables or RF connectors and never use damaged
cables.
High transmit powers may be present.
Risk of burn
Take care when touching the RF COM connector after applying high input power levels
for a long time. The connector may warm up considerably.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
35
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
Risk of instrument damage due to high input power
Ensure that the maximum input levels of the RF connectors are not exceeded. Consider both the maximum input levels printed on the front panel and the ranges stated in
the data sheet.
The maximum RF COM input level printed on the front panel applies only with active
internal attenuator. If you disable the attenuator, a much lower limit applies, refer to the
data sheet.
If the allowed input level is exceeded slightly, a protection circuit disables the connector. If the allowed input level is exceeded considerably, the instrument will be damaged. For details refer to the data sheet.
It is recommended to mount the delivered protective caps onto the RF IN and RF OUT
connectors whenever these connectors are not used. This prevents connecting a cable
to the wrong connector by mistake.
3.2.1.7
AF Connectors
The audio frequency (AF) BNC connectors on the front panel are used as inputs and
outputs for analog audio signals.
All AF connectors are unidirectional input (IN) or output (OUT) connectors. The AF IN
connectors have high impedance, the AF OUT connectors low impedance.
If you want to match the impedances to your DUT or use balanced audio signals, see
chapter 10, "AF Impedance Matching Unit", on page 521.
SPDIF connectors for digital audio signals are located on the rear panel.
Risk of instrument damage
Ensure that the maximum input voltages stated in the data sheet are not exceeded.
3.2.1.8
USB Connectors
The universal serial bus (USB) connectors on the front panel are type A connectors
complying with standard USB 2.0. They can be used for example to connect a keyboard, a mouse or a USB memory stick.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
36
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
Risk of instrument damage
USB devices with external power supply must never feed back current into the power
supply of the USB interface. Before using a device with external power supply, verify
that there is no connection between the positive pole of the power supply and the +5 V
power pin of the USB interface (VBUS).
The length of passive connecting USB cables should not exceed 1 m. The maximum
current per USB port is 500 mA.
3.2.1.9
SENSOR Connector
The SENSOR connector is a Lemosa 6-pin socket for NRP power sensors. It controls
the power sensor and provides the power supply and trigger signals.
Connect an NRP power sensor to use the EPS measurement application. For supported power sensor models, refer to the data sheet.
To disconnect a power sensor, pull the connector at its sleeve, marked with a red dot.
3.2.1.10
PHONES Connector and Loudspeaker
The R&S CMA180 provides an internal loudspeaker, located behind the front panel
cover, below the rotary knob.
You can connect headphones to the PHONES connector (3.5 mm audio connector,
impedance ≥ 16 Ω). If headphones are connected, the internal loudspeaker is automatically switched off.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
37
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
To control volume settings and select a sound source, refer to the setup dialog
(SETUP key > "System" tab).
Risk of hearing damage
To protect your hearing, make sure that the volume setting is not too high before putting on the headphones.
3.2.2 Rear Panel Tour
This section gives an overview of the rear panel controls and connectors of the
R&S CMA180.
Fig. 3-4: Rear panel
Risk of instrument damage
The maximum input levels and voltages of the rear panel connectors must not be
exceeded, see data sheet.
1) Power Supply............................................................................................................39
2) Battery Compartment................................................................................................39
3) LAN Connector......................................................................................................... 40
4) IEEE Connector / 5) REMOTE Connector................................................................ 40
6) DVI Connector.......................................................................................................... 40
7) USB Connectors....................................................................................................... 40
8) SPDIF IN and SPDIF OUT Connectors.................................................................... 40
9) TRIG IN and TRIG OUT Connectors........................................................................ 40
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
38
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
10) REF IN and REF OUT Connectors......................................................................... 41
11) CONTROL Connector.............................................................................................41
12) System Drive...........................................................................................................41
1) Power Supply
The instrument can be equipped with an AC power supply module or with a DC power
supply module.
●
AC power supply module, option R&S CMA-S054B:
The AC module provides a main power switch and an AC power connector. The
main power switch disconnects the instrument from the external power supply.
●
DC power supply module, option R&S CMA-S054M:
The DC module provides a main power switch, three status LEDs and a D-Sub
power connector with a female negative contact and a male positive contact.
If the main power switch is on, the LEDs indicate from left to right: overvoltage
(OV), undervoltage (UV), voltage in range (STBY). If the instrument is powered by
the battery compartment, the LEDs are switched off.
The main power switch disconnects the instrument from an external DC power
source and from the battery compartment.
A compatible external DC power supply is optionally available (R&S CMA-Z053A).
It allows you to connect the DC power connector to an AC power line.
To connect the instrument to an external power source, see:
● chapter 3.1.3.1, "Powering On with AC Power Supply", on page 21
● chapter 3.1.3.2, "Powering On with DC Power Supply", on page 22
Note that the main power switch interrupts the power supply of an equipped OCXO.
When the instrument is powered on again, the OCXO requires a warm-up phase specified in the data sheet.
2) Battery Compartment
The instrument can be equipped with a battery compartment, option R&S CMA-B060A.
The compartment provides two battery slots.
The LEDs between the slots are only active, if the main DC power switch is on. They
have the following meaning:
● CAP LED: The color of the LED indicates the capacity of the battery in the slot.
– green: 50 % or more
– orange: 20 % to 50 %
– red: 20 % or less
– off: no battery inserted (or DC power switch off)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
39
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
●
USED LED: Only one of the two LEDs is lit. It indicates which of the two slots is
currently used or will be used if the currently used external power source is disconnected.
If both LEDs are off, though the DC power switch is on, this indicates that there is
no usable battery. Either the battery slots are empty (CAP LEDs also off) or the
capacity of both batteries is too low (CAP LEDs red).
It is recommended, to replace a battery with red CAP LED as soon as it is no longer
selected (USED LED off). This ensures, that there is always a backup battery for the
currently selected battery and that an empty battery is not deep discharged.
For additional information related to the battery compartment, battery handling, charging and power source selection, see chapter 3.1.4, "Using the Instrument with Batteries", on page 25.
3) LAN Connector
8-pin RJ-45 connector that can be used to connect the instrument to a local area network (LAN), primarily for remote control purposes. Up to 1 Gbit/s are supported.
4) IEEE Connector / 5) REMOTE Connector
These connectors are provided by option R&S CMA-B612A. They can be used for
remote control of the instrument via GPIB or USB.
The IEEE 488 connector is a GPIB bus connector according to standard IEEE 488/IEC
60625.
The REMOTE connector is a USB type B connector. It complies with standard USB
2.0.
6) DVI Connector
This DVI-D connector allows you to connect an external monitor supporting digital DVI
signals, see chapter 3.2.3.2, "Connecting a Monitor", on page 42.
7) USB Connectors
The two USB connectors are of the same type as the front panel USB connectors, see
chapter 3.2.1.8, "USB Connectors", on page 36.
8) SPDIF IN and SPDIF OUT Connectors
SPDIF IN and SPDIF OUT are electrical Sony/Philips digital interface (SPDIF) connectors for input and output of digital audio signals. They are in line with IEC 60958-3:2010
Consumer. The impedance is 75 Ω.
9) TRIG IN and TRIG OUT Connectors
TRIG IN and TRIG OUT are BNC connectors for input and output of an external trigger
signal.
●
●
Input trigger signal:
The signal must be an LVTTL/LVCMOS (3.3 V) signal with a rise/fall time below 5
ns. The trigger input is high impedance.
Output trigger signal:
An LVTTL/LVCMOS (3.3 V) signal is provided. The output impedance is approximately 50 Ω. Evaluate the rising edge of the generated positive pulses.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
40
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
To use the TRIG OUT connector, activate it in the setup dialog, see chapter 7.8,
"Configuring the Trigger Connectors", on page 234.
10) REF IN and REF OUT Connectors
REF IN is a BNC connector for input of an external 10-MHz reference frequency signal.
The input impedance is 50 Ω. Use this connector to synchronize the R&S CMA180 to
another instrument. The signal must meet the specifications in the data sheet.
REF OUT is a BNC connector for output of the actually used internal or external reference frequency signal. The output impedance is 50 Ω. Use this connector to synchronize other instruments to the R&S CMA180.
To use the REF IN connector, activate it in the setup dialog, see chapter 7.7, "Selecting the Reference Frequency Source", on page 233.
11) CONTROL Connector
The CONTROL connector is a 25-pin female D-Sub connector for control of external
hardware, for example of the push-to-talk button of the DUT.
The pins are connected to two relays (3 pins each), two TTL registers (4 pins each),
ground (4 pins) and 5V (2 pins). The remaining 5 pins are unused.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Relay 1, pin 8 to 10: The relay connects pin 10 either to pin 9 (relay active) or to
pin 8 (relay inactive).
Relay 2, pin 21 to 23: The relay connects pin 23 either to pin 22 (relay active) or to
pin 21 (relay inactive).
TTL register 1, pin 1 to 4: The register is used for output of 3.3-V TTL signals.
TTL register 2, pin 14 to 17: The register can be used for output or input of 3.3-V
TTL signals. The input is 5-V tolerant.
Ground: pin 5, 7, 18 and 20
5V, pin 6 and 19: The maximum current for the sum of both pins is 100 mA.
Unused: pin 11 to 13 and 24 to 25
The relays and the registers are configured in the setup dialog, see chapter 7.6, "Configuring the CONTROL Connector", on page 231.
12) System Drive
The instrument is equipped with an exchangeable system drive. The system drive is
either a conventional hard disk or a solid state drive. Use only the drives R&S CMAS052x. Only with these drives, the correct functioning of the instrument can be guaranteed.
For mobile use or if the instrument is moved often, the solid state drive (SSD) is recommended. Note that SSDs are not designed for long term storage without power supply.
So use the SSD at least once a year to prevent loss of data.
You may exchange the system drive in standby state or while the instrument is powered off completely.
Exchanging the system drive does not affect the installed licenses. They are stored on
the instrument, not on the system drive.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
41
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
3.2.3 Connecting External Devices
3.2.3.1
Connecting USB Devices
You can use the USB ports on the front and rear panel of the R&S CMA180 to connect
a variety of devices, for example:
●
A mouse and keyboard, providing an alternative to the touchscreen functionality.
●
A USB memory stick, allowing you to transfer files to and from the instrument without a network connection.
USB devices are detected automatically when they are connected. It is safe to connect
or disconnect them while the instrument is running.
3.2.3.2
Connecting a Monitor
You can connect a monitor to the DVI connector of the R&S CMA180.
Risk of instrument damage due to missing grounding conductor
Before connecting an external monitor to the DVI connector, ensure that the monitor is
connected to a ground contact.
Otherwise, the R&S CMA180 may be damaged.
The following monitor connector types are supported:
●
DVI-D or DVI-I: Can be connected directly to the DVI connector of the
R&S CMA180.
●
HDMI: A passive DVI to HDMI adapter is required.
●
VGA: Can be connected via an active DVI to VGA adapter. Passive adapters do
not work.
Risk of instrument damage due to DisplayPort adapter
Do not connect a DisplayPort monitor via an adapter to the DVI connector of the
R&S CMA180.
A DisplayPort monitor adapter may feed electric current to the R&S CMA180 and damage it.
It is recommended that you connect the monitor to the R&S CMA180 before startup.
This ensures proper monitor detection.
During the startup procedure, only the external monitor is used, while the internal display is switched off automatically. This applies if an external monitor is connected,
even if it is switched off.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
42
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Instrument Tour
Configuring the display settings
When using an external monitor, you can configure the appearance of the displays or
adapt the display resolution to suit your needs.
If only the external monitor is used, the maximum supported monitor resolution is
1920x1080 pixel. In clone mode (identical contents and resolution on both displays),
the maximum supported resolution is 800x480 pixel.
To modify the display settings:
1. Connect the external monitor, a mouse and a keyboard to the R&S CMA180 and
start the instrument.
2. On the keyboard, press the Windows key + D to access the desktop of the operating system.
3. Right-click the desktop and select "Screen resolution".
4. Adjust the display settings as desired.
Troubleshooting
If the external monitor shows a blank screen:
●
Verify that the external monitor is switched on and the correct monitor port is
selected as signal source.
●
If a startup is ongoing, wait until it is finished.
Disconnect the monitor from the R&S CMA180. Re-connect the monitor. This procedure resets the display settings to clone mode.
3.2.4 Cleaning
The outside of the instrument is suitably cleaned using a soft, lint-free dust cloth.
Shock hazard
Before cleaning the instrument, make sure that the instrument is switched off and disconnected from all power supplies.
Instrument damage caused by cleaning agents
Cleaning agents contain substances that may damage the instrument, for example
cleaning agents that contain a solvent may damage the front panel labeling, plastic
parts, or the display.
Never use cleaning agents such as solvents (thinners, acetone, and so on), acids,
bases, or other substances.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
43
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
Risk of instrument damage due to obstructed fans
If the instrument is operated in dusty areas, the fans may become obstructed by dust
or other particles in the process of time. Make sure to check and, if necessary, clean
the fans regularly to ensure they operate properly at all times. If the instrument is run
with obstructed fans for a longer period, it may become overheated which may cause
damage.
3.3 Trying Out the Instrument
This chapter provides some simple test examples step by step, to make you acquainted with the instrument.
It is assumed that the instrument has been set up, connected to the power supply, and
started up as described in chapter 3.1, "Putting the Instrument into Operation",
on page 18.
If you have changed any instrument settings, perform a global preset before continuing
(press the RESET key > select "Global (all Applications)" > tap "Preset").
Risk of instrument damage due to high transmit power
Ensure that the transmit power of the device under test (DUT) never exceeds the maximum input level of the RF COM connector, stated in the data sheet.
If the allowed input level is exceeded considerably, the instrument will be damaged.
●
●
RX Test Example.................................................................................................... 44
TX Test Example.....................................................................................................48
3.3.1 RX Test Example
This section provides an example of a receiver test.
For the test, the R&S CMA180 generates an RF signal, modulated with an audio signal. The device under test (DUT) demodulates the RF signal to derive the audio signal.
You check the audio signal via a loudspeaker or headphones connected to the DUT.
In a second test step, the audio signal is routed back to the R&S CMA180 for analysis
of the signal quality. The R&S CMA180 measures for example the total harmonic distortion and the signal-to-noise ratio.
Required equipment:
●
DUT with radio receiver and audio output connector (for example headphones or
loudspeaker connector)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
44
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
●
Coaxial RF cable, one end with male N connector, one end compatible to the
receive antenna connector of the DUT
●
For the first test step: loudspeaker or headphones at the DUT
●
For the second test step: coaxial audio cable, one end with male BNC connector,
one end compatible to the audio output of the DUT
Test step 1
1. Connect the RF COM connector of the R&S CMA180 to the (receive) antenna connector of the DUT.
The DUT must provide a loudspeaker or connected headphones.
2. Select the RX scenario:
a) At the top of the R&S CMA180 screen, tap
A dialog box for scenario selection opens.
b) Tap the "RX" button.
.
The dialog box is closed. The toolbar at the top indicates "RX Test".
The screen shows a "Generator" tab and an "Analyzer" tab.
3. If the toolbar at the top contains the button , tap it to display the tabs in full size.
If the toolbar contains the button
, continue with the next step.
4. Configure the signal generator:
a) Select the "Generator" tab.
b) Set "Freq." to the RF carrier frequency used by the DUT for reception.
c) Set "Level" to the desired RF level.
For a first test, the level should be high enough to pass the squelch function of
the DUT.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
45
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
d) Set "Mode" to the type of modulation used by the DUT.
For most types of modulation, an additional setting is displayed below. Configure it too.
For FM modulation for example, the maximum frequency deviation is configurable.
e) For "Connector Out" select RF COM.
f) Set "Ext. Att. (Output)" to the attenuation of the RF cable.
g) For the audio signal, use the default settings.
A single tone with a frequency of 1000 Hz will be generated.
5. Start the generation of the RF signal:
On the "Generator" tab toolbar, tap .
The button changes to . The indicator in the "Generator" tab header changes
from gray (off) to yellow (on). The modulated RF signal is now available at
RF COM.
6. Ensure that the DUT is switched on and set to receive mode.
If the receiver works correctly, the audio tone is audible at the DUT (loudspeaker or
headphones).
Test step 2
1. Connect the audio output of the DUT (for example the headphones connector) to
the AF1 IN connector of the R&S CMA180.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
46
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
2. Configure the measurement:
a) Select the "Analyzer" tab.
b) On the "Analyzer" tab toolbar, tap .
A configuration dialog box opens.
c) On the "AF Settings" tab, set "AF1 IN" > "Gen. Coupl." to "Gen. 3". Disable
"AF2 IN".
Close the dialog box.
3. Start the measurement:
On the "Analyzer" tab toolbar, tap
.
The button changes to
and . The indicator in the "Analyzer" tab header
changes from gray (off) to yellow (running).
4. The measurement results are displayed directly in the "Analyzer" tab and its subtabs.
The "Overview" subtab provides an overview of the most important results. The
other subtabs provide all results in a more detailed presentation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
47
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
3.3.2 TX Test Example
This section provides an example of a transmitter test, consisting of two steps.
The first test step checks whether the DUT transmits a modulated RF signal with the
correct frequency and power level. The second test step demodulates the RF signal
and analyzes the audio signal quality.
Required equipment:
●
DUT with radio transmitter and audio input connector (for example microphone
connector)
●
Coaxial RF cable, one end with male N connector, one end compatible to the
transmit antenna connector of the DUT
●
For the first test step: microphone at the DUT
●
For the second test step: coaxial audio cable, one end with male BNC connector,
one end compatible to the audio input of the DUT
Test step 1
1. Connect the (transmit) antenna connector of the DUT to the RF COM connector of
the R&S CMA180.
2. Select the TX scenario:
a) If the RX scenario is active, simply tap "TX" on the toolbar at the top.
b) Otherwise, tap
, then tap the "TX" button.
The screen shows one "Generator" tab and several measurement tabs. The toolbar
at the top indicates "TX Test".
3. If the toolbar at the top contains the button , tap it to display the tabs in full size.
If the toolbar contains the button
, continue with the next step.
4. Configure the RF measurement settings:
a) Select the "FFT Spectrum" tab.
b) On the "FFT Spectrum" tab toolbar, tap .
The main configuration dialog of the "FFT Spectrum" measurement application
opens.
c) Select the "RF Settings" tab.
d) For "Connector" select RF COM.
e) Set "External Attenuation (Input)" to the attenuation of the RF cable.
f) Set "Frequency" to the RF carrier frequency used by the DUT for transmission.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
48
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
g) Set "Expected Power" to the maximum RF signal power that you want to transmit with the DUT during the test, plus some dB.
Note that these RF settings are common measurement settings. Configuring
them for the "FFT Spectrum" tab, configures also the "Power" tab and the
"Analyzer" tab, used in later test steps.
Close the dialog box.
5. Start the measurement:
On the "FFT Spectrum" tab toolbar, tap
The button changes to
and
gray (off) to yellow (running).
.
. The indicator in the tab header changes from
6. Configure the DUT, especially the RF frequency and the transmit power. The transmit power must be within the range supported by the RF COM connector.
7. Set the DUT to transmit mode (for example press a push-to-talk button).
8. Check the measured RF frequency. The diagram ideally shows a strong peak,
located exactly in the center of the diagram.
The 0 Hz value in the center of the diagram corresponds to the RF carrier frequency configured in step 4.
9. Start the power measurement:
a) Select the "Power" tab.
b) On the "Power" tab toolbar, tap
.
10. Check the measured power, displayed on the "Power" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
49
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
Test step 2
For this test step, the R&S CMA180 generates an audio signal that is fed into the modulator of the DUT. The DUT transmits the modulated RF signal to the R&S CMA180.
The R&S CMA180 demodulates the RF signal and analyzes the resulting audio signal.
1. Connect the AF1 OUT connector of the R&S CMA180 to the audio input of the
DUT, for example to the microphone connector.
2. Configure the audio signal provided at AF1 OUT.
You will generate a single tone with a level of 20 mV and a frequency of 1000 Hz:
a) Select the "Generator" tab.
b) Set "AF1 OUT" > "Level" to 20 mV.
c) Disable "AF2 OUT" > "ON".
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
50
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Trying Out the Instrument
3. Start the generation of the audio signal:
On the "Generator" tab toolbar, tap .
The button changes to
and the indicator in the "Generator" tab header changes
from gray (off) to yellow (on). The audio signal is now available at AF1 OUT.
4. Configure the AF measurement settings:
a) Select the "Analyzer" tab.
b) On the "Analyzer" tab toolbar, tap .
The main configuration dialog of the "Analyzer" application opens.
c) On the "RF Settings" tab, set "Demodul." to the type of modulation used by the
DUT.
d) Select the "AF Settings" tab.
e) For "Gen. Coupling", select "Gen. 1".
f)
Close the dialog box.
5. Start the measurement:
On the "Analyzer" tab toolbar, tap
.
6. Ensure that the DUT is transmitting (for example press a push-to-talk button).
7. Check the "Signal Quality" results, for example the total harmonic distortion (THD)
and the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR).
For more results, check also the other subtabs. The "Overview" subtab provides an
overview of the most important results. The other subtabs provide all results in a
more detailed presentation.
Note that the "RF Results" indicate the RF power and RF frequency (error). So you
can measure them also with the "Analyzer" application instead of using the "Power"
and "FFT Spectrum" application.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
51
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
3.4 Operating the Instrument
You can operate the instrument manually or via remote control commands:
●
Manual local operation:
You control the instrument via a graphical user interface (GUI), displayed on the
built-in touchscreen. Optionally, you may connect a mouse and/or a keyboard.
You may also display the GUI on an external monitor connected to the instrument.
The principles of manual operation are explained in this section.
●
Manual remote operation:
You can control the GUI from a remote computer as follows:
– Use a "Remote Desktop" connection.
–
Use the "Web Control" functionality on the LXI home page of the instrument.
The principles of operation are the same as for manual local operation.
●
Remote control via commands:
Create scripts to automate repeating settings, tests and measurements. The instrument is connected to a computer running the program.
For an introduction, see chapter 8, "Remote Control", on page 254.
3.4.1 Means of Manual Interaction
The R&S CMA180 provides the following means of manual interaction:
●
Touchscreen:
This is the most direct way of interaction. Tapping the screen with a finger works
like clicking mouse buttons, with the following mapping:
Tap = click, double-tap = double-click, touch and hold = right-click
●
Optional mouse and/or keyboard:
These devices work conform to Microsoft standards. You can operate any GUI elements via the touchscreen and via a connected mouse. A connected keyboard
allows you to control most of the GUI elements.
●
Keys and rotary knob:
Instead of using the front panel keys, you may alternatively use keyboard shortcuts. If the GUI is displayed at an external local or remote monitor, a soft-frontpanel
is displayed, emulating the keys for mouse control.
The rotary knob provides an alternative way for selected navigation and data entry
actions.
The following sections describe the usage of the touchscreen, a connected keyboard
and the rotary knob. For mouse usage, refer to the mapping listed above.
3.4.2 Entering Data
For data input, the touchscreen provides an on-screen keypad to enter numeric values
and units. For text input, it provides an on-screen keyboard with English layout.
The rotary knob, a connected keyboard and a connected mouse can also be used for
data input and modification.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
52
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
To enter values with the on-screen keypad
1. Tap a numeric entry field to open the on-screen keypad.
You can move the keypad if desired: Touch and drag an unlabeled button.
2. Enter the numeric value as you would on a normal keypad.
Special buttons:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
"±" changes the sign of the value.
The unit buttons convert the number to another unit.
"Insert" toggles between insert and overwrite mode.
The bold arrow button acts as backspace.
"CLR" deletes the entire entry. "Del" deletes the character at the cursor position.
The arrow left/right buttons move the cursor left or right.
The arrow up/down buttons increase/decrease the value at the cursor position.
3. Tap "Enter" to apply or "Esc" to discard the changes. The keypad closes in both
cases.
To enter data with the on-screen keyboard
1. Tap a text entry field to open the on-screen keyboard.
You can move the keyboard if desired: Touch and drag an unlabeled button or an
area without button.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
53
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
2. Enter the text as you would on a normal keyboard.
Special buttons:
●
●
●
●
●
"Last" discards the changes and displays the text applicable when the keyboard was opened.
"Shift" toggles between two sets of characters. The keyboard displays the currently active set.
"CLR" deletes the entire entry.
"Insert" toggles between insert and overwrite mode.
The arrow up/down buttons increase/decrease the value at the cursor position.
3. Tap "Enter" to apply or "Esc" to discard the changes. The keyboard closes in both
cases.
Using the rotary knob
1. Turn the knob to select the entry field.
2. Press the knob to enter the edit mode.
3. Turn the knob to increase/decrease the value.
Note that the rotary knob does not allow to move the cursor within the entry field.
4. Press the knob to leave the edit mode.
To enter data with an external keyboard
Proceed as follows to enter data with an external keyboard (no mouse, no touchscreen).
1. Navigate to the entry field, using the ARROW keys or the (SHIFT+)TAB key.
2. Configure the field as follows:
a) Checkbox:
Press ENTER to toggle the checkbox.
b) Pull-down list:
Press ENTER to enter the edit mode. Navigate to the desired value using the
UP/DOWN ARROW keys. Press ENTER to apply the value and leave the edit
mode.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
54
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
c) Numeric or text entry field:
Enter data directly by typing (the edit mode is activated as soon as you type).
Press ENTER to apply the entered data and leave the edit mode.
You can also enter the edit mode by pressing ENTER. Special keys in edit
mode:
●
●
●
The minus key changes the sign of a number.
CTRL + F9 / F10 / F11 / F12 changes the unit.
The UP/DOWN ARROW keys increase/decrease the value at the cursor
position.
3.4.3 Selecting a Scenario
The first step for any test is selecting a suitable scenario.
To select a scenario
1. On the global toolbar tap
.
A dialog box for scenario selection opens.
Each button in this dialog box represents one test scenario.
2. Tap a scenario button to load the scenario.
The scenario is loaded and the dialog box is closed automatically.
3. Troubleshooting: If nothing happens when you tap a scenario button, the software
installation may be incomplete.
Proceed as follows to check this:
a) Tap "Details..." to open a dialog box providing information about the individual
scenarios.
b) Check whether the desired scenario is complete or whether a software package is missing.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
55
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
To switch between TX scenario and RX scenario
TX tests and RX tests are often performed consecutively. For that reason there is a
shortcut button on the global toolbar, allowing you to switch comfortably between the
two scenarios.
► On the global toolbar tap "RX" or "TX" to activate the corresponding scenario.
To display a block diagram of the active scenario
For the active scenario, you can display a block diagram showing entities, connectors
and signal paths supported by the scenario. The diagram is static. So it shows only the
possible signal paths, not the configured active paths.
► On the global toolbar tap
.
A block diagram of the active scenario opens.
For an overview of the available scenarios, see chapter 4, "Test Scenarios",
on page 66.
Remote Control
Select a scenario before configuring an application via remote control commands.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:SCENario on page 286
3.4.4 Tab Modes
Most scenarios involve one generator application and one or several measurement
applications. Each application is presented on an own tab.
By default, the GUI is split into two parts. The generator tab is displayed on the left and
the measurement tabs are displayed on the right. This split mode allows you to modify
the generator settings and at the same time to monitor the impact on the measurement
results.
Fig. 3-5: Split mode
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
56
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
Alternatively, you can merge the two parts so that only one tab is displayed at a time,
but larger than in split mode. This merged mode is useful for example if you want to
analyze measurement results without changing generator settings.
Fig. 3-6: Merged mode
To toggle the tab mode
► On the global toolbar tap
or
.
is displayed in split mode and activates the merged mode.
is displayed in merged mode and activates the split mode.
3.4.5 Accessing Generator or Measurement Settings
Each generator or measurement application is presented on a separate tab. This section describes how you can access the application-specific settings from this tab.
The tab itself provides the most important application-specific settings for fast access.
Which settings are displayed on the tab, can be dynamic. The generator tab for example shows parameters related to the currently selected mode. If you change the mode,
different parameters are displayed.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
57
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
Fig. 3-7: Settings directly on the application tab
The tab toolbar also provides access to selected settings. Each button opens a dialog.
The dialog contents and which buttons are available, depends on the application and
on the scenario.
The following table provides an overview of the buttons. For more details, refer to the
description of the application.
Table 3-1: Application tab toolbar buttons
Button
Description
Opens a dialog box with interferer and tone settings for the generator
Opens the filter settings tab of the main configuration dialog box
Opens the trigger settings tab of the main configuration dialog box
These buttons are related to the output paths of the generator / the input paths of a measurement (RF path, AF path, SPDIF path).
The arrow of an OUT connector is pointing out of the circle, the arrow of an IN connector into
the circle. The bidirectional RF COM connector has a two-headed arrow.
Each button selects the corresponding path for display on the application tab and indicates
states as follows.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
58
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
Button
Description
No arrows: path switched off
(AF and SPDIF only)
Dark background: path
selected for display
Circle filled yellow: path
switched on, application running or paused
Circle not filled: application off
Light background: path not
selected for display
This button is located at the bottom of the application toolbar of all application tabs.
It opens the main configuration dialog box, providing access to most settings of the application.
Most dialogs opened by the other toolbar buttons also provide access to the main configuration dialog box. They either open a specific tab of the main configuration dialog box, or they
provide a button that opens the main configuration dialog box.
Whenever you see a single cogwheel
uration of the context.
, you can tap it to open a dialog box for config-
Example:
The cogwheel icon of the following setting opens a dialog box for configuration of the
increment of the setting.
Fig. 3-8: Setting with a gear icon
3.4.6 Starting a Generator or a Measurement
All applications are started or stopped via the uppermost buttons on the application
toolbar.
A generator can be started
or stopped
A measurement can be started
, paused
.
or stopped
.
Generator states
A generator application can be in the state ON or OFF. In state ON, it generates a signal. In state OFF, it does not generate a signal.
The current generator state is indicated to the left of the application tab title. The icon
indicates the ON state, the icon
the OFF state.
Fig. 3-9: Generator state indicator
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
59
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
An additionally displayed sandglass indicates that a state transition has been triggered
and is ongoing. In that case, the icon color refers to the old state. Example : The
state is OFF, a transition to ON is ongoing.
Measurement states
A measurement application can be in the state OFF, RUN or RDY.
The current measurement state is indicated to the left of the application tab title. The
indicates the OFF state, the icon
the RUN state and the icon
the RDY
icon
state.
When you start the application, the state changes from OFF to RUN. When you pause
the application or the application halts for other reasons, it enters the state RDY. From
this state, you can continue the measurement or stop it completely.
Fig. 3-10: Measurement state transitions and control buttons
If you start the application from state OFF, a completely new measurement is started.
Previous measurements do not affect the measurement results.
If you start the application from state RDY, the previous measurement is continued.
Statistic results like minimum or maximum values consider also results derived before
the measurement was continued.
An additionally displayed sandglass indicates that a state transition has been triggered
and is ongoing. In that case, the icon color refers to the old state. Example : The
state is OFF, a transition to RUN is ongoing.
A red icon indicates that the measurement is running, but there is an error, so that no
results can be obtained.
3.4.7 Working with Result Diagrams
Most result diagrams allow you to show or hide parts of the diagram, for example to
show only a selected trace and hide the others. For comfortable analysis, you can
maximize a diagram, zoom into the diagram and use markers to read out values.
These tasks are described in the following sections.
3.4.7.1
Configuring Diagram Contents
Most result diagrams can display several traces or bar graphs in parallel. A typical
example is a diagram displaying separate traces for the currently measured values, the
minimum values, the maximum values and the average values.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
60
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
To configure, which traces are shown/hidden, tap
to the right of the diagram. The
icon changes to . The related settings are displayed above the diagram.
Fig. 3-11: Trace selection
Enable the checkboxes of the traces that you want to display and disable the checkboxes of the traces that you want to hide.
To hide the settings, tap
3.4.7.2
. The icon then changes to
and the settings are hidden.
Maximizing Diagrams
Most result diagrams use only a part of the display and can be maximized for comfortable analysis of the traces.
To maximize a diagram
► On the toolbar to the right of the diagram, tap
.
To restore the default size
► On the toolbar to the right of the diagram, tap
3.4.7.3
.
Zooming
For analysis of a result diagram, you can zoom into the diagram as described below.
To zoom into a diagram
► Touch the position in the diagram that you want to define as one corner of the
zoom area, then drag your finger to the opposite corner of the zoom area.
While you drag your finger on the touchscreen, a dotted rectangle is displayed to
indicate the current zoom area. When the rectangle covers the required zoom
area, remove your finger.
The diagram now shows the selected area. Additionally, the complete diagram is
displayed in the upper right corner. A dotted rectangle indicates the current zoom
area.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
61
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
To move the current zoom area
1. In the diagram overview in the upper right corner (gray background), touch the dotted rectangle and move it to the desired position.
2. Alternatively, touch the diagram itself (white background) and move it as desired.
For both methods, four arrows are displayed after touching the display to indicate
that you can now move the zoom area.
To zoom further into the diagram
1. Touch and hold the diagram, until the following menu is displayed:
2. Tap "Zoom (once)".
As a result, the next touch and drag will cause zooming instead of moving.
3. Zoom into the diagram (touch and drag).
To undo zooming and display the entire diagram
1. Double-tap the diagram.
2. Alternatively:
a) Touch and hold the diagram, until a menu is displayed.
b) Tap "Undo Zoom".
3.4.7.4
Using Markers
Markers are tools for numerical readout of measured data displayed in diagrams.
To access the marker settings, tap to the right of a diagram. The icon changes to
The marker settings and the coordinates of active markers are displayed above the
diagram.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
.
62
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
Fig. 3-12: Marker settings and coordinates
There are three markers: a reference marker , marker 1 and marker 2 . For each
marker, the checkbox indicates whether the marker is active. x and y values indicate
the absolute marker position. dx and dy values indicate the marker position relative to
the position of the reference marker.
To add a marker to a diagram
1. Drag the marker icon into the diagram and drop it at the desired position.
If the diagram shows several traces in parallel, a menu is displayed for trace selection.
2. Alternatively, enable the checkbox of the marker.
To move the markers to another trace
This is only relevant for diagrams showing several traces.
1. Touch and hold a marker.
A menu is displayed for trace selection.
Select the target trace in the menu.
2. Alternatively, tap
.
A dialog box opens. Select a trace in the second column.
To change the x-position of a marker
1. Drag and drop the marker icon within the diagram.
2. Alternatively, tap
.
A dialog box opens. Modify the position in the first column.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
63
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
To switch between absolute and relative coordinates
1. Tap
.
A dialog box for marker configuration opens.
2. In the third column, select "Absolute" or "Relative" for marker 1 and 2.
To remove a marker from a diagram
1. Disable the checkbox of the marker.
2. Alternatively, drag the marker icon out of the diagram.
3.4.8 Scrolling
Some dialogs contain a slim vertical or horizontal scroll bar. A horizontal scrollbar for
example looks as follows:
The light part of the bar indicates the visible part of the dialog, while the dark part of the
bar indicates the hidden part of the dialog. So in the example above, the left part of the
dialog is hidden.
To scroll through a dialog
1. Touch the contents of the dialog and move it.
2. Alternatively, tap the scrollbar. An arrow icon is displayed:
Drag this icon in the arrow directions.
or
.
3.4.9 Soft-Front Panel and Keyboard Shortcuts
The front panel of the R&S CMA180 provides some keys to the left of the display.
These keys have no equivalent on the GUI / the touchscreen.
To provide access to these control elements during a "Remote Desktop" session, the
keys are emulated via a soft-front panel, displayed at the remote monitor to the right of
the GUI. The soft-front panel is also available when you display the GUI at an external
monitor directly connected to the instrument.
Each button on the soft-front panel has an equivalent keyboard shortcut, listed in the
following table.
Soft-front panel button
Shortcut
RESET
CTRL + R
INFO
CTRL + I
FILE
CTRL + F
SETUP
CTRL + S
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
64
R&S®CMA180
Getting Started
Operating the Instrument
Soft-front panel button
Shortcut
PRINT
CTRL + P
HELP
F1
TOUCH ON | OFF
CTRL + T
There is also an extended version of the soft-front panel. It emulates all front panel
controls of an R&S CMA180 and provides a graphical presentation of the front panel.
To switch between the normal and the extended soft-front panel:
► Press F11 on an external keyboard.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
65
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
TX Scenario
4 Test Scenarios
The first step for any test is selecting a suitable scenario.
You can only use the applications offered by the currently active scenario. If you
change the scenario, any generator or measurement applications running in the old
scenario are stopped.
The individual scenarios are introduced in the following sections. See also chapter 3.4.3, "Selecting a Scenario", on page 55.
4.1 TX Scenario
The TX scenario is designed for test of a radio transmitter. The scenario is relevant for
any DUT able to transmit an RF signal.
4.1.1 Test Setup
In a typical setup for TX tests, the R&S CMA180 provides an audio signal at an AF
OUT connector. The DUT feeds this audio signal into its modulator and transmits the
modulated RF signal back to the R&S CMA180. The R&S CMA180 analyzes the
received RF signal, demodulates it and analyzes the resulting audio signal.
Fig. 4-1: TX test setup
Feed the audio signal into the modulator of your DUT, for example via a microphone
connector. Do not connect a microphone in parallel, because input from the microphone may distort the results. Set your DUT to transmit mode.
For selection of the RF connector, consider the allowed input ranges indicated on the
front panel. The RF COM connector supports a much higher input range than the RF
IN connector. If your transmit power is higher than supported by the connectors, insert
an external attenuator into the input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
66
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
TX Scenario
Risk of instrument damage
Ensure that the maximum input levels of the RF connectors are not exceeded. Consider both the maximum input levels printed on the front panel and the ranges stated in
the data sheet.
4.1.2 Available Applications
The TX scenario provides the following application tabs:
●
"Generator" for generation of the audio signal routed to the DUT
●
"Analyzer" for measurement of the RF signal received from the DUT, demodulation
and analysis of the resulting audio signal
●
"EPS", "ACP", "Power" and "FFT Spectrum" for additional RF measurements
4.1.3 Performing a TX Test
To perform a TX test with the "Analyzer" application, proceed as follows:
1. Connect your DUT to the R&S CMA180 (see chapter 4.1.1, "Test Setup",
on page 66).
2. Configure the "Generator" application.
Especially configure the audio signal properties.
3. Start the "Generator" application.
The audio signal is now available at the configured audio output connector.
4. Configure the "Analyzer" application.
Especially configure the RF settings: Select the RF connector and set the external
attenuation according to your setup. Set the following RF settings according to the
signal properties: RF carrier frequency, expected power, type of demodulation.
In the AF settings, couple the analyzer to the used generator.
5. Start the "Analyzer" application.
The measurement results are displayed directly in the "Analyzer" tab and its subtabs.
See also:
●
chapter 3.3.2, "TX Test Example", on page 48
●
chapter 6.2.2, "Performing an EPS Measurement", on page 164
●
chapter 6.3.2, "Performing an ACP Measurement", on page 170
●
chapter 6.4.2, "Performing a Power Measurement", on page 179
●
chapter 6.5.2, "Performing an FFT Spectrum Analysis", on page 191
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
67
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
RX Scenario
4.2 RX Scenario
The RX scenario is designed for test of a radio receiver. The scenario is relevant for
any DUT able to receive an RF signal.
4.2.1 Test Setup
In a typical setup for RX tests, the R&S CMA180 generates an RF signal, modulated
with an audio signal. The DUT demodulates the RF signal. The resulting audio signal is
routed back to the R&S CMA180 for analysis.
Fig. 4-2: RX test setup
Set your DUT to reception mode.
The audio signal from the demodulator of the DUT is typically available at a loudspeaker or headphones connector.
Risk of instrument damage
Ensure that the maximum input levels of the RF connectors are not exceeded. Consider both the maximum input levels printed on the front panel and the ranges stated in
the data sheet.
When using the RF OUT connector, ensure that your DUT is in reception mode and
cannot accidentally be switched to transmit mode.
4.2.2 Available Applications
The RX scenario provides the following application tabs:
●
"Generator" for generation of the RF signal routed to the DUT
●
"Analyzer" for analysis of the audio signal received from the DUT
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
68
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
DX Scenario
4.2.3 Performing an RX Test
The basic procedure for an RX test is as follows:
1. Connect your DUT to the R&S CMA180 (see chapter 4.2.1, "Test Setup",
on page 68).
2. Configure the "Generator" application.
Especially configure the RF settings: Select the RF connector and set the external
attenuation according to your setup. Set the RF carrier frequency to the receiver
frequency of the DUT. Select an RF signal mode and configure all settings relevant
for that mode.
For modulated signals, configure and enable an audio source via the AF settings.
3. Start the "Generator" application.
The RF signal is now available at the selected connector.
4. Configure the "Analyzer" application.
Especially configure the AF settings: Enable and configure the used audio input
connectors. Couple the analyzer to the used generator.
5. Start the "Analyzer" application.
The measurement results are displayed directly in the "Analyzer" tab and its subtabs.
For a detailed step-by-step description of a typical RX test, see chapter 3.3.1, "RX Test
Example", on page 44.
4.3 DX Scenario
The DX scenario is only relevant for DUTs that are able to transmit and receive RF signals in parallel. An example for such a DUT is a repeater.
With this scenario, you can test whether the active transmitter disturbs the receiver and
vice versa.
Note that you can use the TX scenario and the RX scenario for additional transmitter
and receiver tests - even for a transceiver.
4.3.1 Test Setup
The DX test setup is basically a combination of the TX test setup and the RX test
setup.
You can route the RF signal to and from the DUT either via two RF connectors (for
example RF OUT + RF IN), or you can use the RF COM connector for both directions.
For high power levels, use always the RF COM connector, with the internal RF COM
attenuator enabled.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
69
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
DX Scenario
Fig. 4-3: DX test setup
4.3.2 Available Applications
The DX scenario provides the following application tabs:
●
"Generator" for generation of the RF signal and the audio signal routed to the DUT
●
"Analyzer" for analysis of the audio signal and the RF signal received from the DUT
●
"EPS", "Power" and "FFT Spectrum" applications for additional RF measurements
4.3.3 Performing a DX Test
To perform a DX test with the "Analyzer" application, proceed as follows:
1. Connect your DUT to the R&S CMA180 (see chapter 4.3.1, "Test Setup",
on page 69).
2. Configure the "Generator" application.
All hints given for RX and TX tests apply also here. You generate an RF signal as
for RX tests and in parallel an audio signal as for TX tests.
3. Start the "Generator" application.
The RF signal and the audio signal are now available at the configured connectors.
4. Configure the "Analyzer" application.
All hints given for RX and TX tests apply also here. You analyze an RF signal as
for TX tests and in parallel an audio signal as for RX tests.
5. Start the "Analyzer" application.
The measurement results for one input path are displayed directly in the "Analyzer"
tab and its subtabs. Select the input path via the "AF" and "RF" buttons on the toolbar of the analyzer.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
70
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
Spectrum Scenario
See also:
●
chapter 6.2.2, "Performing an EPS Measurement", on page 164
●
chapter 6.4.2, "Performing a Power Measurement", on page 179
●
chapter 6.5.2, "Performing an FFT Spectrum Analysis", on page 191
4.4 Spectrum Scenario
The spectrum scenario provides a spectrum analyzer for RF signals. Option
R&S CMA-K120 is required.
The analyzer has two measurement modes. In "Frequency Sweep" mode, the analyzer
sweeps a configurable frequency span and displays the signal power vs. frequency. In
"Zero Span" mode, the analyzer remains tuned to a configurable frequency and displays the signal power vs. time.
4.4.1 Test Setup
The spectrum analyzer measures an RF signal, routed from the DUT to the RF COM
or RF IN connector. For high power levels, use always the RF COM connector, with
the internal RF COM attenuator enabled.
If required by the DUT, you can additionally generate an RF signal or audio signal and
route it to the DUT.
Fig. 4-4: Spectrum measurement test setup
As audio source, you can use all internal audio signal generators, or you can use an
audio signal received via the AF IN or SPDIF IN connectors.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
71
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
Spectrum Scenario
Fig. 4-5: Audio sources for spectrum scenario, audio signal output
Fig. 4-6: Audio sources for spectrum scenario, RF signal output
4.4.2 Available Applications
The spectrum scenario provides the following application tabs:
●
"Generator" for optional generation of an audio signal or RF signal routed to the
DUT
●
"Spectrum Analyzer" for measurement of the RF signal received from the DUT
4.4.3 Performing a Spectrum Measurement
The basic procedure for a spectrum measurement is as follows:
1. Connect your DUT to the R&S CMA180 (see chapter 4.4.1, "Test Setup",
on page 71).
2. If required, configure and start the "Generator" application.
3. Configure the "Spectrum Analyzer" application and start it.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
72
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
Audio Scenario
The measurement results are displayed directly in the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab.
There are separate subtabs for the two measurement modes.
For a detailed step-by-step description of a spectrum measurement, see chapter 6.6.2,
"Performing a Spectrum Analysis", on page 205.
For frequency response measurements with tracking generator, see chapter 6.6.6,
"Frequency Response Measurements", on page 219.
4.5 Audio Scenario
The audio scenario is designed for test of audio circuits, for example filters or amplifiers. A typical use case would be to analyze the frequency response of an amplifier.
4.5.1 Test Setup
In a typical setup for audio tests, the R&S CMA180 provides an audio signal at an AF
OUT or SPDIF OUT connector. The signal is routed to the DUT, passes the DUT and
is routed back to an AF IN or SPDIF IN connector. The R&S CMA180 analyzes the
received audio signal.
Fig. 4-7: Audio test setup
You can freely combine the audio connectors in your setup. You can for example use
all four AF connectors to perform a test with an analog stereo signal. Or you can use
an AF OUT plus the SPDIF IN connector to test an A/D converter.
As audio source, you can use all internal audio signal generators, or you can use an
audio signal received via the AF IN or SPDIF IN connectors.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
73
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
Audio Scenario
Fig. 4-8: Audio sources for audio scenario
4.5.2 Available Applications
The audio scenario provides the following application tabs:
●
"Generator" for generation of the audio signal routed to the DUT
●
"Analyzer" for analysis of the audio signal received from the DUT
4.5.3 Performing an Audio Test
The basic procedure for an audio test is as follows:
1. Connect your DUT to the R&S CMA180 (see chapter 4.5.1, "Test Setup",
on page 73).
2. Configure the "Generator" application.
Especially select, configure and enable an audio source for the used audio output
connector.
3. Start the "Generator" application.
The audio signal is now available at the configured audio output connector.
4. Configure the "Analyzer" application.
Especially configure the AF settings: Enable and configure the used audio input
connectors. Couple the analyzer to the used generators.
5. Start the "Analyzer" application.
The measurement results for one input path are displayed directly in the "Analyzer"
tab and its subtabs. Select the input path via the "AF" or "SPDIF" button on the
toolbar of the analyzer.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
74
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
Expert Scenario
4.6 Expert Scenario
The expert scenario provides the same generator and measurement applications as
the sum of the scenarios TX, RX, DX and audio. It is recommended to use these scenarios instead of the expert scenario whenever possible.
The expert scenario is intended for special use cases that are not covered by the other
scenarios. It provides more flexibility concerning combinations of settings and unusual
signal path combinations. But it provides less user guidance than the other scenarios
so that it is harder to configure and execute a test successfully.
Use this scenario only if really required and after having gained some experience with
the other scenarios.
4.6.1 Test Setup
The expert scenario provides the maximum flexibility concerning supported signal input
and output paths. So there is no typical test setup for this scenario. Design it according
to your needs.
You can generate analog audio signals, digital audio signals and RF signals in parallel.
And you can measure these three types of signals in parallel.
The block diagram of the expert scenario illustrates the possibilities. Activate the scenario and tap
to display the diagram.
Fig. 4-9: Expert scenario block diagram
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
75
R&S®CMA180
Test Scenarios
Expert Scenario
4.6.2 Available Applications
The expert scenario provides the following application tabs:
●
"Generator" for generation of the RF and audio signals routed to the DUT
●
"Analyzer" for analysis of the RF and audio signals received from the DUT
●
"EPS", "ACP", "Power" and "FFT Spectrum" applications for additional RF measurements
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
76
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Test Setup
5 Signal Generator
The R&S CMA180 provides a single generator application, simply called "Generator". It
is able to generate audio signals as well as unmodulated and modulated RF signals.
The application can generate the following signals in parallel:
●
Audio signals
– Two analog and two digital audio signals (single tone, multitone or noise signal)
–
●
●
Additional tone: subtone or CTCSS sub-audible tone
RF signal
– Modulated with one or two digital audio signals plus additional tone
–
Unmodulated CW signal with constant frequency
–
Tracking generator signal for frequency response measurements
RF interferer
– Unmodulated CW signal
–
Modulated with a single-tone audio signal
Alternatively, the application can use an arbitrary baseband signal to modulate an RF
carrier. The baseband signal is defined via a waveform file (*.wv, ARB File).
5.1 Test Setup
The test setup depends on the type of test to be performed. For TX tests for example,
another test setup is required than for RX tests.
The "Generator" can provide an RF signal at the RF OUT or RF COM connector and
audio signals at the AF OUT and SPDIF OUT connectors.
Typical test setups for the individual scenarios are described in chapter 4, "Test Scenarios", on page 66.
Basic test procedures for TX, RX and DX tests are also described there.
For spectrum measurements with tracking generator, see chapter 6.6.6, "Frequency
Response Measurements", on page 219.
5.2 Generator Tab Overview
The "Generator" tab displays the most important settings, relevant in the current context. The displayed settings are dynamic. They are adapted for example depending on
the active scenario and on the signal output path.
The toolbar of the generator tab controls the generator and also provides access to
settings. All settings displayed directly on the "Generator" tab can also be accessed via
the toolbar.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
77
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Tab Overview
The following subsections describe the toolbar buttons and the "Generator" tab contents for selected scenarios.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Toolbar....................................................................................................................78
TX Test....................................................................................................................79
RX Test................................................................................................................... 79
DX Test................................................................................................................... 80
Audio Test...............................................................................................................81
Spectrum Measurement with Tracking Mode..........................................................82
5.2.1 Toolbar
The "Generator" tab toolbar provides the following buttons. Depending on the scenario,
only a subset of the buttons is relevant and displayed.
................................................................................................................. 78
Buttons
..............................................................................................................78
Indicators
Button ....................................................................................................................... 78
Button ....................................................................................................................... 79
Buttons
............................................................................................................ 79
Button ....................................................................................................................... 79
Buttons
These buttons control the generator.
starts the generator,
stops it.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:STATe on page 323
Indicators
The current generator state is indicated to the left of the tab title via a colored icon:
gray
= OFF, yellow
= ON.
If you use the "RF ARB" mode, switching on the generator takes some time, because
the waveform file must be loaded. During this pending state, a sandglass is displayed
additionally .
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:STATe on page 323
Button
Quick access to the interferer and additional tone settings
For parameter descriptions see:
● chapter 5.3.7, "Interferer Tab", on page 101
● chapter 5.3.6, "Tones Tab", on page 98
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
78
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Tab Overview
Button
Quick access to the filter settings, see chapter 5.3.5, "Filters Tab", on page 97
Buttons
These buttons select the currently displayed signal output path.
All signal output paths supported by the active scenario can be used in parallel. But the
"Generator" tab shows only the settings of a single output path at a time.
The button images are dynamic. For details, see table 3-1.
Button
Opens the main configuration dialog, see chapter 5.3, "Generator Settings",
on page 83
5.2.2 TX Test
The TX test scenario uses the AF output path. The "Generator" tab displays the most
important AF settings.
Fig. 5-1: Generator tab, TX scenario
For a description of the settings, see chapter 5.3.4, "AF Settings Tab", on page 93.
5.2.3 RX Test
The RX test scenario uses the RF output path. The "Generator" tab displays the most
important RF settings in the upper part. The lower part is dynamic. It depends for
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
79
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Tab Overview
example on the selected RF mode. Enabling an interferer signal or an additional tone
adds related settings to the lower part.
Fig. 5-2: Generator tab, RX scenario, FM with interferer and subtone
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"RF Settings": see chapter 5.3.1, "RF Settings Tab", on page 83
●
"Interferer": see chapter 5.3.7, "Interferer Tab", on page 101
●
"AF (->RF)": see chapter 5.3.4, "AF Settings Tab", on page 93
●
"AF (->RF)" > "Subtone": see chapter 5.3.6.2, "Subtone Subtab", on page 99
●
"AF (->RF)" > "CTCSS": see chapter 5.3.6.3, "CTCSS Subtab", on page 100
●
"RF ARB" mode: see chapter 5.3.3, "RF ARB Tab", on page 89
5.2.4 DX Test
The DX test scenario uses both the AF and the RF output paths. The "Generator" tab
displays the most important settings for the selected path. For the AF path, the tab
contents are similar to the TX test scenario. For the RF path, the tab contents are similar to the RX test scenario.
Use the "AF" and "RF" toolbar buttons to select a path for display.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
80
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Tab Overview
Fig. 5-3: Generator tab, DX scenario, RF path, FM
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"RF Settings": see chapter 5.3.1, "RF Settings Tab", on page 83
●
"Interferer": see chapter 5.3.7, "Interferer Tab", on page 101
●
"AF (->RF)": see chapter 5.3.4, "AF Settings Tab", on page 93
●
"AF (->RF)" > "Subtone": see chapter 5.3.6.2, "Subtone Subtab", on page 99
●
"AF (->RF)" > "CTCSS": see chapter 5.3.6.3, "CTCSS Subtab", on page 100
●
"RF ARB" mode: see chapter 5.3.3, "RF ARB Tab", on page 89
5.2.5 Audio Test
The audio test scenario uses the AF and the SPDIF output paths. The "Generator" tab
displays the most important AF settings or the most important SPDIF settings.
Use the "AF" and "SPDIF" toolbar buttons to select a path for display.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
81
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Tab Overview
Fig. 5-4: Generator tab, audio scenario, AF path
For a description of the settings, see chapter 5.3.4, "AF Settings Tab", on page 93.
5.2.6 Spectrum Measurement with Tracking Mode
The spectrum scenario provides a tracking mode. If it is enabled, the generator application acts as tracking generator, coupled to the spectrum analyzer.
In that case, the "Generator" tab looks as follows.
Fig. 5-5: Generator tab, spectrum scenario, tracking mode
Only the RF output connector, the signal level and the external attenuation are configurable via the generator application. All other settings are fixed (for example the mode
"RF CW") or configured via the spectrum analyzer settings (for example the swept fre-
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
82
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
quency span). The main generator configuration dialog box is not used and cannot be
opened.
The generator is controlled via the spectrum analyzer. If you start the analyzer, the
generator is also started. The generator toolbar only shows the generator state. You
cannot tap any buttons on the generator toolbar.
See also chapter 6.6.6, "Frequency Response Measurements", on page 219.
5.3 Generator Settings
The most important generator settings are configurable directly on the "Generator" tab,
see chapter 5.2, "Generator Tab Overview", on page 77.
To access other measurement settings, tap the
button. It opens the main configuration dialog box, containing most generator settings. The following sections describe all
tabs of this dialog box.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
RF Settings Tab...................................................................................................... 83
RF Channels Tab.................................................................................................... 88
RF ARB Tab............................................................................................................89
AF Settings Tab...................................................................................................... 93
Filters Tab............................................................................................................... 97
Tones Tab...............................................................................................................98
Interferer Tab........................................................................................................ 101
Multitone Settings..................................................................................................104
5.3.1 RF Settings Tab
The "RF Settings" tab is present in the RX, DX, spectrum and expert scenario.
The tab provides several subtabs, described in the following sections. Most settings
can also be configured directly on the "Generator" tab.
5.3.1.1
Common Subtab
The "Common" subtab selects the output connector for the RF signal and configures
the basic RF signal properties.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
83
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Fig. 5-6: Common RF settings
Connector......................................................................................................................84
ON.................................................................................................................................84
Freq. / Increment...........................................................................................................84
Level / Peak Envelope Power....................................................................................... 85
Ext. Att...........................................................................................................................85
Digital Gain....................................................................................................................85
Mode............................................................................................................................. 85
Freq. Dev...................................................................................................................... 86
Phase Dev.....................................................................................................................86
Mod. Depth....................................................................................................................86
Connector
Selects the output connector for the generated RF signal.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CONNector on page 324
ON
Enables or disables the RF signal, without changing the generator state (configurable
only in some scenarios).
An RF signal is only generated, if the generator is on and the RF signal is enabled.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:RF:ENABle on page 325
Freq. / Increment
"Freq." sets the center frequency of the unmodulated RF carrier.
"Increment" defines the step size used for increasing or decreasing the frequency via
the rotary knob.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FREQuency on page 325
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
84
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Level / Peak Envelope Power
"Level" sets the RMS level of the unmodulated RF signal.
The resulting "Peak Envelope Power" is displayed for information. It corresponds to the
actual peak output level at the output connector, assuming the "Ext. Att." is zero.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:LEVel on page 325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:PEPower? on page 325
Ext. Att.
Specifies the external attenuation in the output path. Negative values specify a gain.
With an external attenuation of x dB, the power of the generated signal is increased by
x dB. The actual generated levels are equal to the displayed values plus the external
attenuation.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:EATTenuation on page 325
Digital Gain
Modifies the configured RMS base level by a specific value.
The parameter provides direct access to the IF levels. The relationship between the
digital gain and the total RF generator level is highly linear. Use different digital gain
values at equal base level if you want to vary the generator power with maximum accuracy over a limited dynamic range.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:DGAin on page 326
Mode
Selects the RF signal mode. Most modes result in a modulated signal and require that
you select an audio source (see "Connect Out" on page 94).
For background information, see chapter 5.4, "Modulation Types", on page 106.
"RF CW"
A constant wave signal is generated, that is an unmodulated RF carrier signal at constant frequency and constant RMS level.
The signal is fully defined via the RF frequency and level. There are
no additional mode-specific settings.
"FM"
An audio signal is added to the RF carrier via frequency modulation.
Select an audio source and configure the frequency deviation, see
"Freq. Dev." on page 86.
"FM Stereo"
An FM stereo multiplex signal is added to the RF carrier via frequency modulation.
Select an audio source and configure the FM stereo-specific settings,
see chapter 5.3.1.2, "FM Stereo Subtab", on page 86.
FM stereo is only supported by the expert scenario.
"PM"
An audio signal is added to the RF carrier via phase modulation.
Select an audio source and configure the phase deviation, see
"Phase Dev." on page 86.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
85
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
"AM"
An audio signal is added to the RF carrier via amplitude modulation.
Select an audio source and configure the modulation depth, see
"Mod. Depth" on page 86.
"SSB-USB"
An audio signal is added to the RF carrier via single-sideband modulation (SSB). The RF carrier and the lower sideband are suppressed,
so that the signal contains only the upper sideband (USB).
Select an audio source.
"SSB-LSB"
An audio signal is added to the RF carrier via single-sideband modulation (SSB). The RF carrier and the upper sideband are suppressed,
so that the signal contains only the lower sideband (LSB).
Select an audio source.
"RF ARB"
The RF signal is based on an arbitrary baseband signal defined by a
waveform file, also called ARB file.
Select an ARB file and configure the signal generation, see chapter 5.3.3, "RF ARB Tab", on page 89.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MSCHeme on page 328
Freq. Dev.
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the "FM" mode.
It indicates the maximum difference between the instantaneous frequency of the modulated signal and the frequency of the unmodulated RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FDEViation on page 329
Phase Dev.
Specifies the maximum phase deviation for the "PM" mode.
It indicates the maximum difference between the instantaneous phase of the modulated signal and the phase of the unmodulated RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:PDEViation on page 330
Mod. Depth
Specifies the modulation depth for the "AM" mode.
It indicates the AF signal amplitude relative to the amplitude of the unmodulated RF
carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:MDEPth on page 330
5.3.1.2
FM Stereo Subtab
In "FM Stereo" mode, the baseband signal is a multiplexed signal, containing contributions of a pilot tone, the left and right audio channels and an RDS signal. For details
see "FM stereo" on page 107.
The baseband signal is added to the RF carrier via frequency modulation. The strength
of the modulation is defined separately for the audio signal, the pilot and the RDS sig-
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
86
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
nal. It is specified as frequency deviation, indicating the maximum difference between
the instantaneous frequency of the modulated signal and the frequency of the unmodulated RF carrier.
FM stereo is only supported by the expert scenario.
Fig. 5-7: FM stereo settings
Maximum Multiplex Deviation
Displays the frequency deviation of the FM stereo multiplex signal. The value is calculated from the frequency deviations configured for the signal components.
The maximum allowed value is 100 kHz. Settings resulting in a higher value are rejected.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MDEViation? on page 330
Maximum Audio Deviation
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the audio signal component.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MADeviation on page 330
Pilot Deviation
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the 19 kHz pilot tone.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:PDEViation on page 331
RDS Deviation
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the RDS signal.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation on page 331
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
87
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
5.3.2 RF Channels Tab
The "RF Channels" tab is present in the RX, DX, spectrum and expert scenario.
The tab allows to define RF channels for comfortable configuration of the RF carrier
frequency.
Fig. 5-8: RF channel settings
Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency..........................................................................88
Show Channel / Show Frequency.................................................................................89
Use as Ref. Frequency................................................................................................. 89
ON.................................................................................................................................89
Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency......................................................................................89
Channel Space..............................................................................................................89
Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency
These settings define the RF carrier center frequency.
You can enter the frequency directly. Or you can configure and enable a channel definition and specify the frequency indirectly by entering a channel number and optionally
a channel offset.
The parameters are coupled. Modifying one of the settings updates also the values displayed for the other settings.
If the channel definition is disabled, the parameters "Channel" and "Channel Offset"
are grayed out.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CHANnel on page 326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:COFFset on page 326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FREQuency on page 325
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
88
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Show Channel / Show Frequency
This toggle switch selects whether the "Generator" tab shows the channel number or
the RF frequency. The channel number can only be shown if the channel definition is
enabled.
Remote command:
n/a
Use as Ref. Frequency
Sets the reference frequency of the channel definition to the current frequency value.
Or in other words, assigns the current frequency to the reference channel number.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion on page 326
ON
Activates or deactivates the channel definition.
With activated channel definition, the carrier frequency can be comfortably selected via
the channel number.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition on page 327
Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency
This pair of settings assigns an RF carrier center frequency to a channel number.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RCHannel on page 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RFRequency on page 327
Channel Space
Defines the channel spacing, that is the center frequency difference of two adjacent
channels.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:CSPace on page 327
5.3.3 RF ARB Tab
The "RF ARB" tab is present in the RX, DX, spectrum and expert scenario. The hardware option R&S CMA-B110B (baseband generator) is required to use ARB files.
In "RF ARB" mode, the digital I/Q data of the baseband signal is defined via a waveform file (*.wv), also called ARB file. For background information, see chapter 5.5,
"Waveform Files", on page 108.
The "RF ARB" mode settings comprise the selection of the ARB file at the top of the
"RF ARB" tab and additional settings on two subtabs.
●
●
RF ARB Characteristics Subtab..............................................................................90
RF ARB Trigger & Marker Subtab...........................................................................92
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
89
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
5.3.3.1
RF ARB Characteristics Subtab
The "Characteristics" subtab defines how ARB files are processed and shows information about the selected ARB file.
Fig. 5-9: ARB characteristics
File Name......................................................................................................................90
Freq. Offs...................................................................................................................... 90
Repetition...................................................................................................................... 90
Date ... Samples............................................................................................................91
Range............................................................................................................................91
PAR / Peak Offset......................................................................................................... 91
CRC Protection............................................................................................................. 91
File Name
Selects the ARB file to be processed.
You can load ARB files from the data directory of the internal storage medium
(D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data or subfolder).
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE on page 332
Freq. Offs.
Defines a frequency offset to be imposed at the baseband. This results in an equivalent frequency offset at the RF.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FOFFset on page 332
Repetition
Defines how often the selected ARB file is processed.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
90
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
"Continuous"
The generator cycles through the file according to the ARB trigger
settings until the generator is switched off.
"Single"
The ARB file is processed only once.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:REPetition on page 332
Date ... Samples
These parameters display information about the selected ARB file.
"Date"
Date and time of the ARB file
"Version"
Version of the ARB file
"Req. Options"
Options required to process the ARB file
"ClockRate"
Clock rate of the ARB file
"Samples"
Number of samples in the ARB file
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:DATE? on page 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:VERSion? on page 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:OPTion? on page 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRATe? on page 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles? on page 334
Range
Selects whether all samples or a sub-range of the loaded ARB file is processed.
"Full Range"
All samples of the file are processed.
"Sub Range"
Only a sub-range of the samples is processed.
The additional parameters "Start" and "Stop" are displayed. "Start"
always equals zero, so the sub-range starts with the first sample.
"Stop" is configurable.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles:RANGe on page 334
PAR / Peak Offset
The "PAR" indicates the peak to average ratio of the loaded ARB file, that is the crest
factor (peak level to RMS level).
The "Peak Offset" indicates the peak level offset of the loaded ARB file.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:LOFFset? on page 334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:POFFset? on page 334
CRC Protection
Indicates whether the loaded ARB file contains a CRC checksum.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRCProtect? on page 335
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
91
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
5.3.3.2
RF ARB Trigger & Marker Subtab
The trigger settings control the start of ARB file processing. The marker settings control
the generation of trigger signals, used to control other applications, for example a measurement.
Fig. 5-10: ARB trigger & marker settings
Source...........................................................................................................................92
Retrigger....................................................................................................................... 92
Autostart........................................................................................................................93
Delay............................................................................................................................. 93
Marker........................................................................................................................... 93
Source
Selects the source of the trigger events used to (re-)start the ARB file.
"Manual"
Manual (re-)start via the "Go" button.
"Base1: External Trig In"
External trigger signal received at connector TRIG IN on the rear
panel of the instrument.
Remote command:
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CATalog:SOURce? on page 335
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SOURce on page 335
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MANual:EXECute on page 336
Retrigger
Specifies whether trigger events during ARB file processing restart the ARB file or not.
This setting is only relevant for "Manual" triggering. For external trigger sources, retriggering is disabled.
Remote command:
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:RETRigger on page 336
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
92
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Autostart
Enables or disables the automatic start of the loaded file whenever the generator is
turned on. No trigger is required.
With disabled autostart, the file is started via a trigger.
This setting is only relevant for "Manual" triggering. For external trigger sources, autostart is disabled.
Remote command:
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:AUTostart on page 336
Delay
Delays the start of the ARB file relative to an external trigger event.
This setting is ignored for "Manual" triggering.
Remote command:
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:DELay on page 336
Marker
Markers cause the generation of trigger signals. You can specify a delay time for the
individual markers, for example to compensate for propagation times in the test setup.
Marker 2, 3 and 4 are defined in the ARB file.
The restart marker causes a single pulse whenever the ARB file is (re-)started. The rising edge of the pulse marks the start time.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MARKer:DELays on page 336
5.3.4 AF Settings Tab
The "AF Settings" tab is divided into an upper part "Connect Out" and a lower part
"Source".
The upper part configures the audio output paths. It selects which audio source is
assigned to which output path, enables the paths and configures the output levels.
The lower part configures all supported audio sources, each source type via a separate
subtab.
The tab contents depend on the scenario. Only the audio connectors and audio sources supported by the scenario are displayed:
●
TX scenario: AF OUT, generator 1/2
●
RX scenario: RF modulation, generator 3/4
●
DX scenario: AF OUT, generator 1/2 and RF modulation, generator 3/4
●
Expert/spectrum scenario: RF modulation, AF OUT, AF IN, SPDIF OUT, SPDIF IN,
generator 1/2/3/4
●
Audio scenario: AF OUT, AF IN, SPDIF OUT, SPDIF IN, generator 1/2/3/4
The following figure shows the tab for the expert scenario.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
93
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Fig. 5-11: AF settings (expert scenario)
Connect Out.................................................................................................................. 94
└ ON...................................................................................................................95
└ Level............................................................................................................... 95
└ Source.............................................................................................................95
└ Used by...........................................................................................................95
Generator Subtab..........................................................................................................95
└ ON...................................................................................................................96
└ Tone Mode......................................................................................................96
└ Frequency....................................................................................................... 96
AF IN Subtab.................................................................................................................96
└ Max. Level / Auto R.........................................................................................96
└ Input Coupling.................................................................................................96
SPDIF IN Subtab...........................................................................................................97
Connect Out
Configures the audio source for RF modulation, the analog AF OUT connectors on the
front panel and the digital SPDIF OUT connector on the rear panel.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
94
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
ON ← Connect Out
Column "ON" enables or disables the audio output paths.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:ENABle on page 329
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:ENABle on page 337
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:ENABle on page 338
Level ← Connect Out
Column "Level" sets the output levels for the output paths. The meaning depends on
the source:
● Generator: RMS output level
● AF IN or SPDIF IN: maximum output level
If the maximum output level is higher than the maximum input level, the signal is
amplified.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:LEVel on page 338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:LEVel on page 338
Source ← Connect Out
Column "Source" assigns an audio signal source to each path, for example an internal
audio generator or an audio input connector.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator on page 328
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no> on page 338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT on page 339
Used by ← Connect Out
Column "Used by" is displayed if the analyzer application has assigned an audio
source to at least one of the output connectors. In the corresponding rows, the text
"Analyzer" is displayed and column "ON" is disabled.
Selecting an active audio source in spite of this warning will disable the analyzer setting.
Generator Subtab
Configures the internal audio generators.
Generator 1 and 2 provide an analog audio signal. Generator 3 and 4 provide a digital
audio signal.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
95
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
ON ← Generator Subtab
Column "ON" indicates whether the generator is assigned to an output path or not.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:ENABle? on page 340
Tone Mode ← Generator Subtab
Column "Tone Mode" selects the type of audio signal to be generated.
"Single Tone"
A single-tone signal is a single audio tone with a configurable frequency. It is required for signal quality tests (total harmonic distortion,
signal-to-noise ratio and so on).
"Multitone"
A multitone signal is composed of up to 20 single tones with configurable frequencies and levels. Configure the individual tones via the
"AF Multitone" tab, see chapter 5.3.8, "Multitone Settings",
on page 104.
"Noise"
A noise signal is composed of several thousand single tones distributed over the audio frequency range. The signal is ideal to analyze
the frequency response of a DUT over the entire audio frequency
range.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:TMODe on page 340
Frequency ← Generator Subtab
Column "Frequency" configures the tone frequency for single-tone signals.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:FREQuency on page 340
AF IN Subtab
Configures the analog AF input connectors on the front panel.
Max. Level / Auto R. ← AF IN Subtab
Column "Auto R." enables or disables auto ranging for the AF input connector. Either
enable auto ranging, or disable it and specify the maximum expected level in column
"Max. Level".
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:MLEVel on page 341
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ARANging on page 341
Input Coupling ← AF IN Subtab
Configures whether the DC component of the received AF signal is blocked or not.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
96
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
"AC"
The DC component of the received AF signal is blocked. Only the AC
component is available.
"DC"
The DC component is not blocked. Both the AC and the DC component are available.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ICOupling on page 341
SPDIF IN Subtab
There are no settings for the digital SPDIF input connector on the rear panel.
Remote command:
n/a
5.3.5 Filters Tab
The "Filters" tab is present in the RX, DX, spectrum and expert scenario.
The tab configures filters at the audio input to the modulator.
Fig. 5-12: Filter settings
Lowpass Filter
Sets the cutoff frequency of the lowpass filter or disables the filter.
For FM stereo signals, it is recommended to set the cutoff frequency to 15 kHz, see
also "FM stereo" on page 107.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:LPASs on page 342
Highpass Filter
Sets the cutoff frequency of the highpass filter or disables the filter.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:HPASs on page 342
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
97
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Preemphasis Filter
Sets the time constant of the preemphasis filter or disables the filter.
FM radio transmitters usually use a preemphasis filter, with a time constant depending
on the country.
For non-FM modulation, the setting is irrelevant and disabled.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:PEMPhasis on page 342
5.3.6 Tones Tab
The "Tones" tab is present in the RX, DX, spectrum and expert scenario.
It allows to configure additional tones, to be added to the RF carrier. This is possible
for the RF signal modes FM, PM and AM.
An additional tone can be a subtone or a CTCSS tone. The tab contains a subtab for
each type of tone.
Fig. 5-13: Tone settings
5.3.6.1
Upper Part
The upper part of the tab is independent of the selected subtab.
Fig. 5-14: Tone settings upper part
Active
Selects the type of tone to be generated. Configure the tone(s) via the corresponding
subtab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
98
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
"None"
No additional tones are configured via the "Tones" tab.
"Subtone"
Single subtone
"CTCSS"
Single CTCSS sub-audible tone
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes on page 343
5.3.6.2
Subtone Subtab
This subtab configures a single subtone.
Fig. 5-15: Tone settings, subtone subtab
Freq...............................................................................................................................99
Freq. Dev...................................................................................................................... 99
Phase Dev.....................................................................................................................99
Mod. Depth..................................................................................................................100
Freq.
Specifies the frequency of the generated subtone.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:SUBTone:FREQuency on page 343
Freq. Dev.
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation, used in "FM" mode to add the subtone to
the RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:FDEViation on page 344
Phase Dev.
Specifies the maximum phase deviation, used in "PM" mode to add the subtone to the
RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:PDEViation on page 344
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
99
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Mod. Depth
Specifies the modulation depth, used in "AM" mode to add the subtone to the RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:MDEPth on page 344
5.3.6.3
CTCSS Subtab
This subtab configures a continuous tone coded squelch system (CTCSS) tone.
Select a list entry to the right to set the CTCSS tone frequency and configure the relevant deviation to the left.
A receiver in CTCSS mode suppresses received signals that do not contain the expected CTCSS tone.
Fig. 5-16: Tone settings, CTCSS subtab
Freq.............................................................................................................................100
Freq. Dev.................................................................................................................... 100
Phase Dev...................................................................................................................101
Mod. Depth..................................................................................................................101
Tone List..................................................................................................................... 101
Freq.
Displays the frequency of the CTCSS tone, selected to the right.
Remote command:
n/a
Freq. Dev.
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation, used in "FM" mode to add the CTCSS
tone to the RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:FDEViation on page 344
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
100
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Phase Dev.
Specifies the maximum phase deviation, used in "PM" mode to add the CTCSS tone to
the RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:PDEViation on page 344
Mod. Depth
Specifies the modulation depth, used in "AM" mode to add the CTCSS tone to the RF
carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:MDEPth on page 344
Tone List
The tone list to the right lists 50 CTCSS frequencies. Select one list entry.
Note that different standards assign different numbers to the individual CTCSS tone
frequencies. For that reason it is recommended to identify the desired CTCSS tone via
its frequency, not via its number.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:CTCSs:TNUMber on page 344
5.3.7 Interferer Tab
The "Interferer" tab is present in the RX, DX, spectrum and expert scenario.
It configures an interferer signal to be added to the generated RF signal. The interferer
signal can be an unmodulated RF CW signal or an RF signal modulated with a single
tone.
Fig. 5-17: Interferer settings
Some settings can alternatively be accessed via the
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
button.
101
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
ON...............................................................................................................................102
Freq.............................................................................................................................102
Δ-Freq / Increment...................................................................................................... 102
Δ-Level / Level............................................................................................................ 102
Mode........................................................................................................................... 102
Freq. Dev.................................................................................................................... 103
Phase Dev...................................................................................................................103
Mod. Depth..................................................................................................................103
AF->RF........................................................................................................................103
ON
The checkbox at the top enables or disables the interferer signal.
An interferer signal is only present if this checkbox is enabled, the "Mode" does not
equal "None" and the generator is on.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:RF:ENABle on page 345
Freq.
Displays the absolute interferer carrier frequency resulting from the configured Δ-frequency.
Remote command:
n/a
Δ-Freq / Increment
"Δ-Freq" sets the center RF carrier frequency of the interferer. The frequency is specified as offset value relative to the center carrier frequency of the wanted signal, configured on the "RF Settings" tab.
"Increment" defines the step size used for increasing or decreasing the frequency via
the rotary knob.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DFRequency on page 345
Δ-Level / Level
Sets the RMS level of the interferer RF signal. The level is specified as offset value relative to the level of the wanted signal, configured on the "RF Settings" tab.
The resulting absolute interferer level is displayed for information as "Level".
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DLEVel on page 345
Mode
Selects the interferer signal mode. The modes "FM", "PM" and "AM" result in a modulated signal and require that you also configure an audio tone, see "AF->RF"
on page 103.
"None"
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
The interferer signal is disabled.
102
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
"RF CW"
A constant wave signal is generated, that is an unmodulated RF carrier signal at constant frequency and RMS level.
The signal is fully defined via the Δ-Frequency and the Δ-Level.
There are no additional mode-specific settings.
"FM"
An audio tone is added to the RF carrier via frequency modulation.
Configure the frequency deviation, see "Freq. Dev." on page 103.
"PM"
An audio tone is added to the RF carrier via phase modulation.
Configure the phase deviation, see "Phase Dev." on page 103.
"AM"
An audio tone is added to the RF carrier via amplitude modulation.
Configure the modulation depth, see "Mod. Depth" on page 103.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODE on page 346
Freq. Dev.
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the "FM" interferer mode.
It indicates the maximum difference between the instantaneous frequency of the modulated interferer signal and the frequency of the unmodulated interferer RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:FDEViation on page 346
Phase Dev.
Specifies the maximum phase deviation for the "PM" interferer mode.
It indicates the maximum difference between the instantaneous phase of the modulated interferer signal and the phase of the unmodulated interferer RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:PDEViation on page 346
Mod. Depth
Specifies the modulation depth for the "AM" interferer mode.
It indicates the interferer AF signal amplitude relative to the amplitude of the unmodulated interferer RF carrier.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:MDEPth on page 346
AF->RF
Configures a single tone added to the RF carrier in the interferer modes "FM", "PM"
and "AM".
"ON" enables the tone. If the tone is disabled, only the RF carrier is generated, as in
mode "RF CW".
"Freq." defines the frequency of the generated tone.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:ENABle on page 347
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:FREQuency on page 347
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
103
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
5.3.8 Multitone Settings
The multitone settings configure an audio signal composed of up to 20 single tones.
The tab contains four subtabs, one for each internal signal generator. So you can configure an individual tone list for each generator. All subtabs provide the same settings.
To generate a multitone signal, configure also the AF settings, see "Tone Mode"
on page 96.
Recommended order of configuration:
1. Use the settings on the right for a rough initial configuration of the tone list on the
left.
a) Enable or disable all tones.
b) Select the edit mode. You can either configure the total level (sum of all tones,
all tones will have the same level) or you can define an individual level for each
tone.
c) Define a sequence of increasing equidistant frequencies.
2. Fine-tune the tone list on the left.
a) Enable or disable individual tones.
b) Configure the total level or the individual levels.
c) Configure the individual frequencies.
For FM stereo, do not use tones above 15 kHz. See also "FM stereo" on page 107.
Fig. 5-18: Multitone settings
Enable All / Disable All................................................................................................ 105
Edit.............................................................................................................................. 105
Crest Factor................................................................................................................ 105
Frequencies (All Tones).............................................................................................. 105
Tone List..................................................................................................................... 105
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
104
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Generator Settings
Enable All / Disable All
These buttons enable or disable all tone list entries on the left.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE:ALL:ENABle on page 347
Edit
Selects an edit mode for the tone levels.
"Total Level"
The total level of all tones is configurable at the top of the tone list.
The levels of the individual tones are calculated from the total level
and displayed for information in the tone list. All tones have the same
level.
"Individual Lev- The levels of the individual tones are configurable in the tone list. The
total level is calculated from these settings and displayed for informaels"
tion.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:LEVel on page 348
Crest Factor
Configures the crest factor of the multitone signal.
"Maximum"
All test tones of the multitone signal are generated with an initial
phase of zero degrees, resulting in the maximum possible crest factor.
"Low"
The individual test tones are generated with different initial phases,
resulting in a low crest factor.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:CRESt on page 348
Frequencies (All Tones)
This area on the right facilitates the configuration of a tone list with increasing equidistant frequencies.
Simply define a start frequency to be applied to tone 1 and an increment. Then tap
"Apply".
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency:AUTO on page 348
Tone List
Column "ON" specifies which tones are enabled. The total number of enabled tones is
indicated at the top.
Column "Freq." specifies the frequency of each tone.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
105
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Modulation Types
Column "Level" displays the total level of all enabled tones and the individual level of
each tone. Depending on the configured edit mode, you can either modify the total
level or the individual levels, see "Edit" on page 105.
Remote command:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ENABle on page 349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE<t>:ENABle on page 349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency on page 349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TLEVel on page 350
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ILEVel on page 350
5.4 Modulation Types
Radio transmitters do not transmit an audio signal directly. Instead, they modulate the
audio signal onto a continuous wave (CW) carrier with much higher frequency.
A CW carrier has a sinusoidal waveform with constant amplitude Ac and constant frequency fc. With an initial phase Φc, the instantaneous amplitude of the carrier signal
can be written as:
Vc(t) = Ac * sin (2π * fc * t + Φc)
Modulating a signal onto the carrier means varying a property of the carrier according
to the modulating signal.
For the three basic modulation types FM, AM and PM this variation is described below.
The instantaneous amplitude of the modulating audio signal is denoted as Vm(t), the
peak value as Am. All three modulation types vary one property of the carrier proportional to the instantaneous amplitude of the modulating signal.
Single-sideband modulation is also described.
Frequency modulation (FM)
The frequency of the modulated signal equals: fFM(t) = fc + Δf * Vm(t) / Am
So the frequency varies within the range fc ± Δf.
Δf is called peak frequency deviation.
Note that the amplitude is not modified by frequency modulation.
Phase modulation (PM)
The phase of the modulated signal equals: ΦPM(t) = Φc + ΔΦ * Vm(t) / Am
So the phase varies within the range Φc ± ΔΦ.
ΔΦ is called peak phase deviation.
Note that the amplitude is not modified by phase modulation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
106
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Modulation Types
Amplitude modulation (AM)
The amplitude of the modulated signal equals: AAM(t) = Ac + m * Ac * Vm(t) / Am
So the amplitude varies within the range Ac ± m * Ac.
m is called modulation depth.
Note that the frequency and the phase are not modified by amplitude modulation.
Single-sideband (SSB) modulation
The modulation methods FM, PM and AM create sidebands below and above the carrier frequency. The spectrum of an AM modulated signal typically shows at least a
strong peak at the carrier frequency and two lower peaks at equal distances below and
above the carrier frequency. Additional peaks farther away from the carrier may be visible or vanish in the noise floor.
The first pair of peaks (sidebands) is located at the carrier frequency ± the frequency of
the modulating signal. The amplitude of a sideband equals the carrier amplitude multiplied by half the modulation depth. The sideband below the carrier frequency is called
lower sideband (LSB), the other one upper sideband (USB).
Single-sideband modulation generates a low level AM signal in the first step. In a second step, the carrier and one sideband are eliminated. The remaining sideband is
amplified and transmitted. SSB-USB means that the upper sideband is transmitted.
With SSB-LSB the lower sideband is transmitted.
As a single sideband carries all information about the modulating signal, SSB is more
power-efficient than AM.
FM stereo
An FM stereo signal contains a mono signal, a stereo difference signal, a pilot tone and
a radio data system (RDS) signal. The mono and stereo signals are built from a left (L)
and a right (R) audio channel.
The following figure shows the resulting baseband spectrum.
Fig. 5-19: FM stereo baseband spectrum
Explanation of the signal components:
●
Mono audio signal:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
107
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
The mono signal is the sum of the left channel (L) and the right channel (R). Its
power equals (L + R) / 2. The mono signal occupies the frequency range between
30 Hz and 15 kHz. It is added to the carrier via frequency modulation.
●
Pilot tone:
The pilot tone has a fixed frequency of 19 kHz. It provides the frequency and phase
reference for the 38 kHz and 57 kHz subcarriers. The pilot tone is added to the carrier via frequency modulation.
●
Stereo difference signal:
The stereo difference signal is the difference of the left and the right channel. Its
power equals (L – R) / 2. The signal is added to a 38 kHz subcarrier using amplitude modulation. Then the subcarrier is suppressed, resulting in a double sideband
suppressed carrier (DSBSC) signal. This DSBSC signal is added to the carrier via
frequency modulation.
●
RDS signal:
The RDS signal is used for data transmission, for example a radio station name.
The data signal is added to a 57 kHz subcarrier using amplitude modulation. Then
the subcarrier is suppressed, resulting in a DSBSC signal. This DSBSC signal is
added to the carrier via frequency modulation.
The specified input bandwidth of the FM stereo standard is 15 kHz. So audio tones
above 15 kHz will be suppressed. This ensures that the 8 kHz guard band around the
pilot tone (15 kHz to 23 kHz) contains no audio signal. The guard band protects the
pilot tone from interference with the audio signals.
With the generator application, you can generate audio tones above 15 kHz, even for
an FM stereo signal. This happens for example if you use a multitone signal with the
default tone configuration (20 tones, 1 kHz to 20 kHz). But this results in interference
and is not compliant to the FM stereo standard.
To ensure a standard-compliant signal and avoid interference, enable the lowpass filter
with a cutoff frequency of 15 kHz.
5.5 Waveform Files
If the hardware option R&S CMA-B110B is installed, the generator application can
modulate the RF signal with an arbitrary baseband signal, defined via a waveform file.
The waveform file contains the digital I/Q data of the baseband signal.
You can generate waveform files yourself, on a computer. A comfortable way is to use
the R&S ARB Toolbox PLUS. This software is available for download on the
Rohde & Schwarz home page. A user manual is also available for download.
Alternatively, you can create waveform files manually, without using the R&S ARB
Toolbox PLUS. The necessary background information is given in the following sections:
●
chapter 5.5.1, "Tag Description", on page 109
●
chapter 5.5.2, "Manually Creating Waveform Files", on page 114
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
108
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
You can also purchase waveform files from Rohde & Schwarz. For available packages,
see chapter 5.5.5, "Waveform File Packages R&S CMA-KVxxx", on page 118.
Transfer waveform files to be used to the R&S CMA180, for example via a USB memory stick. Store the files on the internal storage medium in the data directory
D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data or in a subdirectory.
5.5.1 Tag Description
Waveform files use a simple tag-oriented format. This section describes the tag syntax.
General tag format
Tags are self-contained information units, enclosed in curly brackets { }. Their general
format is {Name: Data} or {Name-Length: Data}. The colon separates the name
part and the data part. The colon can be followed by a space for the sake of legibility.
●
The Name identifies the tag. It is always expressed in capital letters.
●
The Data is tag-specific, and in most cases it is in ASCII plain text.
●
The Length specifies the number of bytes in a tag, for example in the WAVEFORM
tag.
Rules
Each waveform file must begin with the TYPE tag. The sequence of the remaining tags
is arbitrary. The tag description states whether the tag must be included in a waveform
file (mandatory) or may be included (optional).
Unknown tags are ignored by the R&S CMA180.
In all examples of file contents listed in this section, the tags have been separated by
line breaks for better reading.
The first described tag is the mandatory TYPE tag. The remaining tags are described in
an alphabetical order.
{TYPE: magic, xxxxxxxx}................................................................................................ 109
{CLOCK: frequency}.......................................................................................................110
{COMMENT: string} .......................................................................................................110
{COPYRIGHT: string}..................................................................................................... 111
{DATE: yyyy-mm-dd;hh:mm:ss}....................................................................................... 111
{EMPTYTAG-Length: #EmptySequence}.......................................................................... 111
{LEVEL OFFS: RMSOffset_dB,PeakOffset_dB}................................................................ 112
{MARKER LIST [#]: Pos0:Val0;Pos1:Val1;...;PosN-1:ValN-1}..............................................113
{SAMPLES: Samples}.................................................................................................... 113
{WAVEFORM-Length: #I0Q0I1Q1...IN-1QN-1}..................................................................113
{TYPE: magic, xxxxxxxx}
(mandatory, must be the first tag in the file)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
109
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
Identifies the file as a valid R&S CMA180 file. It must be present and must be the first
in the waveform. If a file of the same name already exists on the target medium, it is
overwritten.
Setting parameters:
magic
Designates the file type and has the following values:
SMU-WV
A valid R&S CMA180 waveform.
xxxxxxxx
Is an ASCII-coded checksum of the data part of the WAVEFORM
tag in the file.
The checksum for waveforms is used for detecting transmission
errors. If the TYPE tag contains 0 or a non-numeric value for the
checksum, it is ignored.
It is calculated in accordance with the algorithm given below,
where 'start' is a pointer to the first byte after the '#' character in
the WAVEFORM tag and 'length' is the number of bytes between
'start' and the closing curly bracket (excluding the latter; 'length'
must be divisible by 4 without a remainder):
UINT32 checksum(void *start, UINT32 length)
{
UINT32 i, result = 0xA50F74FF;
for(i=0; i < length/4; i++)
result = result ^ ((UINT32 *)start)[i];
return(result);
}
Example:
{TYPE: SMU-WV,106656}
{CLOCK: frequency}
(mandatory)
The tag specifies the clock frequency at which the waveform has to be output, in Hz.
Example:
{CLOCK: 54000000}
Usage:
Setting only
{COMMENT: string}
(optional)
The tag contains a plain text ASCII string of arbitrary length. The string is not analyzed
in the R&S CMA180. It is used to describe the file. The string is allowed to contain all
printable ASCII characters except the closing curly bracket.
Example:
{COMMENT: File with GPS data for Munich}
Usage:
Setting only
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
110
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
{COPYRIGHT: string}
(optional)
The tag contains an ASCII string of arbitrary length. The string is not analyzed in the
R&S CMA180. It is used to store copyright information for the file contents.
Example:
{COPYRIGHT: Rohde&Schwarz}
Usage:
Setting only
{DATE: yyyy-mm-dd;hh:mm:ss}
(optional)
The tag contains the date and time at which the file was created. The year must be
expressed as four digits.
Example:
{DATE: 2014-04-02;14:32:12}
Usage:
Setting only
{EMPTYTAG-Length: #EmptySequence}
(optional)
This tag is often contained in waveform files created via a tool. It ensures that the
{WAVEFORM} tag starts at hex address #4000.
For manually created waveform files, this tag is optional and the {WAVEFORM} tag can
start at any hex address.
Setting parameters:
Length
An ASCII integer value that specifies the number of bytes in the
EMPTYTAG, i.e. defines the number of bytes from the colon : to
the closing curly bracket }
Note: If you change the contents of a waveform file that contains
an {EMPTYTAG-Length} tag, you must change the Length
value. For example, if you add a new tag or add bytes to a tag,
reduce the length by the number of newly introduced bytes.
EmptySequence
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
An empty sequence containing blanks only. The number of used
blanks is calculated as the difference between the hex
addresses of the {WAVEFORM} tag and the hash sign # in the
{EMPTYTAG}.
111
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
Example:
{TYPE:SMU-WV, 837236424}
{COPYRIGHT:2014 Rohde&Schwarz}
{DATE:2014-07-11;14:38:01}
{SAMPLES:80000}
{CLOCK:8666666.666666666}
{LEVEL OFFS:3.333553817875577e-07,0}
{MARKER LIST 1:0:1;1:0;1249:0}
{MARKER LIST 2:0:1;1:0;1249:0}
{MARKER LIST 3:0:1;1:0;1249:0}
{MARKER LIST 4:0:1;1:0;1249:0}
{EMPTYTAG-15947:# ...}
{WAVEFORM-320017:#IQIQIQ...}
The example waveform file contains 292 (0x124) bytes before
the # sign in the EMPTYTAG. The hex address of the # sign is
0x125. To ensure that the {WAVEFORM} starts at 0x4000, the
EMPTYTAG contains 16090 blanks and has a length of 16091
bytes.
Usage:
Setting only
{LEVEL OFFS: RMSOffset_dB,PeakOffset_dB}
(mandatory)
The tag determines the level of the ARB signal in the waveform file. The offset levels
define the offset of RMS and peak value relative to the 16-bit full scale modulation
(-32767 to +32767) = 0 dB.
Setting parameters:
RMSOffset_dB
Defines the RMS level offset of the signal relative to full scale for
the ARB signal in the WAVEFORM tag. The offset is defined in
ASCII float format. The value is always positive.
A 3 dB value indicates that the RMS level of the signal is 3 dB
below the full scale.
full scale = max. amplitude of vector of I/Q samples = |SIQ|max =
sqrt(I2+Q2)max = 0 dB
PeakOffset_dB
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Defines the peak level offset of the signal relative to full scale for
the ARB signal in the WAVEFORM tag. The offset is defined in
ASCII float format.
The value usually equals 0 dB as in the majority of cases the I/Q
samples (signed 16-bit integer values) are modulated to full
scale: Full scale = 0 dB = max. amplitude of vector of I/Q samples = |SIQ|max = sqrt(I2+Q2)max = (215)-1 = 32767.
A positive PeakOffset_dB value indicates that a headroom to
full scale is provided when generating the waveform. A negative
PeakOffset_dB value indicates that overrange is likely for
some samples, i.e. clipping might occur.
The crest factor can be calculated from the two values as follows:
Crest Factor = |PeakOffset_dB - RMSOffset_dB|
112
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
Example:
{LEVEL OFFS: 3.45,2}
Usage:
Setting only
{MARKER LIST [#]: Pos0:Val0;Pos1:Val1;...;PosN-1:ValN-1}
(optional)
The tag contains the data for marker signals.
Setting parameters:
[#]
Specifies the marker number (1..4).
Pos
Specifies the sample number for which the binary state of the
marker changes to Val
Val
Specifies the binary state of the marker {0; 1}, valid from Pos to
the next Pos minus 1
Example:
{MARKER LIST 1: 0:0;10:1;20:0;30:1}
Results in the following marker settings:
Sample 0 to 9 = value 0, 10 to 19 = 1, 20 to 29 = 0, 30 to ... = 1
Usage:
Setting only
{SAMPLES: Samples}
(mandatory)
The tag contains the number of I/Q samples in the waveform in ASCII format.
Example:
{SAMPLES: 4333}
Usage:
Setting only
{WAVEFORM-Length: #I0Q0I1Q1...IN-1QN-1}
(mandatory)
The tag contains the actual waveform data (I/Q stream).
Setting parameters:
Length
Specifies the number of bytes in a WAVEFORM tag and is calculated as follows:
Length in bytes = Number of I/Q pairs * 4 + 1
IxQx
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
IxQx… represents binary data (16-bit signed integer in 2's complement notation) containing the I and Q component alternately
and starting with the I component. Each component consists of
two bytes in Little endian format representation, i.e least significant byte (LSB) first.
The values of the two bytes in an I component and a Q component are in the range 0x0 to 0xFFFF (-32767 to +32767). This
value is transferred to the D/A converter.
113
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
Example:
{WAVEFORM-401:#I0,Q0,I1,Q1,I2,Q2,...I99,Q99}
100 I/Q pairs with 4 bytes each are transmitted
Usage:
Setting only
5.5.2 Manually Creating Waveform Files
This section provides an example for manual creation of a waveform file.
The example uses a sine function in the I channel and a cosine function in the Q channel, each with 20 points. The sine and cosine values are calculated by a short program
written in the programming language C (see example "C-program for creating a waveform file" on page 116).
The values are stored in the file SICO.txt. The decimal values in SICO.txt are normalized such that they are between -1.0 and +1.0. The data is converted into binary
format. The appropriate mandatory tags are added and the data is packed into the
WAVEFORM tag. As result, the waveform file SICO.wv is generated.
The following steps outline how to create the waveform file SICO.wv:
1. Calculate the sine and cosine values, e.g. use the SICO.cpp program.
The result is stored in the file SICO.txt.
Fig. 5-20: Contents of SICO.txt: first column Sine (I), second column Cosine (Q)
2. Convert the values from the file SICO.txt into binary format consisting of 16-bit
signed integer numbers. The numeric range between -1.0 and +1.0 corresponds to
the modulation range of the waveform 16-bit D/A converter of -32767 to +32767.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
114
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
+1.0 ->
32767 ->
= 0x7FFF
0.0 ->
0 ->
= 0x0000
-1.0 ->
-32767 ->
= 0x8001
The following figure shows the calculation and conversion steps. The highlighted
columns contain the resulting I and Q values represented in Little endian format.
Fig. 5-21: I and Q values calculation and conversion
3. Use an ASCII editor which is able to handle binary data.
Create and add the following mandatory tags:
●
●
●
TYPE
CLOCK
LEVEL OFFS
The SICO.wv file contents could now be for example:
{TYPE: SMU-WV, 0}{CLOCK: 10e6}{LEVEL OFFS: 3.010300,0.000000}
0000FF7F8E27BB79 ... 72D8BB79
To simplify the example, the checksum is set to 0, i.e. the instrument does not evaluate a checksum.
Tip: The tags TYPE, CLOCK, LEVEL OFFS and WAVEFORM are mandatory for each
waveform. All other tags are optional and can be inserted after the TYPE tag in
arbitrary order.
4. Pack the binary data into a WAVEFORM tag with the described structure.
{WAVEFORM-Length: #I0Q0I1Q1I2Q2 ... InQn}
●
●
calculate the Length
Length = Number of I/Q pairs * 4 + 1 = 20*4 + 1 = 81 bytes
place the string {WAVEFORM-81:# at the beginning of the data set
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
115
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
●
place the symbol } at the end of the data set
The waveform file SICO.wv for 20 I/Q pairs is now ready for operation and reads:
{TYPE: SMU-WV,0}
{CLOCK: 10e6}
{LEVEL OFFS: 3.010300,0.000000}
{WAVEFORM-81:#I0Q0I1Q1...InQn}
Note: There is no readable representation for binary values in this document. This
is why we use the sequence I0Q0I1Q1...InQn to characterize the binary code in
the present example.
The following figure shows this waveform in a data editor.
Example: C-program for creating a waveform file
C-program SICO.cpp for creating the file SICO.txt containing 20 sine and cosine
pairs, converting them into binary data and creating the waveform file SICO.wv.
// SICO.cpp
// Defines the entry point for the console application
#include "stdafx.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <math.h>
int _tmain(int argc, _TCHAR* argv[])
{
const unsigned int samples = 20;
const float pi = 3.141592654f;
int i;
// SICO.txt
// Creating the file SICO.txt containing 20 sine and cosine pairs
float grad, rad;
FILE *fp;
fp = fopen("SICO.txt", "w");
if (fp == 0)
return;
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
116
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
for (i=0; i<samples; i++)
{
grad = (360.0f / (float)samples) * (float)i;
rad = grad * (pi / 180.0f);
fprintf(fp, "%f %f\n", sin(rad), cos(rad));
}
fclose(fp);
// SICO.wv
// Generating a binary data set from the I/Q pairs in the file SICO.txt
// and storing the result to file SICO.wv
FILE *fp_sour, *fp_dest;
float i_float, q_float;
unsigned short i_usint, q_usint;
fp_sour = fopen("SICO.TXT", "rt");
if (fp_sour == 0)
return -1;
fp_dest = fopen("SICO.WV", "wb");
if (fp_dest == 0)
{
fclose(fp_sour);
return -1;
}
// Write required tags to waveform file
fprintf(fp_dest, "{TYPE: SMU-WV,0}");
fprintf(fp_dest, "{CLOCK: 10e6}");
fprintf(fp_dest, "{SAMPLES: %d}", samples);
// RMS, Peak
fprintf(fp_dest, "{LEVEL OFFS: %f,%f}", -1.0f * 20.0f * log10(1.0f/sqrt(2.0f)), 0.0f);
fprintf(fp_dest, "{WAVEFORM-%d:#", (samples * 4) + 1);
for (i=0; i<samples; i++)
{
// Read I/Q pair from ASCII file
if (fscanf(fp_sour, "%f %f", &i_float, &q_float) == EOF)
break;
// Convert I/Q pair to unsigned short
i_usint = (unsigned short)floor((i_float * 32767.0) + 0.5);
q_usint = (unsigned short)floor((q_float * 32767.0) + 0.5);
// Write converted I/Q pair to waveform file
fwrite(&i_usint, 2, 1, fp_dest);
fwrite(&q_usint, 2, 1, fp_dest);
}
fprintf(fp_dest, "}");
fclose(fp_dest);
fclose(fp_sour);
return 0;
}
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
117
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
Waveform Files
5.5.3 Editing Waveform Files
You can edit created waveform files. The files contain a combination of binary and
ASCII data.
Consider the following rules:
●
Use a hex data editor
Always use a hex data editor to edit files containing binary data.
Editing a waveform file with a text editor, even if you only change the ASCII part of
the file, corrupts the file.
●
Adapt the length information in the {EMPTYTAG}
If you change the contents of a waveform file and the file contains an
{EMPTYTAG-Length}, you must modify the tag according to your changes.
For example, if you add a new tag or add bytes to an existing tag, reduce the
{EMPTYTAG-Length} tag by the number of newly introduced bytes.
5.5.4 Synchronization via Marker Signals
You can use marker signals to synchronize a measurement or an external instrument
to the processed waveform file.
To synchronize a measurement, select the relevant marker signal as trigger source in
the measurement. To synchronize an external instrument, select the marker as trigger
source in the setup dialog.
The following markers are available for selection as trigger source:
●
"AFRF Gen1: Restart Marker":
A trigger event is generated whenever the waveform file is (re-)started.
●
"AFRF Gen1: Waveform Marker 2" / 3 / 4:
The marker signals in the processed waveform file define the trigger events.
To account for propagation delays in the test system, you can define delay times for
the markers, see chapter 5.3.3.2, "RF ARB Trigger & Marker Subtab", on page 92.
5.5.5 Waveform File Packages R&S CMA-KVxxx
Option R&S CMA-KV140 provides waveform files for static GPS receiver test scenarios. The package contains the waveform files listed in the following table.
Each file simulates the GPS signal of ten moving satellites, received at a fixed location.
Table 5-1: GPS waveform files
File Name
Coordinates
Beijing.wv
39° 54' 20.000" N, 116° 23' 29.000" E
Hongkong.wv
22° 18' 12.218" N, 114° 9' 36.781" E
London.wv
51° 30' 2.250" N, 0° 7' 28.639" W
Moscow.wv
55° 45' 9.043" N, 37° 37' 23.088" E
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
118
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
GPS Receiver Tests
File Name
Coordinates
Munich.wv
48° 7' 34.993" N, 11° 36' 44.741" E
NewDelhi.wv
28° 36' 46.530" N, 77° 13' 46.254" E
NewYork.wv
40° 46' 57.677" N, 73° 57' 55.051" W
Paris.wv
48° 51' 29.984" N, 2° 17' 39.977" E
SanFrancisco.wv
37° 49' 9.980" N, 122° 28' 42.578" W
Singapore.wv
1° 17' 4.582" N, 103° 50' 23.928" E
Stockholm.wv
59° 19' 53.782" N, 18° 4' 17.198" E
Sydney.wv
33° 51' 23.911" S, 151° 12' 54.407" E
Tokyo.wv
35° 41' 1.900" N, 139° 44' 42.209" E
Vienna.wv
48° 12' 23.353" N, 16° 22' 16.309" E
WashingtonDC.wv
38° 53' 51.565" N, 77° 2' 11.569" W
GPS signal parameters:
●
RF band: L1, 1575.42 MHz
●
System time: GPS
●
Simulated satellites: 10
●
Chip rate of the data signal: 1.023 Mcps
To perform a GPS receiver test with waveform files, see chapter 5.6, "GPS Receiver
Tests", on page 119.
5.6 GPS Receiver Tests
To test the functionality and accuracy of GPS receivers, you can generate a GPS signal with the R&S CMA180.
Rohde & Schwarz offers a waveform file package for this purpose.
5.6.1 Required Equipment
A GPS test requires the following equipment:
●
R&S CMA180 with:
– Hardware option R&S CMA-B110B, baseband generator
–
●
Waveform package R&S CMA-KV140, waveforms for static GPS receiver tests
For details about the file package, see chapter 5.5.5, "Waveform File Packages
R&S CMA-KVxxx", on page 118.
RF shield box R&S CMW-Z10 (recommended) or antenna suitable for transmission
at 1.5 GHz
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
119
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
GPS Receiver Tests
5.6.2 Test Setup
An antenna connected to the R&S CMA180 transmits the GPS signal to the device
under test (DUT).
Ensure that the DUT receives only the test signal and is shielded from interfering signals of real GPS satellites.
It is recommended to use the RF shield box R&S CMW-Z10 for this purpose. It comes
with an integrated antenna. Connect the shield box to the RF COM or RF OUT connector of the R&S CMA180 and put your DUT into the shield box.
Fig. 5-22: Test setup with shield box
If the DUT cannot be put into the R&S CMW-Z10, for example because it is integrated
into a vehicle, connect a suitable antenna to the RF COM or RF OUT connector of the
R&S CMA180. Minimize interfering signals of real GPS satellites. Use for example a
large shielding chamber or perform the tests in a room with very poor GPS signal
reception.
5.6.3 Test Procedure
Proceed as follows to perform a GPS receiver test.
1. Prepare the test setup.
Connect the shield box or antenna to the RF COM connector or to the RF OUT
connector.
2. Store the relevant waveform files of the package R&S CMA-KV140 in the data
directory of the R&S CMA180.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
120
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
GPS Receiver Tests
3. Activate the GPS receiver of your DUT, but deactivate any other positioning methods (WLAN, mobile networks).
If your DUT is a mobile phone, activate the flight mode and the GPS receiver.
4. At the R&S CMA180, select the "RX Test" scenario.
5. Configure the generator settings. If you maximize the "Generator" tab, you can
configure all required settings directly on the tab.
a) "Freq.": 1575.42 MHz
b) "Level": -50 dBm for a test setup with shield box
For other test setups, adapt the level depending on the attenuation between
the antenna and the DUT. It is recommended to start with a relatively high
transmit level. You can reduce the level later on for sensitivity tests.
c) "Mode": "RF ARB"
d) "File Name": GPS waveform file to be used
It is recommended to use a file with a simulated location close to your real location. This reduces the time needed by the DUT to determine the coordinates.
e) "Repetition": "Continuous"
f) Output connector: RF COM or RF OUT, according to your test setup
6. Start the generator.
Depending on the file size, it may take some minutes until the waveform file is loaded and the generator is running.
7. Wait until your DUT has analyzed the GPS signal and displays GPS coordinates.
Depending on the DUT type, the DUT may need several minutes to determine the
coordinates.
As the waveform file is repeated continuously, the DUT determines its position
repeatedly. Some DUTs clear the displayed results when they start a new process.
So they display results only temporarily. This is not a DUT malfunction, but reflects
the internal processing of GPS data.
8. Compare the coordinates determined by the DUT to the simulated coordinates
(see table 5-1).
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
121
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
GPS Receiver Tests
5.6.4 Expected Test Results
This section presents typical test results displayed at a DUT. Different DUTs certainly
provide different results. So the screenshots are only examples.
The waveform files simulate the signals of ten GPS satellites. Typically, a DUT displays information about these satellite signals within some seconds.
Note that the simulated satellites are moving and the number of visible satellites
changes, as for a real GPS signal. Only sometimes, all ten satellites are visible.
The following picture shows the signal quality of two satellite constellations. In the left
constellation, there are two strong signals and seven signals with medium strength.
One satellite is not visible at all. In the right constellation, there are ten satellites with a
strong signal.
Fig. 5-23: Signal quality for two constellations
The detected satellite constellation is typically displayed in a sky diagram.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
122
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
GPS Receiver Tests
Fig. 5-24: Sky diagram of satellite constellation
A GPS signal transmits also date and time information. Depending on the DUT capabilities, this information can be displayed.
The date and time information is stored in the waveform file and the waveform file is
continuously repeated. So you see date and time values from the past, not current values. The displayed time advances during one file cycle and is reset to the initial value
when the file is repeated.
Fig. 5-25: Date and time information
After evaluation of the received GPS signal, the DUT shows position information. The
information usually includes the coordinates as latitude and longitude. Additional information like altitude and DUT velocity may be available. As the waveform files simulate
a fixed position, the displayed DUT velocity should be 0. The expected latitudes and
longitudes for the individual waveform files are listed in table 5-1.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
123
R&S®CMA180
Signal Generator
GPS Receiver Tests
Fig. 5-26: Latitude, longitude, velocity and DOP values
The DUT may also determine and display the dilution of precision (DOP). The DOP
indicates the quality of a satellite constellation (a lower DOP means a better quality). A
DUT may determine several DOP results, for example the VDOP, HDOP und TDOP.
The waveform files contain the best possible satellite constellation for each location.
So all displayed DOP values should be less than two.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
124
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
6 Measurements
The R&S CMA180 provides several measurement applications, described in the following sections.
Most measurement applications use the same hardware resources. For that reason,
you can only run one measurement application at a time. The EPS measurement is an
exception. It is independent of the other measurements and can be run in parallel. The
generator application can also be started in parallel to any measurement.
The "Analyzer" application is the primary measurement of the R&S CMA180. It can
analyze RF signals as well as audio signals. Use the other measurement applications
for additional RF measurements.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Analyzer................................................................................................................ 125
EPS Measurement................................................................................................ 163
ACP Measurement................................................................................................170
Power Measurement............................................................................................. 179
FFT Spectrum Analyzer........................................................................................ 190
Spectrum Analyzer................................................................................................204
Background Information........................................................................................ 224
6.1 Analyzer
The "Analyzer" application is the primary measurement of the R&S CMA180.
The analyzer is included in most scenarios. It supports measurements via the RF input
path as well as measurements via the AF or SPDIF input path. So it can analyze RF
signals as well as audio signals.
A received modulated RF signal is demodulated. The measurement analyzes the
modulated RF signal as well as the audio signal resulting from the demodulation.
The analyzer provides for example the following measurement results:
●
RF signal power and carrier frequency
●
Modulation characteristics, for example frequency deviation, phase deviation or
modulation depth
●
AF spectrum diagram
●
Single-tone audio signal quality, for example total harmonic distortion and signalto-noise ratio
6.1.1 Test Setup
The test setup for measurements with the "Analyzer" application depends on the type
of measurement to be performed. For TX tests for example, another test setup is
required than for RX tests.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
125
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
The application can evaluate RF signals fed to the RF IN or RF COM connector and
audio signals fed to an AF IN or SPDIF IN connector. For high RF power levels, use
always the RF COM connector, with the internal RF COM attenuator enabled.
Typical test setups for the individual scenarios are described in chapter 4, "Test Scenarios", on page 66.
Basic test procedures for TX, RX and DX tests are also described there.
6.1.2 Analyzer Tab Overview
The "Analyzer" tab lists the most important measurement settings in the upper part and
presents the measurement results in the lower part.
The toolbar on the right controls the measurement and provides access to most measurement settings.
Fig. 6-1: Analyzer tab (RF path)
The contents of the "Analyzer" tab are dynamic. They depend for example on the
active scenario, the signal input path, the selected type of demodulation and the tone
mode.
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"Repetition" (all paths): see "Repetition" on page 141
●
RF path settings: see chapter 6.1.4.2, "RF Settings Tab", on page 142
●
AF path settings: see chapter 6.1.4.5, "AF Settings - AF Subtab", on page 147
●
SPDIF path settings: see chapter 6.1.4.6, "AF Settings - SPDIF Subtab",
on page 150
●
Measurement results: see chapter 6.1.3, "Measurement Results", on page 128
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
126
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
The remaining elements are described in the following.
RF Statistic / AF Scalar / AF Spectrum....................................................................... 127
Buttons
.......................................................................................................... 127
.................................................................................................. 127
Indicators
Button ..................................................................................................................... 127
Buttons
..........................................................................................................128
Button ..................................................................................................................... 128
RF Statistic / AF Scalar / AF Spectrum
Progress bar for the measurement. During the first measurement cycle, the bar shows
the number of already measured intervals relative to the configured statistic count. A
filled progress bar indicates that the first measurement cycle is complete and the statistical depth has been reached.
The measurement provides several statistic counts, each applying to a group of measurement results. The progress bar shows the progress for one selected statistic count.
To select another statistic count, tap .
See also "Statistic Counts Area" on page 140.
Buttons
These buttons control the measurement.
starts the measurement.
pauses a running measurement,
stops it.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:MEV on page 353
STOP:AFRF:MEAS:MEV on page 353
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:MEV on page 353
Indicators
The current measurement state is indicated to the left of the tab title via a colored icon:
gray
= OFF, yellow
= RUN, green
= RDY.
A red icon
means that the measurement is running, but there is an error, so that no
results can be obtained.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe? on page 353
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe:ALL? on page 354
Button
Quick access to the filter settings for the individual input paths
For parameter descriptions, see:
● chapter 6.1.4.8, "Filter Tab - Demodulator Subtab", on page 152
● chapter 6.1.4.9, "Filter Tab - AF IN and SPDIF IN Subtabs", on page 155
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
127
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Buttons
These buttons select the currently displayed signal input path.
All signal input paths supported by the active scenario can be measured in parallel. But
the "Analyzer" tab shows only the results of a single input path at a time.
The button images are dynamic. For details, see table 3-1.
Button
Opens the main configuration dialog, see chapter 6.1.4, "Measurement Settings",
on page 139
6.1.3 Measurement Results
The measurement results are presented on the subtabs of the "Analyzer" tab.
Depending on the active scenario, several signal input paths are supported and can be
measured in parallel. The "Analyzer" tab shows only the results related to one input
path at a time. Select the displayed input path via the SPDIF, AF and RF buttons on
the toolbar of the "Analyzer" tab.
The scenarios support the following input paths:
●
TX scenario: RF input path only
●
RX scenario: AF input path only
●
DX scenario: RF and AF input path
●
Expert scenario: RF, AF and SPDIF input path
●
Audio scenario: AF and SPDIF input path
For information about the measurement points in the individual input paths, see chapter 6.1.5, "Measurement Points and Filters", on page 162.
Which results are measured for an input path, depends on the tone mode of the path.
The mode is configured via the AF settings.
icons in the result subtabs provide direct access to the limit settings for the corThe
responding result. Alternatively, you can configure the limit settings via the main configuration dialog box, opened via the toolbar button .
Measurement results violating a limit are displayed in red color. Additionally, the "Trim"
subtab provides a graphical presentations of selected measurement results and limits.
The result subtabs are described in the following sections.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Overview Subtab...................................................................................................129
Trim Subtab...........................................................................................................129
RF Results Subtab................................................................................................ 131
FM Stereo Subtab................................................................................................. 132
AF Results Subtab, Frequency and Level.............................................................133
AF Results Subtab, Signal Quality........................................................................ 134
AF Spectrum Subtab.............................................................................................136
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
128
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
6.1.3.1
Overview Subtab
The "Overview" subtab provides an overview of the measurement results. It combines
the most important results of the other subtabs. The contents depend on the selected
input path, the tone mode and the modulation. If there is only a single results subtab,
the overview tab is hidden.
Fig. 6-2: Overview subtab (RF path, FM)
For an explanation of the results, refer to the following sections:
6.1.3.2
●
"RF Results" area, RF path only
See chapter 6.1.3.3, "RF Results Subtab", on page 131
●
"Freq. and Level" or "Level" area, AF and SPDIF path only
See chapter 6.1.3.5, "AF Results Subtab, Frequency and Level", on page 133
●
"Signal Quality" area
See chapter 6.1.3.6, "AF Results Subtab, Signal Quality", on page 134
●
Diagram
See chapter 6.1.3.7, "AF Spectrum Subtab", on page 136
Trim Subtab
The "Trim" subtab provides graphical presentations of selected measurement results
and the limits configured for these results. The subtab is displayed for single-tone measurements.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
129
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-3: Trim results (RF path, FM)
For each measurement result, the measured value is displayed as a number and as an
arrow on a number line.
A red arrow indicates that the value violates the limits. A green arrow is within the limits.
A number line can consist of white and blue parts. The white parts are within the limits,
the blue parts are outside of the limits.
Fig. 6-4: Explanation of number lines
1
2
3
4
=
=
=
=
Result violates limits
Result is within limits
Lower limit
Upper limit
You can modify a limit directly in the subtab. To do so, tap a blue part of the number
line. Then modify the setting. In the following example, the left blue part has been tapped. So the lower limit is displayed for configuration.
Fig. 6-5: Modifying a limit
Alternatively, you can modify a limit via touch and drag. Touch the border between the
blue and the white part of a line and move it.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
130
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
6.1.3.3
RF Results Subtab
The "RF Results" subtab displays measurement results related to the RF carrier and to
the modulation. The subtab is displayed for single-tone measurements via the RF input
path.
Fig. 6-6: RF results (FM)
Carrier Area.................................................................................................................131
Demodulation Area..................................................................................................... 131
└ FM / FM Stereo............................................................................................. 132
└ PM.................................................................................................................132
└ AM.................................................................................................................132
Carrier Area
The "Freq. Error" is the difference between the measured frequency of the unmodulated RF carrier and the configured center frequency of the RF analyzer.
The "Power" is the absolute power of the (modulated) RF signal in dBm. The power is
measured in a 500 kHz bandwidth around the analyzer frequency.
For PM, FM and FM stereo, the RMS power is measured. For AM and SSB, the RMS
power and the peak envelope power (PEP) are measured.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent? on page 388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage? on page 388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum? on page 388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum? on page 388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation? on page 388
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Demodulation Area
The demodulation results display a statistical evaluation of the modulation characteristics, for example of the frequency deviation of an FM signal.
The measured parameter is a function of time, ideally proportional to the modulating
audio signal. It is evaluated over a suitable time period and the following statistical
results are displayed:
● "RMS": RMS average value over time
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
131
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
●
●
●
●
"RMS*Sqrt(2)": RMS result multiplied with the square root of 2
"+Peak": positive peak value
"-Peak": negative peak value
"±Peak/2": peak-to-peak value, divided by 2 ["+Peak" - "-Peak"] / 2
For an ideal modulation with a single-tone sinusoidal signal, the absolute values of the
last four results are identical and represent the peak deviation / modulation depth.
The following sections indicate which parameter is measured for which demodulation
type and list the corresponding remote commands.
FM / FM Stereo ← Demodulation Area
Statistical evaluation of the frequency deviation for FM or of the multiplex deviation for
FM stereo (frequency deviation due to the sum of all FM stereo signal components).
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent? on page 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage? on page 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum? on page 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation? on page 390
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
PM ← Demodulation Area
Statistical evaluation of the phase deviation.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent? on page 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage? on page 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum? on page 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation? on page 391
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
AM ← Demodulation Area
Statistical evaluation of the modulation depth.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent? on page 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage? on page 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum? on page 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation? on page 391
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
6.1.3.4
FM Stereo Subtab
The "FM Stereo" subtab displays results related to the individual components of an FM
stereo signal. The subtab is displayed for single-tone FM stereo measurements via the
RF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
132
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-7: FM stereo results
FM Stereo Results
The subtab displays the following results:
● "Audio" > "Dev. Left" / "Dev. Right":
Peak frequency deviation of the RF signal due to the left and right audio channels
● "Pilot" > "Deviation":
Peak frequency deviation of the RF signal due to the 19 kHz pilot tone
● "Pilot" > "Freq. Error":
Frequency error of the pilot tone relative to the rated frequency of 19 kHz
● "RDS" > "Deviation":
Peak frequency deviation of the RF signal due to the signal in the RDS band
around 57 kHz
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent? on page 392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage? on page 392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum? on page 392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation? on page 392
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
6.1.3.5
AF Results Subtab, Frequency and Level
The "AF Results" subtab is displayed for single-tone measurements.
For the AF input path, the subtab contains an area "Frequency and Level". For the
SPDIF input path, the area is labeled "Level". For the RF input path, the AF frequency
and level are not measured.
Fig. 6-8: AF results for AF path (AF2 IN disabled)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
133
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-9: AF results for SPDIF path (right channel disabled)
Frequency and Level Area (AF Path)
For the AF path, the subtab displays the following results:
● "Freq.": Frequency of the measured analog AC signal (AF frequency)
● "Level": Effective (RMS-averaged) level of the AC component of the measured AF
signal
● "DC Level": Level of the DC component of the measured analog AF signal. Only
available, if the input coupling is set to DC, see "Input Coupl." on page 148.
The results are displayed for the AF1 IN path and for the AF2 IN path.
All AF level results are displayed in the same unit as the AF level settings. To change
the unit of AF level results, change the unit of an AF level setting. You can for example
change the unit of the maximum expected AF input level, see "Max. Level / Auto R."
on page 148.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent? on page 393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage? on page 393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum? on page 393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation? on page 393
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
Level Area (SPDIF Path)
For the SPDIF path, the subtab displays the following results:
● "Level": Effective (RMS-averaged) level of the AC component of the measured AF
signal
The results are displayed for the left and for the right SPDIF channel.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:CURRent? on page 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:AVERage? on page 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:MAXimum? on page 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:DEViation? on page 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:CURRent? on page 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:AVERage? on page 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:MAXimum? on page 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:DEViation? on page 394
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
6.1.3.6
AF Results Subtab, Signal Quality
The "AF Results" subtab is displayed for single-tone measurements. In area "Signal
Quality", the subtab provides audio signal quality results.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
134
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
The signal quality results are calculated from three measured power values:
●
Signal S: power of the audio signal at the configured reference frequency, called
distortion frequency.
The distortion frequency is displayed for information above the result table (@ ...
Hz). For configuration, see "Distortion Frequency" on page 153.
●
Distortion D: sum of the signal powers of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th ... harmonics
The R&S CMA180 measures up to 10 harmonics at frequencies up to 21 kHz.
Harmonics are signals at an integer multiple of the fundamental frequency. The nth
harmonic is n times the frequency of the fundamental wave. The production of harmonic frequencies by an electronic system is known as harmonic distortion.
●
Noise N: power of the noise floor
Fig. 6-10: Signal quality results (AF path, AF2 IN disabled)
From the values S, D and N, the following results are calculated:
●
THD [%] / [dB]:
Total harmonic distortion, ratio of the harmonic distortion voltage to the fundamental wave voltage, in percent and as dB value.
THD [%] = sqrt (D / S) * 100
THD [dB] = 20 * log (sqrt (D / S)) = 10 * log (D / S)
The R&S CMA180 displays THD [%] values up to 100 %. A result close to 100 %
may indicate incorrect settings, for example a specified distortion frequency which
differs from the actual frequency of the transmitted test tone.
Column "Extreme" provides the maximum value.
●
THD + N:
Total harmonic distortion and noise, ratio of the measured AF signal voltage with a
notched-out fundamental wave to the complete measured AF signal voltage, in
percent.
THD + N [%] = sqrt (N + D) / sqrt (S + N + D) * 100
Column "Extreme" provides the maximum value.
●
SINAD:
Signal to noise and distortion, ratio of the complete measured AF signal voltage to
the measured AF signal with a notched-out fundamental wave, as dB value.
SINAD [dB] = 20 * log (sqrt (S + N + D) / sqrt (N + D))
Column "Extreme" provides the minimum value.
●
SNR:
Signal-to-noise ratio, ratio of the signal power to the noise power, as dB value.
SNR [dB] = 20 * log (sqrt(S / N)) = 10 * log (S / N)
Column "Extreme" provides the minimum value.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
135
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Signal Quality Area (RF Path)
For FM stereo, separate results are displayed for the left and for the right audio signal.
For all other demodulation types, one set of results is displayed (use DEMLeft commands).
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent? on page 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage? on page 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme? on page 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation? on page 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent? on page 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage? on page 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme? on page 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation? on page 397
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Signal Quality Area (AF Path)
For the AF path, separate results are displayed for AF1 IN and AF2 IN.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent? on page 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage? on page 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme? on page 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation? on page 397
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)
For the SPDIF path, separate results are displayed for the left and for the right SPDIF
channel.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent? on page 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage? on page 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme? on page 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation? on page 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent? on page 399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage? on page 399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme? on page 399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation? on page 399
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
6.1.3.7
AF Spectrum Subtab
The "AF Spectrum" subtab is displayed for single-tone measurements and for noise
measurements. You can disable the measurement of the spectrum results and hide the
"AF Spectrum" subtab, see chapter 6.1.4.1, "Meas Control Tab", on page 140.
The subtab provides a spectrum diagram for a selected signal property. To derive the
results, a number of equidistant samples is recorded in the time domain and transformed to the frequency domain via a fast Fourier transformation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
136
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
The x-axis of the spectrum diagram covers the audio frequency range from 0 kHz to 21
kHz.
Fig. 6-11: AF spectrum diagram for AF IN (noise signal)
For all input paths, you can display the "Current", "Average", "Maximum" and "Minimum" results.
You can configure the fast Fourier transformation via the
ter 6.1.4.13, "AF Spectrum Settings", on page 161.
button, see also chap-
Which signal property is measured, depends on the input path as described in the following.
AF Spectrum Diagram (RF Path)................................................................................ 137
└ FM / FM Stereo............................................................................................. 137
└ PM.................................................................................................................138
└ AM.................................................................................................................138
└ SSB-USB / SSB-LSB.................................................................................... 138
AF Spectrum Diagram (AF Path)................................................................................ 139
AF Spectrum Diagram (SPDIF Path).......................................................................... 139
AF Spectrum Diagram (RF Path)
For the RF input path, the demodulated signal is evaluated. The measured parameter
depends on the type of demodulation.
The following sections indicate which parameter is measured for which demodulation
type and list the corresponding remote commands.
FM / FM Stereo ← AF Spectrum Diagram (RF Path)
For FM stereo, the audio deviation vs. the audio frequency is displayed. There are separate traces for the left and for the right audio signal.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
137
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
For FM, the frequency deviation vs. the audio frequency is displayed. Only the
DEMLeft commands are relevant.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:CURRent? on page 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:AVERage? on page 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MAXimum? on page 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MINimum? on page 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:CURRent? on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:AVERage? on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MAXimum? on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MINimum? on page 402
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
PM ← AF Spectrum Diagram (RF Path)
The phase deviation vs. the audio frequency is displayed.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?
on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?
on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?
on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MINimum?
on page 402
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
AM ← AF Spectrum Diagram (RF Path)
The modulation depth vs. the audio frequency is displayed.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent? on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage? on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum? on page 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MINimum? on page 402
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
SSB-USB / SSB-LSB ← AF Spectrum Diagram (RF Path)
The audio level vs. the audio frequency is displayed.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:CURRent? on page 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:AVERage? on page 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MAXimum? on page 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MINimum? on page 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:CURRent? on page 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:AVERage? on page 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MAXimum? on page 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MINimum? on page 403
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
138
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
AF Spectrum Diagram (AF Path)
For the AF input path, the diagram shows the audio level vs. the audio frequency.
There are separate traces for AF1 IN and AF2 IN.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MINimum? on page 404
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
AF Spectrum Diagram (SPDIF Path)
For the SPDIF input path, the diagram shows the audio level vs. the audio frequency.
There are separate traces for the left and for the right SPDIF channel.
Remote command:
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:CURRent? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:AVERage? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MAXimum? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MINimum? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:CURRent? on page 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:AVERage? on page 405
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MAXimum? on page 405
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MINimum? on page 405
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
6.1.4 Measurement Settings
Most measurement settings can be configured in a single dialog box, opened via the
button. The following sections describe all tabs of this dialog box.
Settings that cannot be accessed from the main configuration dialog box are described
after the main dialog box sections.
Depending on the scenario, only a subset of the described settings is relevant. The
irrelevant settings, tabs or subtabs are hidden in the configuration dialog. This applies
especially to settings that are only relevant for a specific signal input path (RF, AF or
SPDIF). Scenario dependencies are explicitly mentioned in the following sections.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Meas Control Tab..................................................................................................140
RF Settings Tab.................................................................................................... 142
RF Channels Tab.................................................................................................. 144
AF Settings - Demodul Subtab..............................................................................146
AF Settings - AF Subtab....................................................................................... 147
AF Settings - SPDIF Subtab................................................................................. 150
Filter Tab - RF Subtab...........................................................................................151
Filter Tab - Demodulator Subtab...........................................................................152
Filter Tab - AF IN and SPDIF IN Subtabs............................................................. 155
Limits Tab - RF Subtab......................................................................................... 157
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
139
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
●
●
●
6.1.4.1
Limits Tab - FM Stereo Subtab............................................................................. 158
Limits Tab - Demodulator, AF IN and SPDIF IN Subtabs..................................... 159
AF Spectrum Settings........................................................................................... 161
Meas Control Tab
The measurement control settings define how the R&S CMA180 acquires the measurement results.
Fig. 6-12: Measurement control settings
Statistic Counts Area...................................................................................................140
Repetition.................................................................................................................... 141
Stop Condition.............................................................................................................141
Measure on Exception................................................................................................ 141
Start Measurements Autom........................................................................................ 141
Enable Results Area................................................................................................... 142
Statistic Counts Area
The statistic count defines the number of measurement intervals per measurement
cycle. During each measurement interval, a single "Current" value is determined per
result. Statistical values like "Average", "Maximum" and "Minimum" are calculated from
the "Current" values.
You can define different statistic counts for the individual result groups:
● "RF Statistic Count": RF results, for example on the "RF Results" subtab
This setting is only available in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
● "AF Scalar Statistic Count": AF results, for example on the "AF Results" subtab
● "AF Spectrum Statistic Count": spectrum diagram on the "AF Spectrum" subtab
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
140
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
A measurement interval for the spectrum diagram takes longer than for the other
results. It is recommended to configure a smaller value than for the other statistic
counts.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RF:SCOunt on page 355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AF:SCOunt on page 355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AFFFt:SCOunt on page 356
Repetition
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
"Continuous"
The measurement is continued until it is explicitly terminated. The
results are periodically updated.
"SingleShot"
The measurement is stopped after one measurement cycle.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:REPetition on page 356
Stop Condition
Specifies the conditions for an early termination of the measurement.
"None"
The measurement is performed according to its repetition mode and
statistic counts, irrespective of the limit check results.
"On Limit Fail"
The measurement is stopped as soon as one of the limits is exceeded. If no limit failure occurs, it is performed according to its repetition
mode and the statistic counts.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SCONdition on page 356
Measure on Exception
Specifies whether measurement results that the R&S CMA180 identifies as faulty or
inaccurate are rejected. A faulty result occurs for example when an overload is detected. In remote control, the error cause is indicated by the "reliability indicator".
"OFF"
Faulty results are rejected and the measurement is continued. Use
this mode to ensure that a single faulty result does not affect the
entire measurement.
"ON"
Results are never rejected. Use this mode for development purposes,
if you want to analyze the reason for occasional wrong transmissions.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:MOEXception on page 356
Start Measurements Autom.
Enables the automatic start of the measurement whenever you select the measurement tab. Thus you do not need to tap the
button.
Disable the setting if you want to move between measurement tabs without starting a
measurement, for example to check already measured results.
The setting is only relevant for manual control and has no effect for remote control.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
141
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Enable Results Area
Enables or disables the measurement of the indicated results. Result views for disabled measurements are hidden.
Remote command:
n/a
6.1.4.2
RF Settings Tab
The "RF Settings" tab is present in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
The settings configure the RF input path of the measurement.
Fig. 6-13: RF settings
The settings "Frequency", "Exp. Power" and "Ext. Atten." are coupled to the corresponding settings of most other measurements, for example the "Power" measurement. Configuring these settings for one measurement configures them also for the
other measurements.
Connector In................................................................................................................142
ON...............................................................................................................................143
Frequency / Increment................................................................................................ 143
Exp. Power..................................................................................................................143
Ext. Atten.....................................................................................................................143
Duplex Space / RF Coupling.......................................................................................143
Find RF Signal............................................................................................................ 144
Demodulation.............................................................................................................. 144
Connector In
Selects the input connector for the measured RF signal.
The RF COM connector is suitable for most signals. Use the RF IN connector only for
low signal powers.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
142
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Ensure that the maximum input levels of the RF connectors are not exceeded. Consider both the maximum input levels printed on the front panel and the ranges stated in
the data sheet.
The maximum RF COM input level printed on the front panel applies only with active
internal attenuator. If you disable the attenuator, a much lower limit applies, refer to the
data sheet.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector on page 357
ON
Enables or disables the RF input path.
An RF signal is only measured, if the analyzer is running and the RF path is enabled.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RF:ENABle on page 357
Frequency / Increment
"Frequency" sets the center frequency of the RF analyzer. Configure this parameter
according to the frequency of the measured RF signal.
"Increment" defines the step size used for increasing or decreasing the frequency via
the rotary knob.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency on page 358
Exp. Power
Configures the RF analyzer in accordance with the expected power of the measured
RF signal.
Enter the highest nominal DUT output power expected during the measurement.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower on page 358
Ext. Atten.
Specifies the external attenuation in the input path. Negative values specify a gain.
The power results of the R&S CMA180 are corrected by the external attenuation value.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation on page 358
Duplex Space / RF Coupling
"RF Coupling" couples the frequency and channel settings of the analyzer to the corresponding generator settings. The coupling applies to the RF settings "Frequency" and
"Increment" and to the "RF Channels" tab.
With enabled coupling, modifying a generator setting modifies also the corresponding
analyzer setting and vice versa.
"Duplex Space" configures the spacing between the analyzer frequency and the generator frequency as follows: frequencyanalyzer = frequencygenerator + duplex spacing
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
143
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
The settings are not relevant for the TX scenario.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:DSPace on page 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling on page 359
Find RF Signal
If you do not know the frequency of the measured RF signal, you can let the
R&S CMA180 search for the frequency.
Tap "Start" to initiate the process. The R&S CMA180 performs a frequency sweep to
determine the strongest power peak. The detected peak frequency and RF signal
power are displayed. You can either use this frequency or abort the process without
changing the frequency setting.
Remote command:
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter on page 359
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter on page 359
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter? on page 359
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter:USE on page 359
Demodulation
Selects the type of demodulation to be performed. Set this parameter according to the
modulation of the measured signal.
For background information, see chapter 5.4, "Modulation Types", on page 106.
"FM"
Frequency modulation
"FM Stereo"
FM stereo multiplex signal added to the RF carrier via frequency
modulation
"AM"
Amplitude modulation
"PM"
Phase modulation
"SSB-USB"
Single-sideband modulation, upper sideband
"SSB-LSB"
Single-sideband modulation, lower sideband
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation on page 360
6.1.4.3
RF Channels Tab
The "RF Channels" tab is present in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
The tab allows you to define RF channels for comfortable configuration of the RF carrier frequency.
Note that you can couple the channel settings to the corresponding generator settings,
see "Duplex Space / RF Coupling" on page 143.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
144
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-14: RF channel settings
Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency........................................................................145
Show Channel / Show Frequency...............................................................................145
Use as Ref. Frequency............................................................................................... 146
ON...............................................................................................................................146
Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency....................................................................................146
Channel Space............................................................................................................146
Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency
These settings define the center frequency of the RF analyzer.
You can enter the frequency directly. Or you can configure and enable a channel definition and specify the frequency indirectly by entering a channel number and optionally
a channel offset.
The parameters are coupled. Modifying one of the settings updates also the values displayed for the other settings.
If the channel definition is disabled, the parameters "Channel" and "Channel Offset"
are grayed out.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CHANnel on page 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:COFFset on page 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency on page 358
Show Channel / Show Frequency
This toggle switch selects whether the "Analyzer" tab shows the channel number or the
RF frequency. The channel number can only be shown if the channel definition is
enabled.
Remote command:
n/a
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
145
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Use as Ref. Frequency
Sets the reference frequency of the channel definition to the current frequency value.
Or in other words, assigns the current frequency to the reference channel number.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion on page 360
ON
Activates or deactivates the channel definition.
With activated channel definition, the analyzer frequency can be comfortably selected
via the channel number.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition on page 361
Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency
This pair of settings assigns an RF carrier center frequency to a channel number.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition on page 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RFRequency on page 361
Channel Space
Defines the channel spacing, that is the center frequency difference of two adjacent
channels.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:CSPace on page 361
6.1.4.4
AF Settings - Demodul Subtab
The demodulator settings configure the audio signal output of the demodulator in the
RF input path.
The subtab is present in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
146
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-15: AF settings, demodulator subtab
Checkbox
The checkbox enables or disables the audio signal output path of the demodulator.
For FM stereo, you can enable the left and the right channel separately.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:ENABle on page 362
Gen. Coupling
Couples the RF input path to an internal signal generator. Only single-tone generators
are allowed. As a result, the single-tone frequency of the generator is used as distortion frequency, see "Distortion Frequency" on page 153.
For FM stereo, there are separate settings for the left and the right channel. Configure
one channel. The other channel is configured automatically.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:GCOupling on page 362
Tone Mode
Indicates the expected audio signal type transmitted via the modulated RF signal. In
the current software version, only single-tone signals are supported.
6.1.4.5
AF Settings - AF Subtab
The "AF" subtab configures the analog AF input and output paths.
The AF input settings are only present in the RX, DX, audio and expert scenario.
The AF output settings are only present in the expert scenario.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
147
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-16: AF settings, AF subtab (expert scenario)
AF1 IN / AF2 IN...........................................................................................................148
└ Checkbox...................................................................................................... 148
└ Max. Level / Auto R.......................................................................................148
└ Input Coupl....................................................................................................148
└ Gen. Coupl....................................................................................................149
└ Tone Mode....................................................................................................149
AF1 OUT / AF2 OUT...................................................................................................149
└ Checkbox...................................................................................................... 149
└ Level............................................................................................................. 149
└ Source...........................................................................................................150
AF1 IN / AF2 IN
Configures the AF input connectors on the front panel.
Checkbox ← AF1 IN / AF2 IN
The first checkbox enables or disables the AF input connector.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ENABle on page 363
Max. Level / Auto R. ← AF1 IN / AF2 IN
Column "Auto R." enables or disables auto ranging for the AF input connector. Either
enable auto ranging, or disable it and specify the maximum expected level in column
"Max. Level".
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:MLEVel on page 363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ARANging on page 363
Input Coupl. ← AF1 IN / AF2 IN
Configures whether the DC component of the received AF signal is blocked or not.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
148
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
"AC"
The DC component of the received AF signal is blocked. Only the AC
component is available.
"DC"
The DC component is not blocked. Both the AC and the DC component are available.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ICOupling on page 364
Gen. Coupl. ← AF1 IN / AF2 IN
Couples the AF input path to an internal signal generator. Only single-tone and noise
generators are allowed.
As a result, the tone mode is displayed and the following generator settings are used,
depending on the tone mode:
● Single tone: The single-tone frequency of the generator is used as distortion frequency for the measurement, see "Distortion Frequency" on page 156.
● Noise: For the AF spectrum diagram, a rectangular FFT window is used, see chapter 6.1.4.13, "AF Spectrum Settings", on page 161.
For FM stereo, there are separate settings for the left and the right channel. Configure
one channel. The other channel is configured automatically.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:GCOupling on page 364
Tone Mode ← AF1 IN / AF2 IN
Displays the tone mode of the coupled generator. The tone mode determines which
results are measured and displayed for the AF input path.
Without generator coupling, only single-tone measurements are possible.
AF1 OUT / AF2 OUT
Configures the AF output connectors on the front panel.
Checkbox ← AF1 OUT / AF2 OUT
The first checkbox enables or disables the AF output connector.
If "Used by Generator" is displayed below a connector, this indicates that the generator
uses the AF output connector. Enabling the connector in spite of this warning will disable the generator setting.
If "Used by SPDIF IN Left" / "Used by SPDIF IN Right" is displayed below a connector,
this indicates that the analyzer uses an SPDIF IN path. The SPDIF IN path and the
path from the demodulator to an AF OUT connector use the same hardware resources.
Enabling the AF OUT connector in spite of this warning will disable the indicated
SPDIF IN path.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:ENABle on page 364
Level ← AF1 OUT / AF2 OUT
Column "Level" sets the output level for the connector.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:LEVel on page 365
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
149
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Source ← AF1 OUT / AF2 OUT
Column "Source" displays the audio signal source for each output connector. The setting is fixed (demodulator output).
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:SOURce? on page 365
6.1.4.6
AF Settings - SPDIF Subtab
The "SPDIF" subtab configures the digital SPDIF input and output paths.
The SPDIF input settings are only present in the audio and expert scenario.
The SPDIF output settings are only present in the expert scenario.
Fig. 6-17: AF settings, SPDIF subtab (expert scenario)
SPDIF IN..................................................................................................................... 150
└ Checkbox...................................................................................................... 150
└ Gen. Coupling............................................................................................... 151
└ Tone Mode....................................................................................................151
SPDIF OUT................................................................................................................. 151
└ Checkbox...................................................................................................... 151
└ Level............................................................................................................. 151
└ Source...........................................................................................................151
SPDIF IN
Configures the SPDIF input connector on the rear panel.
Checkbox ← SPDIF IN
The checkbox enables or disables the left and right channel of the digital SPDIF input
connector.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
150
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
If "Used by demodulated signal output" is displayed below a connector, this indicates
that the analyzer routes the demodulator output to an AF OUT connector. The SPDIF
IN path and the path from the demodulator to an AF OUT connector use the same
hardware resources. Enabling the SPDIF IN channel in spite of this warning will disable
the conflicting AF OUT connector.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:ENABle on page 365
Gen. Coupling ← SPDIF IN
Couples the SPDIF input path to an internal signal generator. For more details, see
"Gen. Coupl." on page 149.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:GCOupling on page 366
Tone Mode ← SPDIF IN
Displays the tone mode of the coupled generator. The tone mode determines which
results are measured and displayed for the SPDIF input path.
Without generator coupling, only single-tone measurements are possible.
SPDIF OUT
Configures the SPDIF output connector on the rear panel.
Checkbox ← SPDIF OUT
The checkbox enables or disables the channels of the SPDIF output connector.
If "Used by Generator" is displayed below a channel, this indicates that the generator
application uses the output channel. Enabling the channel in spite of this warning will
disable the generator setting.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:ENABle on page 366
Level ← SPDIF OUT
Column "Level" sets the output level for the SPDIF channel.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:LEVel on page 367
Source ← SPDIF OUT
Column "Source" displays the audio signal source for each output channel. The setting
is fixed (demodulator output).
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:SOURce? on page 367
6.1.4.7
Filter Tab - RF Subtab
The "RF" subtab is present in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
It displays information about the bandpass filter in the RF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
151
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-18: Filter settings, RF subtab
For background information about the bandpass filter, see chapter 6.1.5, "Measurement Points and Filters", on page 162.
Bandpass Filter Bandwidth......................................................................................... 152
Frequency................................................................................................................... 152
Bandpass Filter Bandwidth
Displays the bandwidth of the bandpass filter in the RF input path. The bandwidth is
fixed.
Frequency
Displays the center frequency of the RF analyzer and thus the center frequency of the
bandpass filter. The frequency is configured via the RF settings.
6.1.4.8
Filter Tab - Demodulator Subtab
The "Demodul." subtab is present in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
It configures the filters that are applied to the audio signal provided by the demodulator
in the RF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
152
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-19: Filter settings, demodulator subtab
For background information about the filter stages, see chapter 6.1.5, "Measurement
Points and Filters", on page 162.
All settings are described in the following.
Distortion Frequency................................................................................................... 153
Distortion Filter Width..................................................................................................153
Lowpass Filter............................................................................................................. 154
Highpass Filter............................................................................................................ 154
Weighting Filter........................................................................................................... 154
Deemphasis Filter....................................................................................................... 154
Variable Bandpass Filter............................................................................................. 154
Enable Filters for Demodulation Results.....................................................................155
Distortion Frequency
The "Distortion Frequency" is the reference frequency of a single-tone measurement.
Set this parameter to the fundamental frequency of the AF signal.
If the measurement is coupled to an internal audio generator, the frequency configured
within the generator settings is used and displayed here for information. See also
"Gen. Coupling" on page 147.
For FM stereo, you can configure the distortion frequency separately for the left and for
the right channel.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DFRequency on page 368
Distortion Filter Width
Selects the bandwidth of the distortion filter used for signal quality results (N and D
component). The distortion filter is a notch filter, centered at the distortion frequency.
You can configure a "Wide" or "Narrow" bandwidth, "Constant" or "Relative to Freq.".
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
153
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
These settings configure the following variables:
● "Wide": <factor> = 0.005
● "Narrow": <factor> = 0.001
● "Constant": <frequency> = 1000 Hz
● "Relative to Freq.": <frequency> = configured distortion frequency
The filter bandwidth is calculated from these variables as follows:
bandwidth = <factor> * <frequency>
Example - "Wide", "Relative to Freq.", distortion frequency = 5000 Hz:
bandwidth = 0.005 * 5000 Hz = 25 Hz
A "Wide" filter is usually appropriate. It ensures that the audio tone is completely eliminated, even if the distortion frequency is not absolutely stable.
A "Narrow" filter is for example required for band-limited noise signals. Here, a too
wide filter eliminating also noise around the audio tone would result in too low noise
power results (N component).
For FM stereo, you can configure the settings separately for the left and for the right
channel.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DWIDth on page 368
Lowpass Filter
Selects the cutoff frequency of the lowpass filter or disables the filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:LPASs on page 369
Highpass Filter
Selects the cutoff frequency of the highpass filter or disables the filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:HPASs on page 369
Weighting Filter
Selects the type of the weighting filter or disables the filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:WEIGhting on page 369
Deemphasis Filter
Selects the time constant of the deemphasis filter or disables the filter.
This setting is only relevant for FM and FM stereo signals. Configure it according to the
preemphasis filter applied during modulation of the signal.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DEEMphasis on page 370
Variable Bandpass Filter
Enables or disables the variable bandpass filter and configures its center frequency
and bandwidth.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
154
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
This filter is not relevant for FM stereo.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle on page 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency
on page 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth on page 371
Enable Filters for Demodulation Results
Selects whether the demodulation results are measured before the filters or after the
filters. The measurement point of all other results is fixed.
For FM stereo, the demodulation results are always measured before the filters.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:ENABle on page 371
6.1.4.9
Filter Tab - AF IN and SPDIF IN Subtabs
The "AF IN" subtab configures the filters that are applied to an audio signal received
via an AF IN connector. The subtab is present in the RX, DX, audio and expert scenario. The AF1 IN and AF2 IN paths are configured independently.
Fig. 6-20: Filter settings, AF IN subtab
The "SPDIF IN" subtab provides the same settings for the left and the right SPDIF
input path. The subtab is present in the audio and expert scenario.
For background information about the filter stages, see chapter 6.1.5, "Measurement
Points and Filters", on page 162.
Some settings can alternatively be accessed via the
button.
All settings are described in the following.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
155
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Distortion Frequency................................................................................................... 156
Distortion Filter Width..................................................................................................156
Lowpass Filter............................................................................................................. 156
Highpass Filter............................................................................................................ 156
Weighting Filter........................................................................................................... 156
Variable Bandpass Filter............................................................................................. 157
Distortion Frequency
The "Distortion Frequency" is the reference frequency of a single-tone measurement.
Set this parameter to the fundamental frequency of the AF signal.
If the measurement is coupled to an internal audio generator, the frequency configured
within the generator settings is used and displayed here for information. See also
"Gen. Coupl." on page 149.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DFRequency on page 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DFRequency on page 374
Distortion Filter Width
Selects the bandwidth of the distortion filter used for signal quality results (N and D
component).
For details, see "Distortion Filter Width" on page 153.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DWIDth on page 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DWIDth on page 374
Lowpass Filter
Selects the cutoff frequency of the lowpass filter or disables the filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:LPASs on page 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:LPASs on page 375
Highpass Filter
Selects the cutoff frequency of the highpass filter or disables the filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:HPASs on page 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:HPASs on page 375
Weighting Filter
Selects the type of the weighting filter or disables the filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:WEIGhting on page 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:WEIGhting on page 375
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
156
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Variable Bandpass Filter
Enables or disables the variable bandpass filter and configures its center frequency
and bandwidth.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle on page 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency on page 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth on page 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle on page 376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency on page 376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth on page 377
6.1.4.10
Limits Tab - RF Subtab
The "RF" subtab is present in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
It defines limits for measurement results presented on the "RF Results" subtab.
Fig. 6-21: Limits settings, RF subtab
Carrier Area
Limits for the RF carrier frequency error and the RF signal power (RMS result).
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:FERRor on page 378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:POWer on page 378
Demodulation Area
Limits for the frequency deviation (for FM signals) and phase deviation (for PM signals).
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
157
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
The peak limits apply to the positive and negative peak deviations ("+Peak" / "-Peak").
The RMS limits apply to the "RMS" deviations.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:PEAK
on page 378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:RMS
on page 379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:PEAK
on page 379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:RMS
on page 380
6.1.4.11
Limits Tab - FM Stereo Subtab
The "FM Stereo" subtab is present in the TX and expert scenario if the demodulation is
set to "FM Stereo".
It defines limits for FM stereo demodulation results, presented on the "RF Results" and
"FM Stereo" subtabs.
Fig. 6-22: Limits settings, FM stereo subtab
Multiplex and Audio Area
Limits for the multiplex deviation and the audio deviation.
The peak limits apply to the positive and negative peak multiplex deviation ("+Peak" / "Peak"). The RMS limit applies to the "RMS" multiplex deviation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
158
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
The audio deviation limits apply to the left and right audio channels.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:
PEAK on page 380
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:
RMS on page 381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:ADEViation
on page 381
Pilot Area
Limits for the pilot deviation and the pilot frequency error.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PIDeviation
on page 381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PFERror
on page 382
RDS Area
Limit for the RDS deviation.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation
on page 382
6.1.4.12
Limits Tab - Demodulator, AF IN and SPDIF IN Subtabs
The subtabs "Demodul.", "AF IN" and "SPDIF IN" are very similar. They configure limits
for the signal quality results, presented on the "AF Results" subtab.
The "Demodul." subtab applies to measured signals received via the RF path. The "AF
IN" / "SPDIF IN" subtab applies to signals received via the AF / SPDIF path. A subtab
is only present in scenarios supporting the corresponding signal input path.
The "AF IN" limits are configurable per connector (AF1 IN, AF2 IN), the "SPDIF IN"
limits per channel (left / right).
The limits for THD+N and SINAD are coupled. Modifying one limit modifies also the
other limit.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
159
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
Fig. 6-23: Limit settings, demodulator subtab
Signal Quality Area (RF Path)
The signal quality limits for the RF path are configurable via the following commands.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDistortion
on page 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDNoise on page 383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SINad on page 383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SNRatio on page 383
Signal Quality Area (AF Path)
The signal quality limits for the AF path are configurable via the following commands.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDistortion on page 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDNoise on page 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SINad on page 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SNRatio on page 385
Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)
The signal quality limits for the SPDIF path are configurable via the following commands.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDistortion on page 385
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDNoise on page 386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SINad on page 386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SNRatio on page 387
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
160
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
6.1.4.13
AF Spectrum Settings
The AF spectrum settings configure the fast Fourier transformation used to derive the
spectrum results, see chapter 6.1.3.7, "AF Spectrum Subtab", on page 136. These settings are not included in the main configuration dialog box.
To access these settings:
1. Open the results subtab "AF Spectrum".
2. On the diagram toolbar, tap
.
A dialog box opens.
FFT Length..................................................................................................................161
FFT Window................................................................................................................161
FFT Length
Displays the number of samples used for the FFT analysis. The value is fixed (4 k =
4096 samples).
FFT Window
Selects the window function to be applied to the raw data in the time domain. This is
done prior to the fast Fourier transformation, in order to reduce typical errors like spectral leakage and level errors.
The following table assists you in selecting the appropriate window function.
Window Type
Spectral Leakage
Amplitude Accuracy
Frequency Resolution
"Rectangular"
Poor
Poor
Best
"Hamming"
Fair
Fair
Good
"Hann"
Good
Fair
Good
"Blackman-Harris"
Best
Good
Fair
"Flat-Top"
Good
Best
Poor
For single-tone measurements, the window type is selectable. For noise measurements, a rectangular window is used.
Remote command:
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:WINDow on page 387
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
161
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Analyzer
6.1.5 Measurement Points and Filters
The RF and audio signal input paths of the "Analyzer" application contain filters. Most
of them are configurable.
In order to understand which filter settings affect a specific measurement result, you
must know at which position in the signal path the result is measured. The following
figures provide this information for the RF input path, the AF input path and the SPDIF
input path.
Fig. 6-24: RF input path
For the demodulation results, you can select the measurement point as shown in the
previous figure: directly after the demodulator, or after the variable bandpass. Exception: For FM stereo signals, the demodulation results are always measured directly
after the demodulator.
Fig. 6-25: AF input path
Fig. 6-26: SPDIF input path
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
162
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
EPS Measurement
For all three input paths, there are two channels (demodulator left and right, AF1 IN
and AF2 IN, SPDIF IN left and right). The filters for the individual paths and channels
can be configured independently. So there are in total six sets of filter settings.
The two demodulator channels are only relevant for FM stereo. For all other modulation types, only one demodulator channel is used (the left channel).
All filters shown in the figures can be configured independently, even the filters listed in
a single box (highpass, lowpass, ...).
The individual filters can be configured as follows:
●
Bandpass: fixed bandwidth of 500 kHz, centered at the RF analyzer frequency,
cannot be deactivated
●
Highpass: deactivated or with a cutoff frequency of 6 Hz, 50 Hz or 300 Hz
You can use this filter stage to eliminate a possible DC component in the audio signal that may cause measurement inaccuracies.
●
Lowpass: deactivated or with a cutoff frequency of 3 kHz, 4 kHz or 15 kHz
●
Weighting filter:
The human ear is a nonlinear sensor. Its sensitivity depends on the frequency.
Weighting filters take this into account by deemphasizing very low and very high
frequency components to which the human ear is less sensitive.
You can deactivate the weighting filter or select one of the following filter variants:
– A-weighting filter defined in IEC 61672. The A-weighted scale is commonly
used in local ordinances and standards.
–
CCITT weighting filter defined in ITU-T Rec. O.41 (also known as ITU-T P53
filter). This filter is used for international telephone circuits.
–
C-message weighting filter defined in IEEE 743. This filter is used for North
American telephone circuits.
●
Deemphasis filter: deactivated or with a time constant of 50 µs, 75 µs or 750 µs
FM transmitters often use an emphasis filter, decreasing the magnitude of low frequencies and increasing the magnitude of high frequencies. FM receivers use a
deemphasis filter, reversing the effect. You can activate the deemphasis filter for
FM and FM stereo signals.
●
Variable bandpass: deactivated or with a configurable center frequency and bandwidth
●
Distortion filter: notch filter centered at the distortion frequency, configurable bandwidth (constant or relative to the distortion frequency), cannot be deactivated
The distortion filter is used for signal quality measurements. For measurement of
the signal component S, the filter is deactivated. For measurement of the components N and D, the filter is activated (distortion frequency eliminated). For the signal components, see also chapter 6.1.3.6, "AF Results Subtab, Signal Quality",
on page 134.
6.2 EPS Measurement
The external power sensor (EPS) measurement records the power values reported by
an external R&S NRP power sensor and performs a statistical evaluation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
163
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
EPS Measurement
The EPS measurement is supported by the TX, DX and expert scenario.
6.2.1 Test Setup
While the other R&S CMA180 measurement applications use the RF, AF or SPDIF
input path of the instrument, the EPS measurement uses an external NRP power sensor.
Connect your NRP power sensor to the SENSOR connector on the front panel of the
R&S CMA180.
The rest of the test setup depends on the sensor model and on the use case.
If you want for example to measure the output power of a DUT, connect the NRP
power sensor to the TX antenna connector of the DUT.
6.2.2 Performing an EPS Measurement
The following steps are required to perform an EPS measurement, for example to
measure the output power of a DUT.
If you want to use another application in parallel, for example the generator application,
configure and start it too.
1. Prepare the test setup, with the RF power of the DUT switched off.
2. Select a scenario. EPS measurements are supported by the TX, DX and expert
scenario.
3. At the top of the "EPS" tab, tap "Start Zeroing" and wait until the process is complete. See also chapter 6.2.6, "Zeroing", on page 169.
4. Switch on the RF power of the DUT.
5. Configure the measurement, especially the following settings at the top of the
"EPS" tab:
a) Specify the RF signal frequency
b) If there is an attenuator or amplifier between the power sensor and the DUT,
enable "Attenuation State". For "Ext. Attenuation", enter the attenuation or gain
of that component (positive value = attenuation, negative value = gain).
6. Tap
to start the measurement.
The power results are displayed on the "EPS" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
164
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
EPS Measurement
6.2.3 EPS Tab Overview
The "EPS" tab lists the most important measurement settings in the upper part and
presents the measurement results in the lower part.
The toolbar on the right controls the measurement and provides access to all measurement settings.
Fig. 6-27: EPS tab
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"Freq.": see "Frequency" on page 168
●
"Attenuation State", "Ext. Attenuation": see "Attenuation State / Attenuation"
on page 169
●
"Repetition": see "Repetition" on page 168
●
Power results: see chapter 6.2.4, "Measurement Results", on page 166
The remaining elements are described in the following.
Start Zeroing............................................................................................................... 165
RF Stat........................................................................................................................ 166
.......................................................................................................... 166
Buttons
Indicators
.................................................................................................. 166
Button ..................................................................................................................... 166
Start Zeroing
This button starts zeroing of the external power sensor. How to perform zeroing is
described in chapter 6.2.6, "Zeroing", on page 169.
Remote command:
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ZERO on page 414
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
165
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
EPS Measurement
RF Stat.
Progress bar for the measurement. During the first measurement cycle, the bar shows
the number of already measured intervals relative to the configured statistic count. A
filled progress bar indicates that the first measurement cycle is complete and the statistical depth has been reached.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor? on page 416
READ:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor? on page 416
Buttons
These buttons control the measurement.
starts the measurement.
pauses a running measurement,
stops it.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor on page 412
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor on page 412
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor on page 412
Indicators
The current measurement state is indicated to the left of the tab title via a colored icon:
gray
= OFF, yellow
= RUN, green
= RDY.
means that the measurement is running, but there is an error, so that no
A red icon
results can be obtained.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe? on page 412
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe:ALL? on page 413
Button
Opens the main configuration dialog, see chapter 6.2.5, "Measurement Settings",
on page 167
6.2.4 Measurement Results
The measurement results are presented directly on the "EPS" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
166
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
EPS Measurement
Fig. 6-28: EPS measurement results
Power Current
Sensor power in the last measurement interval, measured at the specified frequency.
Note that most power sensors provide a broadband power result.
Average
Average of all "Power Current" values within the last measurement cycle
Maximum / Minimum
Maximum and minimum "Power Current" value since the start of the measurement
Result Query
You can query all results via one of the following commands.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor? on page 416
READ:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor? on page 416
6.2.5 Measurement Settings
The most important settings are configurable directly on the "EPS" tab, see chapter 6.2.3, "EPS Tab Overview", on page 165.
To access other measurement settings, tap the
button. It opens the main configuration dialog box, containing all settings of the EPS measurement.
The following sections describe all tabs of the main configuration dialog box.
●
●
6.2.5.1
Meas Control Tab..................................................................................................167
RF Settings Tab.................................................................................................... 168
Meas Control Tab
The measurement control settings define how the R&S CMA180 acquires the measurement results.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
167
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
EPS Measurement
Fig. 6-29: Measurement control settings
Repetition.................................................................................................................... 168
RF Statistic Count....................................................................................................... 168
Repetition
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
"Continuous"
The measurement is continued until it is explicitly terminated. The
results are periodically updated.
"SingleShot"
The measurement is stopped after one measurement cycle.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:REPetition on page 414
RF Statistic Count
Defines the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle.
One measurement interval comprises one power result requested from the power sensor.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:SCOunt on page 415
6.2.5.2
RF Settings Tab
The "RF Settings" tab configures the RF path between the external power sensor and
the DUT.
Fig. 6-30: RF settings
Frequency................................................................................................................... 168
Resolution................................................................................................................... 169
Attenuation State / Attenuation................................................................................... 169
Frequency
Specifies the input frequency at the power sensor. The value is used for the frequency
response correction of the sensor measurement result.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
168
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
EPS Measurement
Although R&S NRP sensors measure the RF power over a wide bandwidth, the correct
frequency of the RF signal should be entered for maximum accuracy.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:FREQuency on page 415
Resolution
Defines the number of digits of the displayed power results.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:RESolution on page 415
Attenuation State / Attenuation
If the "Attenuation State" is enabled, the power readings delivered by the external
power sensor are corrected by the specified "Attenuation" value.
Enable the "Attenuation State" if there is an attenuator or amplifier between the power
sensor and the DUT. For "Attenuation", enter the attenuation or gain of that component
(positive value = attenuation, negative value = gain).
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation:STATe on page 416
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation on page 416
6.2.6 Zeroing
Zeroing calibrates the external power sensor by adjusting its reading at zero signal
power.
To perform zeroing:
1. Prepare your test setup.
2. Ensure that the RF power of the DUT is switched off and the power sensor is connected to the DUT.
In this way you maintain the thermal equilibrium and zeroing compensates also for
the noise superimposed on the measured signal (for example from a broadband
amplifier).
3. At the top of the "EPS" tab, tap "Start Zeroing".
R&S power sensors automatically detect the presence of any significant input power.
This aborts zeroing and generates an error message.
Zeroing can take a few seconds, depending on the sensor model. Refer to the documentation of your external power sensor for more information.
Repeat zeroing:
●
During warm-up after switching on or connecting the instrument
●
After a substantial change of the ambient temperature
●
After fastening the power sensor module to an RF connector at high temperature
●
After several hours of operation
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
169
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
●
If you want to measure very low power signals, less than 10 dB above the lower
measurement limit
A reset of the R&S CMA180 does not affect the last zeroing result.
6.3 ACP Measurement
The adjacent channel power (ACP) measurement determines the power in channels
adjacent to the designated radio channel. Thus you can check how much energy spills
outside of the designated radio channel into neighbor channels.
The measurement determines:
●
The absolute power in the designated channel
●
The absolute and relative power in four neighbor channels around the designated
channel
●
The occupied bandwidth
The ACP measurement is included in the TX and expert scenario.
6.3.1 Test Setup
Feed the RF signal to be measured to the RF COM connector of the instrument. For
low power levels, you can alternatively use the RF IN connector.
This is the only DUT connection required for ACP measurements. Optionally, you can
establish additional connections, for example to route an audio signal to the DUT.
For a typical test setup, see chapter 4.1, "TX Scenario", on page 66.
6.3.2 Performing an ACP Measurement
The following steps are required to perform an ACP measurement.
If you want to use another application in parallel, for example the generator application,
configure and start it too.
1. Prepare the test setup, so that the signal to be measured is fed to the RF COM
connector. For very low power levels, use the RF IN connector.
2. Select the expert scenario.
3. On the "ACP" tab, tap
to open the main configuration dialog box.
4. Select the "Meas. Control" tab and configure the following settings:
a) "Channel Space": Enter the distance between center frequencies of adjacent
channels.
b) "Measurement Bandwidth": Typically, the width of a channel is used as measurement bandwidth.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
170
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
5. Select the "RF Settings" tab and configure the following settings:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Select the used RF input connector.
Specify the external attenuation of the RF input path.
Specify the center frequency of the designated channel.
For "Expected Power", enter the highest nominal DUT output power expected
during the measurement.
6. If desired, activate and configure limit checks via the "Limits" tab.
7. Tap
to start the measurement.
The results are displayed on the "ACP" tab.
6.3.3 ACP Tab Overview
The "ACP" tab lists the most important measurement settings in the upper part and
presents the measurement results in the lower part.
The toolbar on the right controls the measurement and provides access to all measurement settings.
Fig. 6-31: ACP tab
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"Freq.": see "Frequency" on page 186
●
"Exp. Power": see "Expected Power" on page 186
●
"Ext. Attenuation": see "External Attenuation (Input)" on page 186
●
"Channel Space": see "Channel Space" on page 176
●
"Repetition": see "Repetition" on page 175
●
Results: see chapter 6.3.4, "Measurement Results", on page 172
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
171
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
The remaining elements are described in the following.
RF Stat........................................................................................................................ 172
Buttons
.......................................................................................................... 172
.................................................................................................. 172
Indicators
Button ..................................................................................................................... 172
Button ..................................................................................................................... 172
RF Stat.
Progress bar for the measurement. During the first measurement cycle, the bar shows
the number of already measured intervals relative to the configured statistic count. A
filled progress bar indicates that the first measurement cycle is complete and the statistical depth has been reached.
Buttons
These buttons control the measurement.
starts the measurement.
pauses a running measurement,
stops it.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP on page 418
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:ACP on page 418
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:ACP on page 418
Indicators
The current measurement state is indicated to the left of the tab title via a colored icon:
gray
= OFF, yellow
= RUN, green
= RDY.
means that the measurement is running, but there is an error, so that no
A red icon
results can be obtained.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:STATe? on page 418
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:STATe:ALL? on page 419
Button
Indicates which RF connector is configured and whether it is active.
For details, see table 3-1.
Button
Opens the main configuration dialog, see chapter 6.3.5, "Measurement Settings",
on page 175
6.3.4 Measurement Results
The measurement results are presented directly on the "ACP" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
172
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
Fig. 6-32: ACP measurement results
The following diagrams and result tables are available.
Bar Graph
The bar graph shows five bars, each indicating the power measured in one channel.
The central bar refers to the designated channel. The bars to the right refer to the first
and second adjacent channel with higher frequency than the carrier. The bars to the
left refer to adjacent channels with lower frequencies.
The bar graph is normalized to the power in the designated channel. So the central bar
is always at 0 dB. The other bars show the adjacent channel power values relative to
the power in the designated channel. These relative power values are called adjacent
channel leakage power ratio (ACLR).
Important settings in this context are the channel spacing and the measurement bandwidth, see chapter 6.3.5.1, "Meas Control Tab", on page 175. The diagram visualizes
these settings. With decreasing bandwidth and increasing spacing, the bar width is
reduced and gaps between the bars are increased.
Via the
settings at the top, you select which set of results is displayed:
● "Current": power measured in the last measurement interval
● "Average": average of the "Current" power values within the last measurement
cycle
● "Max": maximum "Current" power value since the start of the measurement
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent? on page 425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage? on page 425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum? on page 425
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Table
The table contains five columns, each indicating the power measured in one channel.
The central column "0" refers to the designated channel. The bars "+1" and "+2" refer
to the first and second adjacent channel with higher frequency than the carrier. The
bars "-1" and "-2" refer to adjacent channels with lower frequencies.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
173
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
Table rows:
● "ACLR Current" or "ACLR Average" or "ACLR Maximum":
The first row provides the same information as the bar graph. It indicates the chansettings at the
nel powers relative to the power in the designated channel. The
top switch between the sets of statistical results.
● "ACLR StdDev":
The second row displays the standard deviation of the "ACLR Current" power values since the start of the measurement
● "Power Current" or "Power Average" or "Power Maximum":
settings at the
The third row displays the absolute channel powers in dBm. The
top switch between the sets of statistical results.
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent? on page 425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage? on page 425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum? on page 425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation? on page 425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent? on page 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage? on page 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum? on page 426
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Power Min. / Power Max.
Minimum and maximum "Power Current" value for the designated channel, since the
start of the measurement.
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum? on page 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum? on page 426
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
OBW Results
The occupied bandwidth (OBW) is the width of the frequency range around the designated channel center frequency, that contains a certain percentage of the total integrated power of the transmitted spectrum. The percentage is configurable, see "OBW Percentage" on page 177.
settings at the top, you select which set of results is displayed:
Via the
● "OBW Current": OBW measured in the last measurement interval
● "OBW Average": average of the "OBW Current" values within the last measurement cycle
● "OBW Maximum": maximum "OBW Current" value since the start of the measurement
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:CURRent? on page 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:AVERage? on page 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:MAXimum? on page 426
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
174
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
6.3.5 Measurement Settings
The most important settings are configurable directly on the "ACP" tab, see chapter 6.3.3, "ACP Tab Overview", on page 171.
To access other measurement settings, tap the
button. It opens the main configuration dialog box, containing all settings of the ACP measurement. The following sections
describe all tabs of this dialog box and the bar graph settings.
●
●
●
●
6.3.5.1
Meas Control Tab..................................................................................................175
RF Settings Tab.................................................................................................... 177
Limits Tab..............................................................................................................178
Bar Graph Configuration....................................................................................... 178
Meas Control Tab
The measurement control settings define how the R&S CMA180 acquires the measurement results.
Fig. 6-33: Measurement control settings
Repetition.................................................................................................................... 175
RF Statistic Count....................................................................................................... 176
Measure on Exception................................................................................................ 176
ACP Length.................................................................................................................176
Channel Space............................................................................................................176
Offset...........................................................................................................................176
Measurement Bandwidth............................................................................................ 177
OBW Percentage........................................................................................................ 177
Start Measurements Autom........................................................................................ 177
Repetition
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
"Continuous"
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
The measurement is continued until it is explicitly terminated. The
results are periodically updated.
175
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
"SingleShot"
The measurement is stopped after one measurement cycle.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:REPetition on page 420
RF Statistic Count
Defines the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle.
One measurement interval delivers one set of "Current" results.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:SCOunt on page 421
Measure on Exception
Specifies whether measurement results that the R&S CMA180 identifies as faulty or
inaccurate are rejected. A faulty result occurs for example when an overload is detected. In remote control, the error cause is indicated by the "reliability indicator".
"OFF"
Faulty results are rejected and the measurement is continued. Use
this mode to ensure that a single faulty result does not affect the
entire measurement.
"ON"
Results are never rejected. Use this mode for development purposes,
if you want to analyze the reason for occasional wrong transmissions.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MOEXception on page 421
ACP Length
The ACP measurement uses a fast Fourier transform (FFT) to obtain power versus frequency results. The "ACP Length" displays the number of samples used for the FFT
(16 k = 16384 samples).
Channel Space
Defines the channel spacing, that is the center frequency difference of two adjacent
channels.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:CSPace on page 421
Offset
The offset moves the designated channel center frequency relative to the RF carrier
center frequency, defined in the RF settings.
"None"
The designated channel center frequency equals the RF carrier center frequency.
This value is appropriate for example for FM, PM and AM.
"USB"
The designated channel is moved up (higher frequency) by half of the
configured channel spacing.
This value is appropriate for USB modulation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
176
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
"LSB"
The designated channel is moved down (lower frequency) by half of
the configured channel spacing.
This value is appropriate for LSB modulation.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OFFSet on page 421
Measurement Bandwidth
Defines the width of the measurement filter used to measure the channel power. It cannot be greater than the channel spacing.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MBWidth on page 422
OBW Percentage
Defines the power percentage to be used for calculation of the OBW results.
The configured percentage of the total integrated power is contained in the occupied
bandwidth. A lower percentage results in a smaller OBW result value.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:PERCentage on page 422
Start Measurements Autom.
Enables the automatic start of the measurement whenever you select the measurebutton.
ment tab. Thus you do not need to tap the
Disable the setting if you want to move between measurement tabs without starting a
measurement, for example to check already measured results.
The setting is only relevant for manual control and has no effect for remote control.
6.3.5.2
RF Settings Tab
The "RF Settings" configure the RF input path of the measurement.
These settings are identical for most measurements, for example for "ACP" and
"Power" measurements. Configuring the settings for one measurement configures
them also for the other measurements.
Fig. 6-34: RF settings
For a description of the parameters, see chapter 6.4.5.2, "RF Settings Tab",
on page 185.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
177
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
ACP Measurement
6.3.5.3
Limits Tab
The tab configures limits for the measurement results.
Fig. 6-35: Limits settings
Power Area
You can configure upper ACLR limits for the adjacent channels and absolute power
limits for the designated channel.
The checkboxes enable or disable the limit check per channel.
The adjacent channel limits are symmetrical. Limits for channel -n and +n have the
same limit value and the limit check is enabled or disabled for both channels.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ENABle on page 423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ACLR on page 423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:POWer on page 423
OBW Area
"OBW Enable" activates the upper OBW limit check, using the value "OBW Upper".
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW:ENABle on page 424
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW on page 424
6.3.5.4
Bar Graph Configuration
The measurement result bar graph provides a toolbar including the button
ton opens a configuration dialog box related to the result diagram.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
. This but-
178
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
For a description of the settings, see chapter 6.3.5.1, "Meas Control Tab",
on page 175.
6.4 Power Measurement
The "Power" measurement determines the RF signal power and performs a statistical
evaluation. It provides the functionality of a power meter on an arbitrary RF signal.
The application is included in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
6.4.1 Test Setup
Feed the RF signal to be measured to the RF COM connector of the instrument. For
low power levels, you can alternatively use the RF IN connector.
This is the only DUT connection required for "Power" measurements. Optionally, you
can establish additional connections, for example to route an audio signal to the DUT.
For examples of typical test setups, see chapter 4.1, "TX Scenario", on page 66 and
chapter 4.3, "DX Scenario", on page 69.
6.4.2 Performing a Power Measurement
The following steps are required to perform a power measurement, for example to
measure the output power of a DUT.
If you want to use another application in parallel, for example the generator application,
configure and start it too.
1. Prepare the test setup, so that the signal to be measured is fed to the RF COM
connector. For very low power levels, use the RF IN connector.
2. Select a scenario. Power measurements are supported by the TX, DX and expert
scenario.
3. On the "Power" tab, tap
to open the main configuration dialog box.
4. Select the "RF Settings" tab and configure the following settings:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Select the used RF input connector.
Specify the external attenuation of the RF input path.
Specify the analyzer frequency.
For "Expected Power", enter the highest nominal DUT output power expected
during the measurement.
5. Configure additional settings according to the signal properties, for example:
a) For signals with very fast and strong power fluctuations, adapt the trigger settings "Trigger Source", "Trigger Threshold" and "Trigger Mode".
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
179
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
b) For signals with regular power steps, adapt the measurement control settings
"Measurement Length" and "Step Length".
For AM signals with low audio frequency, ensure that the measurement length
comprises several audio signal periods. A too short measurement length causes instable power results.
c) If desired, modify the filter settings.
6. Tap
to start the measurement.
The power results are displayed on the "Power" tab.
6.4.3 Power Tab Overview
The "Power" tab lists the most important measurement settings in the upper part and
presents the measurement results in the lower part.
The toolbar on the right controls the measurement and provides access to all measurement settings.
Fig. 6-36: Power tab
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"Freq.": see "Frequency" on page 186
●
"Exp. Power": see "Expected Power" on page 186
●
"Ext. Attenuation": see "External Attenuation (Input)" on page 186
●
"Repetition": see "Repetition" on page 184
●
Results: see chapter 6.4.4, "Measurement Results", on page 182
The remaining elements are described in the following.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
180
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
RF Stat........................................................................................................................ 181
Buttons
.......................................................................................................... 181
Indicators
.................................................................................................. 181
Button ..................................................................................................................... 181
Button ..................................................................................................................... 181
Button ..................................................................................................................... 181
Button ..................................................................................................................... 182
RF Stat.
Progress bar for the measurement. During the first measurement cycle, the bar shows
the number of already measured intervals relative to the configured statistic count. A
filled progress bar indicates that the first measurement cycle is complete and the statistical depth has been reached.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:ESTatistics? on page 436
Buttons
These buttons control the measurement.
starts the measurement.
pauses a running measurement,
stops it.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer on page 427
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:POWer on page 427
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:POWer on page 428
Indicators
The current measurement state is indicated to the left of the tab title via a colored icon:
gray
= OFF, yellow
= RUN, green
= RDY.
means that the measurement is running, but there is an error, so that no
A red icon
results can be obtained.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe? on page 428
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe:ALL? on page 428
Button
Quick access to the filter settings, see chapter 6.4.5.4, "Filter Tab", on page 189
Button
Quick access to the trigger settings, see chapter 6.4.5.3, "Trigger Tab", on page 186
Button
Indicates which RF connector is configured and whether it is active.
For details, see table 3-1.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
181
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
Button
Opens the main configuration dialog, see chapter 6.4.5, "Measurement Settings",
on page 183
6.4.4 Measurement Results
The measurement results are presented directly on the "Power" tab.
Fig. 6-37: Power measurement results
Power Current RMS
RMS value of all samples in the last measurement interval
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent? on page 436
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Power Current Min. / Power Current Max.
Minimum value and maximum value of all samples in the last measurement interval
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent? on page 437
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent? on page 437
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Power Average RMS
Average of all "Power Current RMS" values within the last measurement cycle
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage? on page 437
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
182
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
Power Minimum / Power Maximum
Minimum and maximum of all "Power Current RMS" values since the start of the measurement
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum? on page 438
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum? on page 438
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation of all "Power Current RMS" values since the start of the measurement
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation? on page 438
Plus corresponding FETCh and CALCulate commands.
6.4.5 Measurement Settings
The most important settings are configurable directly on the "Power" tab, see chapter 6.4.3, "Power Tab Overview", on page 180.
button. It opens the main configuraTo access other measurement settings, tap the
tion dialog box, containing all settings of the "Power" measurement. The following sections describe all tabs of this dialog box.
●
●
●
●
6.4.5.1
Meas Control Tab..................................................................................................183
RF Settings Tab.................................................................................................... 185
Trigger Tab............................................................................................................186
Filter Tab............................................................................................................... 189
Meas Control Tab
The measurement control settings define how the R&S CMA180 acquires the measurement results.
Fig. 6-38: Measurement control settings
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
183
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
Repetition.................................................................................................................... 184
RF Statistic Count....................................................................................................... 184
Measurement Length.................................................................................................. 184
Step Length.................................................................................................................185
Start Measurements Autom........................................................................................ 185
Repetition
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
"Continuous"
The measurement is continued until it is explicitly terminated. The
results are periodically updated.
"SingleShot"
The measurement is stopped after one measurement cycle.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:REPetition on page 430
RF Statistic Count
Defines the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle.
One measurement interval delivers one "Power Current" result.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SCOunt on page 430
Measurement Length
Sets the time interval used to calculate a "Power Current" result (RMS, Min and Max).
The measurement data is acquired continuously, however, data outside of the measurement length is discarded.
The first evaluation interval starts immediately after the trigger event plus a possible
trigger offset (for triggered measurements) or after the measurement is started ("Free
Run" measurement).
To avoid the transients caused by the power steps of your input signal, configure a
measurement length smaller than the actual width of the power steps.
For AM signals with low audio frequency, ensure that the measurement length comprises several audio signal periods. A too short measurement length causes instable
power results.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MLENgth on page 430
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
184
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
Step Length
Sets the time between the beginning of two consecutive measurement intervals. See
also previous figure.
Configure the step length precisely in accordance with the properties of the input signal, especially if you measure many steps without a new trigger event. Inaccurate settings result in a drift of the evaluation intervals relative to the power steps, so that
eventually the power is measured across a step transient.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLENgth on page 430
Start Measurements Autom.
Enables the automatic start of the measurement whenever you select the measurebutton.
ment tab. Thus you do not need to tap the
Disable the setting if you want to move between measurement tabs without starting a
measurement, for example to check already measured results.
The setting is only relevant for manual control and has no effect for remote control.
6.4.5.2
RF Settings Tab
The "RF Settings" configure the RF input path of the measurement.
These settings are identical for most measurements, for example for "Power" and "FFT
Spectrum" measurements. Configuring the settings for one measurement configures
them also for the other measurements.
Fig. 6-39: RF settings
Connector....................................................................................................................185
External Attenuation (Input)........................................................................................ 186
Frequency................................................................................................................... 186
Expected Power.......................................................................................................... 186
RF Coupling................................................................................................................ 186
Connector
Selects the input connector for the measured RF signal.
The RF COM connector is suitable for most signals. Use the RF IN connector only for
low signal powers.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
185
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
Ensure that the maximum input levels of the RF connectors are not exceeded. Consider both the maximum input levels printed on the front panel and the ranges stated in
the data sheet.
The maximum RF COM input level printed on the front panel applies only with active
internal attenuator. If you disable the attenuator, a much lower limit applies, refer to the
data sheet.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector on page 431
External Attenuation (Input)
Specifies the external attenuation in the input path. Negative values specify a gain.
The power results of the R&S CMA180 are corrected by the external attenuation value.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation on page 431
Frequency
Sets the center frequency of the RF analyzer. Configure this parameter according to
the frequency of the measured RF signal.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency on page 431
Expected Power
Configures the RF analyzer in accordance with the expected power of the measured
RF signal.
Enter the highest nominal DUT output power expected during the measurement.
Note: The actual input power at the R&S CMA180 must be within the level range
specified in the data sheet.
If all settings are configured correctly, the peak input power equals the "Expected
Power" minus the "External Attenuation (Input)".
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower on page 431
RF Coupling
"RF Coupling" couples the "Frequency" setting of the measurement to the corresponding generator setting.
With enabled coupling, modifying the setting in the generator modifies also the setting
in the measurement and vice versa.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling on page 432
6.4.5.3
Trigger Tab
The "Trigger" tab configures the trigger system for the "Power" measurement.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
186
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
Fig. 6-40: Trigger settings
Trigger Source............................................................................................................ 187
Trigger Slope...............................................................................................................187
Trigger Threshold........................................................................................................187
Trigger Offset.............................................................................................................. 188
Trigger Timeout...........................................................................................................188
Trigger Gap................................................................................................................. 188
Trigger Mode...............................................................................................................189
Trigger Source
Selects the source of the trigger event.
"Free Run"
The measurement starts immediately after it is initiated. No trigger
signal is required. The remaining trigger settings are not relevant for
"Free Run" measurements.
"IF Power"
The measurement is triggered by the measured power steps.
The trigger event is generated after down-conversion of the measured RF signal to the IF band.
"Base1: External Trig In"
External trigger signal received at connector TRIG IN on the rear
panel of the instrument
"AFRF
Gen1: ..."
Trigger signals for synchronization to a waveform file processed by
the ARB generator
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CATalog:SOURce? on page 432
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SOURce on page 432
Trigger Slope
Selects whether the trigger event is generated at the rising edge or at the falling edge
of the trigger pulse.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLOPe on page 433
Trigger Threshold
Defines the input signal power required to generate a trigger event for trigger source
"IF Power".
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
187
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
The trigger threshold is a dB value, relative to the expected power minus the external
attenuation.
A low threshold may be required to ensure that the R&S CMA180 can always detect
the input signal. A higher threshold can prevent unintended trigger events.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:THReshold on page 433
Trigger Offset
Defines the start of the measurement relative to the corresponding trigger event.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:OFFSet on page 433
Trigger Timeout
Specifies the time after which an initiated measurement must have received a trigger
event.
If no trigger event is received, a trigger timeout is indicated in manual operation mode.
In remote control mode the measurement is stopped automatically.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT on page 434
Trigger Gap
Defines the minimum duration of the power-down periods (gaps) between two triggered power pulses. This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
The trigger system is controlled by means of a timer which is reset to zero in the following instances:
● At the beginning of the measurement.
● Whenever the IF signal power falls below the trigger threshold.
The trigger system is re-armed as soon as the timer has reached the specified trigger
gap.
The following figure applies to triggering at the rising edge.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
188
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Power Measurement
The trigger gap can be used to prevent unwanted trigger events due to fast power variations.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MGAP on page 434
Trigger Mode
Selects the trigger mode for the measurement.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
"Trigger Once"
Only the start of the measurement is triggered. The trigger is rearmed only if the measurement is stopped and re-started.
This mode is recommended for signals containing power steps with
precise uniform step length.
"Retrigger
Sweep"
A trigger event is required to start each measurement cycle. For single shot measurements, this mode has the same effect as "Trigger
Once". For continuous measurements, there is a re-synchronization
at the beginning of each measurement cycle.
This mode is recommended for signals where all steps within one
measurement cycle have the same step length, but there is a time
gap between the measurement cycles. Furthermore, this mode is recommended for very high statistic counts where re-triggering can compensate for a possible time drift of the DUT.
"Retrigger All"
A trigger event is required to start each measurement interval.
This mode is recommended for power steps with unknown or irregular timing.
"Retrigger Preselect"
For future use
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MODE on page 434
6.4.5.4
Filter Tab
The "Filter" settings configure the measurement filter (IF filter).
Fig. 6-41: Filter settings
Filter Type................................................................................................................... 190
Gauss Filter Bandwidth............................................................................................... 190
Bandpass Filter Bandwidth......................................................................................... 190
Frequency................................................................................................................... 190
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
189
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Filter Type
Selects the type of the measurement filter. The following types are supported:
●
●
Gaussian filter with configurable bandwidth
Bandpass filter with configurable bandwidth
The bandpass filter is a root-raised cosine (RRC) filter with a roll-off of 0.1. This
ensures steep filter edges with a wide, flat passband (90 % of the filter bandwidth).
Compared to the Gaussian filter, the bandpass filter requires longer settling times
and therefore increases the measurement duration.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:TYPE on page 435
Gauss Filter Bandwidth
Selects the 3-dB bandwidth of the Gaussian filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:GAUSs:BWIDth on page 435
Bandpass Filter Bandwidth
Selects the 3-dB bandwidth of the bandpass filter.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:BANDpass:BWIDth on page 435
Frequency
Displays the center frequency of the filter. The value is set via the RF settings.
6.5 FFT Spectrum Analyzer
The FFT spectrum analyzer measures an RF signal at constant frequency and calculates the fast Fourier transform (FFT) in order to obtain a frequency-domain representation. The application provides the signal power in a frequency span up to 20 MHz
around the analyzer center frequency.
The application is included in the TX, DX and expert scenario.
6.5.1 Test Setup
Feed the RF signal to be measured to the RF COM connector of the instrument. For
low power levels, you can alternatively use the RF IN connector.
This is the only DUT connection required for the FFT spectrum analyzer. Optionally
you can establish additional connections, for example to route an audio signal to the
DUT.
For examples of typical test setups, see chapter 4.1, "TX Scenario", on page 66 and
chapter 4.3, "DX Scenario", on page 69.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
190
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
6.5.2 Performing an FFT Spectrum Analysis
The following steps are required to perform an FFT spectrum analysis.
If you want to use another application in parallel, for example the generator application,
configure and start it too.
1. Prepare the test setup, so that the signal to be measured is fed to the RF COM
connector. For very low power levels, use the RF IN connector.
2. Select a scenario. FFT spectrum measurements are supported by the TX, DX and
expert scenario.
3. On the "FFT Spectrum" tab, tap
to open the main configuration dialog box.
4. Select the "RF Settings" tab and configure the following settings:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Select the used RF input connector.
Specify the external attenuation of the RF input path.
Specify the analyzer frequency.
For "Expected Power" enter the highest nominal DUT output power expected
during the measurement.
5. Tap
to start the FFT spectrum analyzer.
The results are displayed on the "FFT Spectrum" tab.
6.5.3 FFT Spectrum Tab Overview
The "FFT Spectrum" tab lists the most important measurement settings in the upper
part and presents the measurement results in the lower part.
The toolbar on the right controls the measurement and provides access to all measurement settings.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
191
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-42: FFT Spectrum tab
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"Freq.": see "Frequency" on page 186
●
"Exp. Power": see "Expected Power" on page 186
●
"Ext. Attenuation": see "External Attenuation (Input)" on page 186
●
"Span": see "Frequency Span" on page 197
●
"Repetition": see "Repetition" on page 196
●
Result diagrams and table: see chapter 6.5.4, "Measurement Results",
on page 193
The remaining elements are described in the following.
RF Stat........................................................................................................................ 192
.......................................................................................................... 192
Buttons
.................................................................................................. 193
Indicators
Button ..................................................................................................................... 193
Button ..................................................................................................................... 193
Button ..................................................................................................................... 193
RF Stat.
Progress bar for the measurement. During the first measurement cycle, the bar shows
the number of already measured intervals relative to the configured statistic count. A
filled progress bar indicates that the first measurement cycle is complete and the statistical depth has been reached.
Buttons
These buttons control the measurement.
starts the measurement.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
pauses a running measurement,
stops it.
192
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer on page 440
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer on page 440
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer on page 441
Indicators
The current measurement state is indicated to the left of the tab title via a colored icon:
gray
= OFF, yellow
= RUN, green
= RDY.
A red icon
means that the measurement is running, but there is an error, so that no
results can be obtained.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe? on page 441
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe:ALL? on page 441
Button
Quick access to the trigger settings, see chapter 6.5.5.3, "Trigger Tab", on page 198
Button
Indicates which RF connector is configured and whether it is active.
For details, see table 3-1.
Button
Opens the main configuration dialog, see chapter 6.5.5, "Measurement Settings",
on page 195
6.5.4 Measurement Results
The measurement results are presented directly on the "FFT Spectrum" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
193
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-43: FFT spectrum results
The following diagrams and result tables are available.
Spectrum Diagram
The diagram at the top shows the power of the measured RF signal in a configurable
frequency range ("Frequency Span"). The 0 Hz value in the center of the diagram corresponds to the configured center frequency of the RF analyzer.
settings, you can display or hide the current, average, maximum and miniVia the
mum traces.
● "Current": power measured in the last measurement interval
● "Average": average of the "Current" power values within the last measurement
cycle
● "Max" / "Min": maximum and minimum "Current" power value since the start of the
measurement
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:CURRent? on page 449
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:AVERage? on page 449
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MINimum? on page 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MAXimum? on page 450
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
Time Domain Diagrams
The I/Q vs. time diagram (middle left) shows the normalized I and Q amplitudes as a
function of time. The I/Q constellation diagram (middle right) shows them as a vector in
the I/Q plane.
Both diagrams are useful for checking the input signal, in particular for measurements
on bursty signals using a power trigger.
The x-axis of the I/Q vs. time diagram is equal to the total time record length (one FFT
window). It depends on the configured FFT length and on the configured frequency
span.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
194
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Via the
settings, you can display or hide the time domain diagrams.
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:I? on page 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:Q? on page 450
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
Peak Search Results
The table at the bottom displays the levels and frequencies of up to five peaks detected in the current and average spectrum traces. You can configure the number of
searched peaks (active table columns) and the frequency range searched for a specific
table column, see chapter 6.5.5.4, "Peak Search Settings", on page 201.
If only one column is assigned to a given frequency range, the highest peak in this
range is reported. If n columns are assigned to the same frequency range (for example
to full span), the n highest peaks are reported in these columns.
In the spectrum diagram, the detected peaks are indicated by markers labeled "P1" to
"P5".
Remote command:
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:CURRent? on page 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:AVERage? on page 450
Plus corresponding FETCh commands.
6.5.5 Measurement Settings
The most important settings are configurable directly on the "FFT Spectrum" tab, see
chapter 6.5.3, "FFT Spectrum Tab Overview", on page 191.
To access other measurement settings, tap the
button. It opens the main configuration dialog box, containing most settings of the FFT spectrum analyzer. The following
sections describe all tabs of this dialog box and the peak search settings.
●
●
●
●
6.5.5.1
Meas Control Tab..................................................................................................195
RF Settings Tab.................................................................................................... 198
Trigger Tab............................................................................................................198
Peak Search Settings............................................................................................201
Meas Control Tab
The measurement control settings define how the R&S CMA180 acquires the measurement results.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
195
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-44: Measurement control settings
Repetition.................................................................................................................... 196
RF Statistic Count....................................................................................................... 196
Measure on Exception................................................................................................ 196
Frequency Span..........................................................................................................197
FFT Length..................................................................................................................197
Detector.......................................................................................................................197
Averaging Mode.......................................................................................................... 197
Start Measurements Autom........................................................................................ 198
Repetition
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
"Continuous"
The measurement is continued until it is explicitly terminated. The
results are periodically updated.
"SingleShot"
The measurement is stopped after one measurement cycle.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:REPetition on page 443
RF Statistic Count
Defines the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle.
One measurement interval comprises the number of samples defined by the "FFT
Length".
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SCOunt on page 443
Measure on Exception
Specifies whether measurement results that the R&S CMA180 identifies as faulty or
inaccurate are rejected. A faulty result occurs for example when an overload is detected. In remote control, the error cause is indicated by the "reliability indicator".
"OFF"
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Faulty results are rejected and the measurement is continued. Use
this mode to ensure that a single faulty result does not affect the
entire measurement.
196
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
"ON"
Results are never rejected. Use this mode for development purposes,
if you want to analyze the reason for occasional wrong transmissions.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MOEXception on page 443
Frequency Span
Defines the frequency range to be measured and thus the x-axis of the spectrum result
diagram.
Modifying the frequency span modifies indirectly the sampling rate, the time record
length and the resolution bandwidth (RBW). The x-axis of the time domain diagram is
adapted according to the time record length.
Reducing the span improves the frequency resolution (smaller RBW).
For background information, see chapter 6.5.6.2, "Frequency Resolution",
on page 203.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FSPan on page 443
FFT Length
Specifies the number of samples used for the FFT analysis. The number of samples is
always an integer power of two. A "1 k" length corresponds to 1024 samples, a "16 k"
length corresponds to 16384 samples.
Modifying the FFT length modifies indirectly the RBW and the time record length. The
x-axis of the time domain diagram is adapted according to the time record length.
Increasing the FFT length improves the frequency resolution (smaller RBW), at the
expense of the measurement speed.
For background information, see chapter 6.5.6.2, "Frequency Resolution",
on page 203.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FFTLength on page 444
Detector
Defines how the spectrum diagram is calculated from the frequency domain samples.
The passband of the receiver filter contains n * 801 samples. The detector combines n
adjacent samples into a single spectrum diagram point. See also chapter 6.5.6.1,
"Measurement Procedure", on page 202.
"Peak"
The sample with the largest power is displayed. This ensures that
narrow peaks will not be smoothed out due to averaging.
"RMS"
The RMS value of the n samples is displayed. Over-estimation of random variations (noise) is avoided.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:DETector on page 444
Averaging Mode
Defines how the average FFT trace is derived from the current trace.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
197
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
"Logarithmic"
Averaging of the displayed current dBm values. In frequency ranges
where the trace shows random variations (noise), logarithmic averaging decreases the displayed signal level.
"Linear"
Averaging of the linear powers. The current dBm values are converted to linear power values (in W) and averaged. The result is converted into a dBm value and displayed. The result is the true average
measured power at any trace point including random effects.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:AMODe on page 444
Start Measurements Autom.
Enables the automatic start of the measurement whenever you select the measurebutton.
ment tab. Thus you do not need to tap the
Disable the setting if you want to move between measurement tabs without starting a
measurement, for example to check already measured results.
The setting is only relevant for manual control and has no effect for remote control.
6.5.5.2
RF Settings Tab
The "RF Settings" configure the RF input path of the measurement.
These settings are identical for most measurements, for example for "FFT Spectrum"
and "Power" measurements. Configuring the settings for one measurement configures
them also for the other measurements.
Fig. 6-45: RF settings
For a description of the parameters, see chapter 6.4.5.2, "RF Settings Tab",
on page 185.
6.5.5.3
Trigger Tab
The "Trigger" settings configure the trigger system for the FFT spectrum analyzer.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
198
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-46: Trigger settings
Trigger Source............................................................................................................ 199
Trigger Slope...............................................................................................................199
Trigger Threshold........................................................................................................200
Trigger Offset.............................................................................................................. 200
Trigger Timeout...........................................................................................................201
Trigger Gap................................................................................................................. 201
Trigger Source
Selects the source of the trigger event.
"Free Run"
The measurement starts immediately after it is initiated. No trigger
signal is required. The remaining trigger settings are not relevant for
"Free Run" measurements.
"IF Power"
The measurement is triggered by the measured power steps.
The trigger event is generated after down-conversion of the measured RF signal to the IF band.
"Base1: External Trig In"
External trigger signal received at connector TRIG IN on the rear
panel of the instrument
"AFRF
Gen1: ..."
Trigger signals for synchronization to a waveform file processed by
the ARB generator
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:CATalog:SOURce? on page 445
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SOURce on page 445
Trigger Slope
Selects whether the trigger event is generated at the rising edge or at the falling edge
of the trigger pulse.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SLOPe on page 446
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
199
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Trigger Threshold
Defines the input signal power required to generate a trigger event for trigger source
"IF Power".
The trigger threshold is a dB value, relative to the expected power minus the external
attenuation.
A low threshold may be required to ensure that the R&S CMA180 can always detect
the input signal. A higher threshold can prevent unintended trigger events.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:THReshold on page 446
Trigger Offset
The trigger offset specifies the center of the FFT window (and thus of the time domain
diagram) relative to the trigger events. The settings are relevant for trigger source "IF
Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Two modes are selectable via "Trigger Offset Mode":
● "Fixed":
The trigger offset is fixed and specified via parameter "Trigger Offset".
● "Variable":
The trigger offset is variable. The first measurement interval uses the specified
"Trigger Offset Start" value. The last measurement interval of the measurement
cycle uses the specified "Trigger Offset Stop" value. With each measurement interval, the offset is increased by the same value.
The following figure provides an example for a bursty signal and an FFT window
length which is much smaller than the burst length. The statistic count equals 5, so
the entire measurement cycle is shown.
Fig. 6-47: Example for variable trigger offset
The purpose of a variable trigger offset is to modify the calculation of average FFT
spectrum analyzer results, excluding repeated data patterns in consecutive measurements.
For a sequence of triggered bursts which carry identical data patterns, the variable
trigger offset can provide uncorrelated average results, corresponding to random
data within the consecutive shifted FFT windows.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OMODe on page 446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OFFSet on page 446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OSSTop on page 447
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
200
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Trigger Timeout
Specifies the time after which an initiated measurement must have received a trigger
event.
If no trigger event is received, a trigger timeout is indicated in manual operation mode.
In remote control mode the measurement is stopped automatically.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT on page 447
Trigger Gap
Defines a minimum duration of the power-down periods (gaps) between two triggered
power pulses. This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
The trigger system is controlled by means of a timer which is reset to zero in the following instances:
● At the beginning of the measurement.
● Whenever the IF signal power falls below the trigger threshold.
The trigger system is re-armed as soon as the timer has reached the specified trigger
gap.
The following figure applies to triggering at the rising edge.
The trigger gap can be used to prevent unwanted trigger events due to fast power variations.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MGAP on page 447
6.5.5.4
Peak Search Settings
To access the peak search settings, display the marker settings
and tap
.
You can define and activate up to five peak search entries for the spectrum trace.
Specify different not overlapping frequency ranges to detect the highest peak in each
range. Or specify the same frequency range for n entries to detect the n highest peaks
in that range.
The peak search is particularly suited for exact frequency measurements of narrowband (CW) signals in the spectrum.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
201
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Number of active Markers
Specifies the number of active peak search entries n.
The entries [1] to [n] are used. The remaining entries are ignored.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch:NOAMarkers on page 448
Use Fullspan / Frequency Range
If the fullspan checkbox of a peak search entry is enabled, the entire frequency span is
searched.
If the fullspan checkbox is disabled, the specified frequency range is searched.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch on page 448
6.5.6 Background Information
The following sections provide background information related to complex measurement settings. The corresponding parameter descriptions provide links to these sections.
6.5.6.1
Measurement Procedure
The FFT spectrum analyzer records LFFT equidistant samples in an FFT window with a
time record length T. A time-domain window of Gaussian shape and α = 3.8 is applied
to the raw data in order to reduce typical errors like spectral leakage and level errors.
The windowed data set is transformed to the frequency domain, resulting in a spectrum
covering the frequency span S * 1.28. A receiver filter reduces the calculated spectrum
to the useful central part, covering the frequency span S. In a last step, the frequency
samples in the useful part are reduced to a fixed number of 801 diagram points using a
peak or RMS detector.
The measurement procedure is illustrated in the following figure.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
202
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
FFT Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-48: FFT calculation
Note that you can configure the following parameters:
●
S: frequency span for which results are provided
●
LFFT: number of raw samples (FFT length)
●
Detector type: RMS or peak
The sampling rate 1/Δt and the time record length T are calculated from the configured
S and LFFT.
If the peak detector is selected, the number of frequency samples is multiplied by four
(upsampled) before applying the detector. This reduces the level errors introduced by
the Fourier transform to values smaller than 0.05 dB.
6.5.6.2
Frequency Resolution
The frequency resolution of the measurement is controlled indirectly via two settings:
●
The frequency span S defining the useful bandwidth.
●
The FFT length LFFT defining the number of raw samples.
The frequency resolution is commonly expressed in terms of the resolution bandwidth
(RBW). The smaller the RBW, the finer the frequency resolution. For the Gaussian window involved in the measurement procedure, the following relation holds:
RBW = 2 * 1.28 * S / LFFT
This results in the following table for the supported frequency spans and FFT lengths.
Table 6-1: RBW depending on S and LFFT
S
LFFT = 1024
(1k)
2048 (2k)
4096 (4k)
8192 (8k)
16384 (16k)
20 MHz
50000 Hz
25000 Hz
12500 Hz
6250 Hz
3125 Hz
10 MHz
25000 Hz
12500 Hz
6250 Hz
3125 Hz
1563 Hz
5 MHz
12500 Hz
6250 Hz
3125 Hz
1563 Hz
781 Hz
2.5 MHz
6250 Hz
3125 Hz
1563 Hz
781 Hz
391 Hz
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
203
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
S
LFFT = 1024
(1k)
2048 (2k)
4096 (4k)
8192 (8k)
16384 (16k)
1.25 MHz
3125 Hz
1563 Hz
781 Hz
391 Hz
195 Hz
640 kHz
1600 Hz
800 Hz
400 Hz
200 Hz
100 Hz
320 kHz
800 Hz
400 Hz
200 Hz
100 Hz
50 Hz
160 kHz
400 Hz
200 Hz
100 Hz
50 Hz
25 Hz
80 kHz
200 Hz
100 Hz
50 Hz
25 Hz
13 Hz
40 kHz
100 Hz
50 Hz
25 Hz
13 Hz
6 Hz
20 kHz
50 Hz
25 Hz
13 Hz
6 Hz
3 Hz
10 kHz
25 Hz
13 Hz
6 Hz
3 Hz
2 Hz
6.6 Spectrum Analyzer
The "Spectrum Analyzer" application offers two measurement modes:
●
In "Frequency Sweep" mode, the frequency spectrum of an RF signal is measured.
The covered frequency span is configurable. The resolution filter is a Gaussian filter with configurable bandwidth.
A suitable resolution filter bandwidth, video filter bandwidth and sweep time can be
set automatically depending on the frequency span.
For frequency response measurements, you can use the generator application as
tracking generator.
●
In "Zero Span" mode, the spectrum analyzer remains tuned to a configurable frequency and the RF signal power is presented vs. time. The covered time interval is
configurable.
The resolution filter is either a bandpass filter or a Gaussian filter with configurable
bandwidth. The video filter can be configured automatically.
The "Spectrum Analyzer" application is included in the spectrum scenario. Option R&S
CMA-K120 is required.
6.6.1 Test Setup
Feed the RF signal to be measured to the RF COM connector of the instrument. For
low power levels, you can alternatively use the RF IN connector.
This is the only DUT connection required for "Spectrum Analyzer" measurements.
Optionally, you can establish additional connections, for example to route an audio signal to the DUT. For frequency response measurements, you route an RF signal to the
DUT.
For more details, see:
●
chapter 4.4, "Spectrum Scenario", on page 71
●
chapter 6.6.6, "Frequency Response Measurements", on page 219
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
204
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
6.6.2 Performing a Spectrum Analysis
The following steps are required to perform a spectrum analysis.
If you want to use the generator application in parallel, configure and start it too.
For frequency response measurements with tracking generator, see chapter 6.6.6,
"Frequency Response Measurements", on page 219.
1. Prepare the test setup, so that the signal to be measured is fed to the RF COM
connector. For very low power levels, use the RF IN connector.
2. Select the "Spectrum" scenario.
3. Select the measurement mode:
On the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab, select the subtab "Frequency Sweep" or "Zero
Span".
4. On the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab, tap
to open the main configuration dialog box.
5. Select the "RF Settings" tab and configure the following settings:
a) Select the used RF input connector.
b) Specify the external attenuation of the RF input path.
c) For "Expected Power", enter the highest nominal DUT output power expected
during the measurement.
6. If you want to use the "Frequency Sweep" mode, configure the frequency range to
be analyzed:
On the "Analyzer Settings" tab, specify either the center frequency and the span, or
the start and stop frequency.
The remaining frequency sweep-specific settings are by default set automatically
as follows. You can modify them if desired.
●
●
●
Resolution bandwidth (RBW), determines the measurement granularity:
Auto RBW = Span/50 (rounded up to next allowed value)
Video bandwidth (VBW), determines the display smoothing:
Auto VBW = 3 x RBW (rounded up to next allowed value)
Sweep time, determines the measurement duration for a single sweep:
Auto Sweep Time = minimum possible time to obtain precise results
7. If you want to use the "Zero Span" mode, configure the following settings:
a) On the "Analyzer Settings" tab, configure the center frequency.
The other frequency settings are irrelevant for "Zero Span" measurements.
b) Configure the resolution filter: RBW filter type and bandwidth.
c) Configure the video filter bandwidth (VBW).
d) Configure the duration of the measurement ("Sweep Time").
8. Tap
to start the spectrum analyzer.
The results are displayed on the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
205
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
6.6.3 Spectrum Analyzer Tab Overview
The "Spectrum Analyzer" tab lists the most important measurement settings in the
upper part and presents the measurement results in the lower part.
Depending on the selected subtab, the measurement is in "Frequency Sweep" mode
or in "Zero Span" mode.
The toolbar on the right controls the measurement and provides access to all measurement settings.
Fig. 6-49: Spectrum analyzer tab
The individual elements of the tab are described in the following sections:
●
"Freq.": see "Frequency" on page 186
●
"Exp. Power": see "Expected Power" on page 186
●
"Span": see "Frequency Settings" on page 212
●
"Sweep T.": see "Sweep Time" on page 214
●
"Repetition": see "Repetition" on page 210
●
Results: see chapter 6.6.4, "Measurement Results", on page 208
The remaining elements are described in the following.
RF Stat........................................................................................................................ 207
.......................................................................................................... 207
Buttons
Indicators
.................................................................................................. 207
Button ..................................................................................................................... 207
Button ..................................................................................................................... 207
Button ..................................................................................................................... 207
Subtabs....................................................................................................................... 207
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
206
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
RF Stat.
Progress bar for the measurement. During the first measurement cycle, the bar shows
the number of already measured intervals relative to the configured statistic count. A
filled progress bar indicates that the first measurement cycle is complete and the statistical depth has been reached.
Buttons
These buttons control the measurement.
starts the measurement.
pauses a running measurement,
stops it.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum on page 452
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum on page 452
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum on page 453
Indicators
The current measurement state is indicated to the left of the tab title via a colored icon:
gray
= OFF, yellow
= RUN, green
= RDY.
A red icon
means that the measurement is running, but there is an error, so that no
results can be obtained.
For more details, see chapter 3.4.6, "Starting a Generator or a Measurement",
on page 59.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe? on page 453
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe:ALL? on page 453
Button
Quick access to the trigger settings, see chapter 6.6.5.4, "Trigger Tab", on page 214
Button
Indicates which RF connector is configured and whether it is active.
For details, see table 3-1.
Button
Opens the main configuration dialog, see chapter 6.6.5, "Measurement Settings",
on page 210
Subtabs
The active subtab determines the active measurement mode: frequency sweep or zero
span.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN:MODE on page 456
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
207
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
6.6.4 Measurement Results
The measurement results are presented on the subtabs of the "Spectrum Analyzer"
tab.
The "Frequency Sweep" subtab presents the measurement results in "Frequency
Sweep" mode. The result diagram displays the signal power vs. frequency.
The x-axis is scaled according to the configured frequency span. The number of trace
values is fixed, so a smaller span results in a higher resolution.
Fig. 6-50: Frequency sweep results
The "Zero Span" subtab presents the measurement results in "Zero Span" mode. The
result diagram displays the signal power vs. time.
The x-axis is scaled according to the configured sweep time. The number of trace values is fixed, so a smaller sweep time results in a higher resolution.
Fig. 6-51: Zero span results
If the tracking mode is activated, only "Frequency Sweep" mode measurements are
possible and the "Zero Span" subtab is hidden. The activated tracking mode is indicated in the upper right corner of the result diagram.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
208
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
See also chapter 6.6.5.5, "Tracking Generator Tab", on page 216.
Statistical results
settings, you can display or hide the current, average, maximum and miniVia the
mum traces.
●
"Current": power measured in the last measurement interval
●
"Average": average of the "Current" power values within the last measurement
cycle
●
"Max" / "Min": maximum and minimum "Current" power value since the start of the
measurement
Detector selection
Several detector types are available for calculation of the trace values from the raw
measurement samples. For detector selection, see chapter 6.6.5.6, "Result Diagram
Configuration", on page 217.
Remote commands
For result query via remote control commands, see chapter 8.2.11.7, "Measurement
Results", on page 464.
6.6.4.1
Peak Search and Markers
The "Frequency Sweep" mode provides a peak search in addition to the basic marker
and
functionality. To access the peak search settings, display the marker settings
tap .
Search Peak
Moves the reference marker to the highest peak of the trace.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:SPEak? on page 467
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
209
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
Search Next Peak
Moves the marker to the next lower (or equal) peak, relative to the current Y value of
the marker.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:NPEak? on page 467
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MARKer<MarkerNo>:NPEak? on page 468
Markers
The basic marker functionality is the same as for other result diagrams.
The reference marker can also be used via remote command.
Remote command:
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:REFMarker? on page 469
6.6.5 Measurement Settings
The most important settings are configurable directly on the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab,
see chapter 6.6.3, "Spectrum Analyzer Tab Overview", on page 206.
To access other measurement settings, tap the
button. It opens the main configuration dialog box, containing most settings of the spectrum analyzer. The following sections describe all tabs of this dialog box and the diagram settings.
●
●
●
●
●
●
6.6.5.1
Meas Control Tab..................................................................................................210
RF Settings Tab.................................................................................................... 211
Analyzer Settings Tab........................................................................................... 211
Trigger Tab............................................................................................................214
Tracking Generator Tab........................................................................................ 216
Result Diagram Configuration............................................................................... 217
Meas Control Tab
The measurement control settings define the measurement cycle and the repetition
mode of the measurement.
Fig. 6-52: Measurement control settings
Repetition.................................................................................................................... 210
RF Statistic Count....................................................................................................... 211
Start Measurements Autom........................................................................................ 211
Repetition
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
210
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
"Continuous"
The measurement is continued until it is explicitly terminated. The
results are periodically updated.
"SingleShot"
The measurement is stopped after one measurement cycle.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REPetition on page 455
RF Statistic Count
Defines the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle.
One measurement interval corresponds to one complete sweep. It covers the frequency span defined for the "Frequency Sweep" mode or the sweep time defined for
the "Zero Span" mode.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SCOunt on page 455
Start Measurements Autom.
Enables the automatic start of the measurement whenever you select the measurebutton.
ment tab. Thus you do not need to tap the
Disable the setting if you want to move between measurement tabs without starting a
measurement, for example to check already measured results.
The setting is only relevant for manual control and has no effect for remote control.
6.6.5.2
RF Settings Tab
The "RF Settings" configure the RF input path of the measurement.
These settings are identical for most measurements, for example for "Spectrum" and
"Power" measurements. Configuring the settings for one measurement configures
them also for the other measurements.
Fig. 6-53: RF settings
For description of the parameters, see chapter 6.4.5.2, "RF Settings Tab",
on page 185.
6.6.5.3
Analyzer Settings Tab
The settings in this section configure the spectrum analyzer, for example the measured
frequency range and the measurement filters.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
211
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
To select the measurement mode, see chapter 6.6.3, "Spectrum Analyzer Tab Overview", on page 206.
Fig. 6-54: Analyzer settings
Frequency Settings..................................................................................................... 212
Frequency Sweep Area...............................................................................................213
└ RBW..............................................................................................................213
└ VBW..............................................................................................................213
└ Sweep Time.................................................................................................. 213
Zero Span Area...........................................................................................................213
└ RBW..............................................................................................................214
└ VBW..............................................................................................................214
└ Sweep Time.................................................................................................. 214
Frequency Settings
The usage of these settings depends on the measurement mode.
● "Zero Span" mode:
The measurement is performed at the configured center frequency. The other frequency settings are ignored.
● "Frequency Sweep" mode:
The settings define the frequency range to be measured and thus the x-axis of the
result diagram.
Specify either the center frequency and the span, or the start and stop frequency.
Modifying one parameter automatically adjusts also the other parameters.
The "Full Span" button configures the maximum possible frequency range supported by the measurement.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
212
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
The center frequency setting is coupled to the common frequency setting on the "RF
Settings" tab.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer on page 456
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN on page 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt on page 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP on page 457
Frequency Sweep Area
The following settings configure the "Frequency Sweep" mode.
RBW ← Frequency Sweep Area
Selects the bandwidth of the used Gaussian resolution filter.
With automatic RBW selection, the R&S CMA180 sets the bandwidth to 2% of the
span, rounded up to the next possible value (limited by the maximum possible RBW).
A large RBW reduces the spectral resolution. A small RBW increases the required
sweep time.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW on page 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW:AUTO on page 458
VBW ← Frequency Sweep Area
Selects the bandwidth of the video filter applied after the resolution filter to smoothen
the result trace.
With automatic VBW selection, the R&S CMA180 sets VBW = 3 x RBW, rounded up to
the next possible value. For VBW values above 10 MHz, the video filter is switched off.
A too small VBW results in a too low indication of the power. A large VBW reduces the
signal-to-noise ratio.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW on page 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW:AUTO on page 458
Sweep Time ← Frequency Sweep Area
Specifies the total time for one frequency sweep covering the defined frequency range.
With automatic sweep time selection, the R&S CMA180 sets the minimum time allowing to obtain precise results.
The required time depends on the span and on the RBW. With smaller RBW (higher
resolution), a higher sweep time is required.
A measurement with too low sweep time setting returns the reliability indicator "9
(Uncal)".
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT on page 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT:AUTO on page 459
Zero Span Area
The following settings configure the "Zero Span" mode.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
213
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
RBW ← Zero Span Area
Specifies the resolution filter used to measure the IF signal power around the configured center frequency. You can use a bandpass filter with a fixed width of 40 MHz, or a
Gaussian filter with a configurable bandwidth.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:TYPE on page 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:GAUSs on page 459
VBW ← Zero Span Area
Selects the bandwidth of the video filter applied after the resolution filter.
With automatic VBW selection, the R&S CMA180 sets VBW = 3 x RBW, rounded up to
the next possible VBW value. For VBW values above 10 MHz, the video filter is
switched off.
A too small VBW results in a too low indication of the power. A large VBW reduces the
signal-to-noise ratio.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW on page 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW:AUTO on page 460
Sweep Time ← Zero Span Area
Configures the duration of the measurement and thus the x-axis of the result diagram.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:SWT on page 460
6.6.5.4
Trigger Tab
The "Trigger" settings configure the trigger system for the "Zero Span" mode. Measurements in "Frequency Sweep" mode are performed as "Free Run" measurements.
Fig. 6-55: Trigger settings
Trigger Source............................................................................................................ 215
Trigger Slope...............................................................................................................215
Trigger Threshold........................................................................................................215
Trigger Offset.............................................................................................................. 215
Trigger Timeout...........................................................................................................215
Trigger Gap................................................................................................................. 216
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
214
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
Trigger Source
Selects the source of the trigger event.
"Free Run"
The measurement starts immediately after it is initiated. No trigger
signal is required. The remaining trigger settings are not relevant for
"Free Run" measurements.
"Video"
The measurement is triggered by the measured video power steps.
The trigger event is generated after down-conversion of the measured RF signal to the IF band and subsequent video filtering (if any).
"Base1: External Trig In"
External trigger signal received at connector TRIG IN on the rear
panel of the instrument
"AFRF
Gen1: ..."
Trigger signals for synchronization to a waveform file processed by
the ARB generator
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:CATalog:SOURce? on page 460
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SOURce on page 461
Trigger Slope
Selects whether the trigger event is generated at the rising edge or at the falling edge
of the trigger pulse.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "Video".
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SLOPe on page 461
Trigger Threshold
Defines the input signal power required to generate a trigger event for trigger source
"Video".
The trigger threshold is a dB value, relative to the expected power minus the external
attenuation.
A low threshold may be required to ensure that the R&S CMA180 can always detect
the input signal. A higher threshold can prevent unintended trigger events.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:THReshold on page 461
Trigger Offset
Defines the start of the "Zero Span" measurement relative to the corresponding trigger
event.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "Video" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:OFFSet on page 462
Trigger Timeout
Specifies the time after which an initiated measurement must have received a trigger
event.
If no trigger event is received, a trigger timeout is indicated in manual operation mode.
In remote control mode the measurement is stopped automatically.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
215
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
This setting is relevant for trigger source "Video" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT on page 462
Trigger Gap
Defines a minimum duration of the power-down periods (gaps) between two triggered
power pulses. This setting is relevant for trigger source "Video".
The trigger system is controlled by means of a timer which is reset to zero in the following instances:
● At the beginning of the measurement.
● Whenever the IF signal power falls below the trigger threshold.
The trigger system is re-armed as soon as the timer has reached the specified trigger
gap.
The following figure applies to triggering at the rising edge.
The trigger gap can be used to prevent unwanted trigger events due to fast power variations.
Remote command:
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MGAP on page 462
6.6.5.5
Tracking Generator Tab
The "Tracking Generator" tab activates the tracking mode, calibrates the setup and
normalizes the result display.
See also chapter 6.6.6.3, "Calibration and Normalization", on page 222.
Fig. 6-56: Tracking generator settings
Tracking Mode............................................................................................................ 217
Calibrate Button.......................................................................................................... 217
Normalize.................................................................................................................... 217
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
216
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
Tracking Mode
Enable the tracking mode if you want to perform frequency response measurements.
With enabled tracking mode, the generator application acts as tracking generator. The
"Zero Span" mode of the spectrum analyzer is disabled.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:ENABle on page 463
Calibrate Button
Before you tap the button, remove the DUT from your test setup, so that the signal output path is directly connected to the signal input path.
The button starts a calibration. The frequency spectrum is measured and the power
values are stored as calibration results. They can be used for normalization of measurement results, see "Normalize" setting.
During the calibration, the button shows "Cancel Calibrate" and allows you to abort the
calibration procedure.
When the calibration is finished, "Data available" is displayed to the right of the button.
Remote command:
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator on page 463
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:RDAVailable? on page 463
Normalize
Enables the normalization of the measurement results. This is only possible, if valid
calibration results are available.
With enabled normalization, the calibration results are subtracted from the measurement results. Thus the results are displayed relative to the measured calibration data.
The result unit changes from dBm to dB.
If the calibration data becomes invalid, for example because analyzer or generator settings are changed, the normalization is automatically disabled.
The normalization state is indicated in the upper right corner of the result diagram.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:NORMalize on page 464
6.6.5.6
Result Diagram Configuration
The measurement result diagrams provide a toolbar including the button . This button opens a configuration dialog box related to the result diagram. The box contents
depend on the measurement mode.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
217
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-57: "Frequency Sweep" diagram configuration
Fig. 6-58: "Zero Span" diagram configuration
Most settings are also available in the main configuration dialog, see chapter 6.6.5.3,
"Analyzer Settings Tab", on page 211.
The "Detector" and the other additional settings are described in the following.
Detector.......................................................................................................................218
Averaging Mode.......................................................................................................... 219
Center Freq. = Ref. Marker......................................................................................... 219
Exp. Power = Ref. Marker + 3.0 dB............................................................................ 219
Detector
Selects the detector used to calculate the 1001 values of the result traces from the raw
set of samples.
The following figure shows a number of captured samples. From these samples, a single trace value is calculated. The figure illustrates the trace values resulting for the individual detector types. The detector types are also listed below the figure.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
218
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-59: Detector types
"Average"
Average of the sample values
"RMS"
RMS value of the sample values
"Sample"
Value of the first sample
"MinPeak"
Smallest sample power
"MaxPeak"
Largest sample power
"AutoPeak"
"MaxPeak" and "MinPeak", connected by a vertical line
Averaging Mode
Defines how the average trace is derived from the current trace.
"Logarithmic"
Averaging of the displayed current dBm values. In frequency ranges
where the trace shows random variations (noise), logarithmic averaging decreases the displayed signal level.
"Linear"
Averaging of the linear powers. The current dBm values are converted to linear power values (in W) and averaged. The result is converted into a dBm value and displayed. The result is the true average
measured power at any trace point including random effects.
Remote command:
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AMODe on page 455
Center Freq. = Ref. Marker
Sets the center frequency to the frequency at the reference marker position.
Exp. Power = Ref. Marker + 3.0 dB
Sets the expected power to the power at the reference marker position plus 3 dB.
6.6.6 Frequency Response Measurements
This section is about frequency response measurements for DUTs that do not convert
the frequency. A typical example are filters.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
219
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
To measure the frequency response of such a DUT, you best use a spectrum analyzer
combined with a tracking generator. The generator and the analyzer sweep through
the relevant frequency spectrum simultaneously. At each time during the sweep, the
DUT receives a signal with a single frequency, identical to the analyzer frequency. This
ensures that there are no interference effects from other frequencies.
The R&S CMA180 provides a spectrum analyzer measurement and a generator application able to act as tracking generator. Option R&S CMA-K120 is required.
6.6.6.1
Test Setup
The DUT must provide separate signal input and output connectors. If you use low
power levels, you can connect the signal input of the DUT to RF OUT and the signal
output of the DUT to RF IN.
Alternatively, you can use RF COM plus RF IN or RF OUT. Using only RF COM is not
possible.
Fig. 6-60: Frequency response measurement test setup
6.6.6.2
Test Procedure
Perform the following steps for a frequency response measurement.
1. Prepare the test setup.
2. Select the "Spectrum" scenario.
3. On the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab, tap
to open the main configuration dialog box.
4. Select the "RF Settings" tab and configure the following settings:
a) Select the used RF input connector.
b) Specify the external attenuation of the RF input path.
c) For "Expected Power", enter the highest nominal DUT output power expected
during the measurement.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
220
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
5. Select the "Analyzer Settings" tab and configure the frequency range to be analyzed.
Specify either the center frequency and the span, or the start and stop frequency.
6. Select the "Tracking Generator" tab and enable "Tracking Mode".
7. Close the dialog box.
The enabled tracking mode and the normalization state are indicated in the upper
right corner of the result diagram.
8. On the "Generator" tab, configure the following settings:
a) Select the used RF output connector.
b) Specify the power level of the signal to be generated by the tracking generator.
c) Specify the external attenuation of the RF output path.
9. If desired, calibrate your setup as described in chapter 6.6.6.3, "Calibration and
Normalization", on page 222.
For most test purposes, the measurement accuracy without calibration is sufficient.
Calibrate your setup to increase the accuracy.
10. On the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab, tap
tracking generator.
to start the spectrum analyzer and the
The measurement results are displayed on the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
221
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
6.6.6.3
Calibration and Normalization
The tracking generator of the R&S CMA180 provides a signal with fairly constant
power level over the entire frequency range. So for many test purposes, the measurement accuracy is sufficient without calibration.
However, the spectrum analyzer offers a comfortable way to calibrate the test setup
and to normalize the test results. This allows you to maximize the measurement accuracy, if needed.
"Calibration" means that you measure the frequency response of the entire test system
without the DUT and store the results as calibration data. "Normalization" means that
you subtract the calibration data from the measurement results.
The normalized results show only the frequency response of the DUT. If the DUT
would have no effect at all on the test signal, the normalized result diagram would
show a flat 0 dB line. The frequency response of any other test setup components is
eliminated via the normalization.
Proceed as follows to perform a calibration and normalization.
1. Configure the spectrum analyzer and the generator as described in chapter 6.6.6.2, "Test Procedure", on page 220.
2. Replace the DUT by a direct connection of the signal input and output path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
222
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Spectrum Analyzer
Fig. 6-61: DUT removed from test setup
3. On the "Spectrum Analyzer" tab, tap
to open the main configuration dialog box.
4. Select the "Tracking Generator" tab and tap "Calibrate".
The calibration data is measured. When the calibration is finished, "Data available"
is displayed.
5. Enable "Normalize".
6. Re-insert the DUT into the test setup.
The calibration is complete and the normalization is active. You can now start the
measurement.
The enabled normalization is also indicated in the result diagram:
The calibration data is only valid for the test setup used during the calibration procedure. If you modify your test setup, you must repeat the calibration procedure. This
applies for example if you modify the cabling.
Changing analyzer or generator settings can also make a new calibration necessary.
This is checked by the application, whenever you modify a setting. If the calibration
data becomes invalid due to a change, the normalization is automatically disabled and
the setting is grayed-out.
The disabled normalization is also indicated in the result diagram:
The following figures show an example of measured calibration data before and after
normalization. There is no DUT in the signal path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
223
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Background Information
Fig. 6-62: Calibration results, not normalized
Fig. 6-63: Calibration results, normalized
6.7 Background Information
The following sections provide general background information for the measurements.
6.7.1 Statistical Settings
A measurement provides one set of results per measurement interval. Typically, the
measurement is repeated, so several measurement intervals are measured. The result
display is continuously updated and statistical results are calculated from the measured values (for example maximum or average value).
The following settings are relevant in this context.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
224
R&S®CMA180
Measurements
Background Information
Statistic count, repetition and measurement cycle
The statistic count defines the number of measurement intervals that are required to
derive reliable statistical results. Or in other words, the number of results that are
required to reach the statistical depth.
The sum of these measurement intervals is also called measurement cycle.
The repetition specifies whether the measurement stops after one measurement cycle
or continues:
●
"SingleShot": The measurement is stopped after one measurement cycle.
●
"Continuous": The measurement is continued until explicitly terminated by the user.
It can also be terminated due to a configured stop condition (limits exceeded).
6.7.2 Statistical Results
The R&S CMA180 measures most results repeatedly. It displays the current result values and provides a statistical evaluation of already measured result values.
Depending on the result, the following statistic types are calculated:
●
"Current": Current value, measured in the last measurement interval
●
"Average": Average of the "Current" values within the last measurement cycle
●
"Maximum": Maximum of the "Current" values since the start of the measurement
●
"Minimum": Minimum of the "Current" values since the start of the measurement
●
"Extreme": "Minimum" or "Maximum"
●
"Standard Deviation": Standard deviation of the "Current" values within the last
measurement cycle
Single shot measurements cover only one measurement cycle. So "within the last
measurement cycle" and "since the start of the measurement" means the same for single-shot measurements.
Continuous measurements continue after the first measurement cycle is complete.
Here, "within the last measurement cycle" means, within the last <statistic count> number of measurement intervals.
Example: One measurement cycle comprises 50 measurement intervals (statistic
count = 50). When 50 intervals have been measured, an average value refers to interval 1 to 50. When 75 intervals have been measured, an average value refers to interval
26 to 75.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
225
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Setup Dialog
7 General Instrument Settings and Functions
Basic instrument settings concerning the user interface and the general system are
configurable and may need to be adapted to your specific requirements.
This section describes the related dialog boxes.
7.1 Setup Dialog
The setup dialog contains most of the general instrument settings. To open the setup
dialog, press SETUP on the (soft-)front panel.
Fig. 7-1: Setup dialog
The setup dialog contains several tabs and subtabs. For a description of the settings,
refer to the following sections:
●
●
●
"Base" tab:
– "Reference Frequency" area:
chapter 7.7, "Selecting the Reference Frequency Source", on page 233
–
"External Trigger" area:
chapter 7.8, "Configuring the Trigger Connectors", on page 234
–
"High Power Attenuator" area:
chapter 7.5, "Configuring the RF Connectors", on page 230
–
"External AF Impedance Box" area:
chapter 7.9, "Configuring Impedance Matching Unit Settings", on page 235
"System" tab:
– "Display" area:
chapter 7.2, "Global Display Settings", on page 227
–
"User Mode" area:
chapter 9.2.4, "Changing the User Mode", on page 499
–
"Date & Time" area:
chapter 7.3, "Date and Time Settings", on page 228
–
"Sound Settings" area:
chapter 7.4, "Configuring Loudspeaker and Headphones", on page 229
"Control Connector" tab:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
226
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Global Display Settings
chapter 7.6, "Configuring the CONTROL Connector", on page 231
●
"Remote" tab:
– "LAN" subtab:
chapter 7.15.2, "Assigning an IP Address", on page 243
–
"Interfaces" subtab:
chapter 8.1.1.4, "Remote Settings", on page 257
–
"LXI" subtab:
chapter 7.15.4.2, "LXI Setup Dialog", on page 246
●
"License Keys" tab:
chapter 9.5, "Activating/Deactivating SW Options", on page 506
●
"SW-/HW-Equipment" tab:
chapter 9.6, "Checking the Instrument Configuration", on page 510
●
"Maintenance" tab:
– "Selftest" subtab:
chapter 9.2, "Performing a Selftest", on page 496
–
"Adjustment" subtab:
chapter 9.3, "Adjusting the Reference Frequency", on page 500
7.2 Global Display Settings
The setup dialog allows you to change the font size and the color set used by the GUI.
You can also change the display brightness.
To open the setup dialog, press SETUP on the (soft-)front panel. The settings are located on the "System" tab.
Fig. 7-2: Display settings
Display Off
Switches off the instrument display (black screen). Tap the display to reactivate it.
An external or remote monitor hides the display contents by showing a dialog box. To
close the dialog box, click it.
Color Set
Selects the set of colors used by the GUI. Several sets are available.
Display Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of the instrument display according to the selected percentage.
To dim the display, reduce the value.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
227
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Date and Time Settings
The brightness of a connected monitor or of a monitor used in a remote desktop session is not affected.
Language
If you have installed several GUI languages, you can select the language to be used. If
only one language is installed, the setting is grayed out.
The button to the right of the selection activates the default GUI language American
English. If the default language is used, the button is grayed out.
7.3 Date and Time Settings
The setup dialog allows you to change the date and time settings of the operating system.
To open the setup dialog, press SETUP on the (soft-)front panel. The date and time
are displayed on the "System" tab.
Fig. 7-3: Date and time information
Tap "Change" to open a dialog box for modification of the settings.
Fig. 7-4: Date and time settings
Date
Sets the local date of the operating system calendar.
Remote command:
SYSTem:DATE:LOCal on page 309
Time
Sets the local time of the operating system clock.
Remote command:
SYSTem:TIME:LOCal on page 309
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
228
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Configuring Loudspeaker and Headphones
Time Zone
Sets the time zone in the date and time settings of the operating system.
Remote command:
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE:CATalog? on page 310
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE on page 310
Consider Daylight Saving Time
Configures whether the operating system automatically adjusts its clock for daylight
saving time (DST) or not.
If the automatism is enabled, the operating system adjusts its internal clock in autumn
to non-DST and in spring to DST. The rules defining when exactly the clock must be
adjusted by which offset, depend on the configured time zone.
Remote command:
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:MODE on page 310
7.4 Configuring Loudspeaker and Headphones
The instrument is equipped with a loudspeaker and allows you to connect headphones.
This is especially useful to monitor audio signals.
You can for example monitor signals generated by the internal audio generators. Or
you can monitor signals at the audio input connectors. You can also monitor the audio
signal resulting from demodulation of a received RF signal.
To select the audio source to be monitored
1. On the (soft-)front panel, press SETUP to open the setup dialog.
2. Select the "System" tab.
It provides the following sound settings:
3. Select an audio source, enable the channels to be monitored and configure the volume settings.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
229
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Configuring the RF Connectors
To configure volume settings
You can configure the volume of the monitored "CMA Sound" and the volume of the
"System sound" (tones and beeps generated by the operating system).
1. Access the sound settings as described above.
2. Touch and drag the horizontal sliders to change the sound volume of a signal component.
3. To mute a signal component, tap the corresponding loudspeaker icon
changes to . To unmute, tap the icon again.
. The icon
Quick access to volume settings
You can access some volume settings via the global toolbar, without opening the setup
dialog.
1. Mute or unmute the sum signal via the global toolbar buttons
and
.
2. To change the volume of the "CMA Sound" signal, tap the global toolbar button
.
Then touch and drag the displayed horizontal slider.
Remote Control of Sound Settings
Via remote commands, you can select the audio source.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:SOUNd:SOURce on page 292
7.5 Configuring the RF Connectors
This section describes how to re-enable the RF connectors if they have been disabled
by the protection circuit. It also describes how to enable or disable the RF COM high
power attenuator.
7.5.1 RF Protection Circuit
The RF connectors on the front panel support different maximum input levels, stated in
the data sheet. If the allowed input level of one RF connector is exceeded slightly, a
protection circuit disables all RF connectors (RF COM, RF IN and RF OUT).
Risk of instrument damage due to high input power
The protection circuit protects the instrument only if the allowed input level is exceeded
slightly. If the allowed input level is exceeded considerably, the instrument will be damaged. For details refer to the data sheet.
Ensure that the maximum input levels of the RF connectors are not exceeded.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
230
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Configuring the CONTROL Connector
If the protection circuit is activated, a dialog box is shown for information. All RF connectors are disabled and the LEDs of the RF connectors are switched off. The global
toolbar contains the button .
Re-enabling the RF Connectors
If the RF protection circuit has been activated, decrease the input level to an allowed
value.
Then reset the protection circuit via the global toolbar button
.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:CPRotection:RESet on page 289
7.5.2 RF COM High Power Attenuator
A 17 dB attenuator is located behind the RF COM connector. It is enabled by default.
You can disable the attenuator for measurements of signals with low power level.
Risk of instrument damage due to disabled attenuator
With disabled attenuator, the maximum input level of the RF COM connector is much
lower than with enabled attenuator. The allowed ranges are stated in the data sheet.
Ensure that the maximum input level is not exceeded.
Configuring the RF COM High Power Attenuator
You can enable or disable the high power attenuator in the setup dialog (SETUP key >
"Base" tab).
For quick access to this setting, use the global toolbar:
●
attenuator is enabled - tap to disable attenuator
●
attenuator is disabled - tap to enable attenuator
When you disable the attenuator, a confirmation dialog box is displayed. It also states
the maximum input power level allowed with disabled attenuator.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:ATTenuation:ENABle on page 289
7.6 Configuring the CONTROL Connector
The CONTROL connector on the rear panel can be used to control external hardware
via relays or TTL signals. It also allows you to evaluate received TTL signals.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
231
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Configuring the CONTROL Connector
The relays and the TTL registers are configured in the setup dialog (SETUP key >
"Control Connector" tab).
Fig. 7-5: CONTROL connector settings
●
TTL register 1, pin 1 to 4: The register is used for output of 3.3-V TTL signals. For
each pin, you can set a 0 (0 V) or a 1 (3.3 V).
●
TTL register 2, pin 14 to 17: The register can be used for output or input of 3.3-V
TTL signals. The input is 5-V tolerant.
●
Relay 1, pin 8 to 10: The relay connects pin 10 either to pin 9 (relay active) or to
pin 8 (relay inactive).
●
Relay 2, pin 21 to 23: The relay connects pin 23 either to pin 22 (relay active) or to
pin 21 (relay inactive).
During the startup of the instrument, the relays are always in state "inactive". After
completion of the startup, the states of the previous session are restored.
You can use a relay or a TTL output register for example to control the push-to-talk
feature of your DUT.
The CONTROL connector is designed for the control of external hardware. It is not
suitable for tasks that require a sequence of rapid register or relay changes with well
defined timing. The time needed to apply changes varies and is within the range of
some ms.
Relay 1 / Relay 2.........................................................................................................232
TTL 1...........................................................................................................................233
TTL 2...........................................................................................................................233
Update.........................................................................................................................233
Relay 1 / Relay 2
Select "Inactive" or "Active" to switch the relay. The lines connecting two pins indicate
the current position of the switch.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:RELay<Index> on page 289
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
232
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Selecting the Reference Frequency Source
TTL 1
Always used in output direction. For each pin, you can set value 0 (0 V) or value 1 (3.3
V). Tap a value to modify it.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>:DIRection on page 290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index> on page 290
TTL 2
Select the direction to be used: "Out" or "In".
For "Out", you can set a value for each pin (similar to TTL 1).
For "In", the bit values derived from the input signal are displayed. Tap
the input signal and refresh the display.
to evaluate
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>:DIRection on page 290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index> on page 290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL2:UPDate on page 290
Update
Applies changed settings.
Remote command:
No update command required. CONFigure commands trigger also an update.
7.7 Selecting the Reference Frequency Source
You can synchronize the R&S CMA180 to its internal reference frequency, or to an
external 10-MHz reference frequency signal fed to the instrument via the connector
REF IN.
The internal reference frequency is generated by a temperature compensated crystal
oscillator (TCXO) or by an oven controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO). The TCXO is
always installed. An OCXO can be installed additionally (option R&S CMA-B690A/M).
To adjust the TCXO or OCXO, see chapter 9.3, "Adjusting the Reference Frequency",
on page 500.
The REF OUT connector provides the used internal or external reference frequency
signal. Thus other devices can be synchronized to the R&S CMA180.
The reference frequency is configured in the setup dialog (SETUP key > "Base" tab).
Fig. 7-6: Reference frequency settings
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
233
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Configuring the Trigger Connectors
Frequency Source
Selects whether an internal or external reference frequency source is used.
"Internal"
The internal TCXO or OCXO is used as frequency source.
"External"
An external 10-MHz reference frequency signal is used. It must be
fed to the instrument via the connector REF IN.
Remote command:
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:SOURce on page 297
Oscillator
This setting is displayed for "Frequency Source" = "Internal".
It selects the internal oscillator to be used: TCXO or OCXO.
Remote command:
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:INTernal:LIRange on page 298
Lock-in Range
This setting is displayed for "Frequency Source" = "External".
It selects the lock-in range of the phase-locked loop (PLL), used to synchronize to the
reference frequency.
The values "Wide", "Medium" and "Narrow" are available.
Select a smaller lock-in range if you want to filter out more noise and spurious components of the reference signal. The reference signal must have a higher frequency precision than for a larger lock-in range.
Select a larger lock-in range to synchronize to a less precise reference signal. Noise
and spurious components of the reference signal are suppressed less than with a
smaller lock-in range.
For mapping of the values to Hz values, refer to the data sheet.
Remote command:
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:EXTernal:LIRange on page 298
Frequency Locked/Unlocked
If you change the frequency source or the lock-in range, the reference frequency is
unlocked. It takes some seconds until the reference frequency is locked again.
Remote command:
SENSe:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:LOCKed? on page 298
7.8 Configuring the Trigger Connectors
The instrument provides a TRIG IN and a TRIG OUT connector on the rear panel, see
chapter 3.2.2, "Rear Panel Tour", on page 38.
For the TRIG IN connector, there are no global settings. To use the connector, select it
as trigger source in the relevant measurement application.
The TRIG OUT connector is configured in the setup dialog (SETUP key > "Base" tab).
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
234
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Configuring Impedance Matching Unit Settings
Fig. 7-7: Trigger connector settings
External Trigger Area
Select a source for generation of the TRIG OUT signal.
"No Connection" means that the TRIG OUT connector is deactivated.
"Base1: External Trig In" means that the input signal at the TRIG IN connector is
routed to the TRIG OUT connector. This is useful if you want to use an external trigger
signal to trigger an R&S CMA180 measurement application and additionally route the
trigger signal to another instrument.
"AFRF Gen1: ..." trigger sources are provided by the ARB generator. Use them to synchronize an external instrument to a processed waveform file.
Remote command:
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:CATalog:SOURce? on page 291
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:SOURce on page 291
7.9 Configuring Impedance Matching Unit Settings
The AF Impedance Matching Unit R&S CMA-Z600A is operated manually via buttons
on the unit. For a description of the matching unit, see chapter 10, "AF Impedance
Matching Unit", on page 521.
Though the matching unit is not configured via the GUI, the GUI contains some settings related to the unit. The settings are located in the setup dialog (SETUP key >
"Base" tab).
Fig. 7-8: Impedance matching unit settings
These settings are only relevant, if you want to use AF level powers (dBm or mW)
instead of AF level voltages. With correct settings, you can configure AF generator levels in power units and you can display AF level results in power units.
CMA-Z600A
Indicates that an impedance matching unit is included in the used AF paths.
The unit conversion is only done, if this checkbox is enabled.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:ENABle on page 291
Impedance
Selects the impedance that is configured at the impedance matching unit.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
235
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Restoring Default Settings
The unit conversion is only done, if a numeric value is selected. For "In High / Out
Low", no unit conversion is done.
For a correct conversion from voltages to powers, the following conditions must be fulfilled:
● A matching unit must be inserted in the AF path.
● The checkbox must be enabled.
● A numeric impedance value must be selected. It must match the impedance of the
DUT. And it must match the impedance selected at the matching unit.
Remote command:
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:IMPedance on page 292
7.10 Restoring Default Settings
When you have changed many different settings on the instrument and are no longer
sure which settings are causing which effect in the measurement, you may want to
restore a set of default settings and start anew. The following methods are available:
●
Restoring a previously saved configuration, see chapter 7.11, "Saving and Loading
Settings", on page 237
●
Restoring settings to the factory default values. This is only possible during startup
of the instrument, see chapter 3.1.3.4, "Startup Dialog", on page 24.
●
Restoring settings to default values defined by Rohde & Schwarz, see below
To restore settings to default values
1. On the (soft-)front panel, press RESET.
A dialog box opens.
2. Select the scope of the reset.
●
●
"Global (all Applications)": reset of the base settings and of all applications in
all scenarios
"Current Application": reset of the current application in all scenarios. Other
applications and the base settings are left unchanged.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
236
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Saving and Loading Settings
3. Tap either "Preset" or "Reset".
"Preset" sets default values optimized for manual control. Example: The "Repetition" mode of measurements is set to "Continuous".
"Reset" sets default values optimized for remote control via SCPI commands.
Example: The "Repetition" mode of measurements is set to "SingleShot".
Remote Control of Reset and Preset
Via remote commands, you can perform a global or a current application reset/preset.
Additionally, you can reset/preset the base settings or a selected application.
Remote command:
SYSTem:PRESet:ALL on page 286
SYSTem:RESet:ALL on page 286
SYSTem:PRESet:BASE on page 286
SYSTem:RESet:BASE on page 286
SYSTem:PRESet on page 287
SYSTem:RESet on page 287
*RST on page 280
7.11 Saving and Loading Settings
You can save your settings to a file and load them again later on, for example to repeat
a measurement or to use the configuration as starting point for a similar configuration.
To save settings to a file
1. On the (soft-)front panel, press FILE.
The "File" dialog box opens.
2. Select the "Save Scenario" tab.
3. At the top, select the storage medium, for example a connected USB memory stick
or the data directory on the internal storage medium ("Local").
4. In the middle, navigate to a subdirectory, if desired. You can also create a new
subdirectory via the button "New Folder".
5. In the middle, select a file to be overwritten or at the bottom, enter a new file name.
6. Tap "OK" to save the settings to the specified file in the selected directory.
To load settings from a file
1. On the (soft-)front panel, press FILE.
The "File" dialog box opens.
2. Select the "Load Scenario" tab.
3. At the top, select the storage medium where the file has been stored.
4. In the middle, navigate to the file and select it.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
237
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Managing Files
5. Tap "OK" to load the settings from the selected file.
The "Load Scenario" and "Save Scenario" tabs are structured in the same way as the
"File Explorer" tab. For a description of the GUI elements, see chapter 7.12, "Managing
Files", on page 238.
Remote Control
You can store and load settings also via remote commands.
Remote command:
MMEMory:SAV on page 308
MMEMory:RCL on page 307
MMEMory:STORe:STATe on page 308
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe on page 306
*SAV on page 281
*RCL on page 280
7.12 Managing Files
Some instrument functions involve files, stored on the internal storage medium (hard
disk drive or solid state disk) or on an external storage medium connected via USB, for
example a memory stick. Examples of file types are software installation packages,
license files, waveform files, saved settings or saved screenshots.
On the internal storage volume, the relevant path is D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data.
In this directory and its subdirectories you can create, copy, rename and delete files
and folders via the file explorer. On an external storage medium you can access all
directories.
To open the file explorer
1. On the (soft-)front panel, press FILE.
The "File" dialog box opens.
2. Select the "File Explorer" tab.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
238
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Managing Files
Fig. 7-9: File explorer tab
The elements of the tab are explained below. They are also available on the other tabs
of the dialog box.
Storage Medium / Path
The field to the left selects the storage medium, for example the internal storage
medium "Local" or a connected USB memory stick.
On the internal medium, you can only access the directory
D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data and its subdirectories. The path of the current directory is displayed for information.
Remote command:
MMEMory:DRIVes? on page 306
MMEMory:MSIS on page 307
MMEMory:CDIRectory on page 304
Navigation in Storage Medium
The left part of the tab shows the subdirectories and files in the current directory.
To open a folder, double-tap it. To close the current folder and go up one level, double.
tap
To select a file or folder, tap it.
Remote command:
MMEMory:CATalog? on page 302
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth? on page 303
MMEMory:DCATalog? on page 305
MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth? on page 305
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
239
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Creating Screenshots
File Info / Disk Info
The right part of the tab shows information about the folder or file, currently selected on
the left.
Remote command:
MMEMory:CATalog? on page 302
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth? on page 303
Copy / Paste Button
You can copy a single file or a folder with its contents.
To copy a file or folder, tap it, tap "Copy", navigate to the target medium/path and tap
"Paste".
In this way, you can also copy files to or from a USB memory stick.
Remote command:
MMEMory:COPY on page 304
MMEMory:MOVE on page 306
Rename Button
Renames the currently selected folder or file. A dialog box opens for definition of the
new name.
Remote command:
MMEMory:COPY on page 304
Delete Button
Deletes the currently selected folder or file. A confirmation dialog is displayed before
deletion.
Remote command:
MMEMory:DELete on page 305
MMEMory:RDIRectory on page 308
MMEMory:MOVE on page 306
New Folder Button
Creates a new subdirectory in the currently displayed directory. A dialog box opens for
definition of the name of the new folder.
Remote command:
MMEMory:MDIRectory on page 306
7.13 Creating Screenshots
You can create a screenshot of all screen contents and save it to a file on the internal
storage medium or on an external storage medium connected via USB. Thus you can
document measurement results or settings.
To create a screenshot
1. On the (soft-)front panel, press PRINT.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
240
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating System
A dialog box opens.
2. Enter the file name and select the file type.
3. Select the destination where you want to store the screenshot.
You can either store it on the internal storage medium at
D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data\Print. Or you can select a connected external
storage medium and store it in the root directory.
4. Tap "Print" and wait a few seconds before continuing operation.
File Name / Destination
Selects the name and path of the screenshot file.
Via remote control commands, you can either create a screenshot file, or return the
image in block data format.
Remote command:
HCOPy:FILE on page 315
HCOPy:DATA? on page 315
File Type
Selects the type of the screenshot file.
Remote command:
HCOPy:DEVice:FORMat on page 315
7.14 Operating System
The R&S CMA180 contains a Windows operating system. All operating system settings are preconfigured according to the instrument's features and needs. In everyday
operation, there is no need to access the operating system.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
241
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
Risk of instrument unusability
The installation and use of additional software may impair instrument functions. Thus,
run only programs that Rohde & Schwarz has tested for compatibility with the instrument software.
The drivers and programs on the instrument have been adapted to the instrument. For
updates, use only software released by Rohde & Schwarz.
Modify operating system settings only as described in this document or as instructed
by Rohde & Schwarz.
7.14.1 Virus Protection
Take appropriate steps to protect your instrument from infection.
Scan removable storage devices before connecting them to the R&S CMA180.
Install anti-virus software on the instrument. Do not run anti-virus software in the background, as this may degrade the instrument performance. Instead, run anti-virus software during non-critical hours.
For details and recommendations, see the Rohde & Schwarz White Paper "Malware
Protection" available at http://www.rohde-schwarz.com/appnote/1EF73.
7.14.2 Accessing the Operating System
For access to the operating system, connect a mouse and keyboard to the instrument,
or access the instrument via a remote desktop connection.
Access via keyboard
► Press the Windows key + D on the external keyboard.
Access via remote desktop
► Establish a remote desktop connection to the R&S CMA180.
The user name for the remote access is "Instrument". The password is "894129".
7.15 Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
The R&S CMA180 is equipped with a network interface and can be connected to an
Ethernet LAN (local area network).
After integration of the instrument into your network, you can for example:
●
Transfer files between a remote computer and the R&S CMA180, for example
waveform files or license files.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
242
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
●
Access or control the R&S CMA180 from a remote computer via a "Remote Desktop" connection.
The remote access is already enabled in the operating system. The user name for
the remote access is "Instrument". The password is "894129".
●
Access the LXI instrument home page.
The LXI home page allows you for example to access the GUI of the instrument
from a remote computer and to monitor the remote control connections.
●
Set up a remote control connection to the R&S CMA180 and control the
R&S CMA180 via SCPI commands. See chapter 8, "Remote Control",
on page 254.
The following sections describe how to configure the LAN interface and describe the
LXI home page.
7.15.1 Connecting the Instrument to the Network
There are two methods to establish a LAN connection to the instrument:
●
A non-dedicated network (Ethernet) connection from the instrument to an existing
network. The instrument is assigned an IP address and can coexist with a computer and with other hosts on the same network.
●
A dedicated network connection (Point-to-point connection) between the instrument and a single computer. The computer must be equipped with a network
adapter and is directly connected to the instrument. The use of hubs, switches, or
gateways is not required. However, data transfer is still performed using the
TCP/IP protocol. An IP address has to be assigned to the instrument and the computer.
Connect an RJ-45 cable to the LAN port on the rear panel and to the network or to
another computer.
7.15.2 Assigning an IP Address
Depending on the network capacities, the TCP/IP address information for the instrument can be obtained in different ways.
●
If the network supports dynamic TCP/IP configuration using the dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP), all address information can be assigned automatically.
●
If the network does not support DHCP, or a specific static TCP/IP configuration is
requested, the addresses must be set manually.
By default, the R&S CMA180 is configured to use DHCP. This means that it is safe to
establish a physical connection to the LAN without any previous R&S CMA180 configuration.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
243
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
Risk of network errors
Connection errors can affect the entire network. If your network does not support
DHCP, or if you choose to disable dynamic TCP/IP configuration, you must assign
valid address information before connecting the instrument to the LAN. Contact your
network administrator to obtain a valid IP address.
To assign a static IP address to the instrument
1. On the (soft-)front panel, press SETUP to open the setup dialog.
2. Select the "Remote" tab > "LAN" subtab.
3. Disable "DHCP".
4. Enter the IP address, subnet mask and gateway information as obtained from your
network administrator.
5. If necessary, disable also "Dynamic DNS" and enter your own DNS addresses.
7.15.3 LAN Settings
The LAN settings are configured in the setup dialog (SETUP key > "Remote" tab >
"LAN" subtab).
Fig. 7-10: LAN settings in setup dialog
Network Adapter
Selects the network adapter to be displayed or configured. All other parameters are
related to the selected adapter.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:ADAPter on page 293
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
244
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
Hostname
Specifies the hostname of the R&S CMA180.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:HOSTname on page 293
DHCP
Enables or disables DHCP. Before disabling DHCP, contact your network administrator.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DHCP on page 293
IP Addresses / Subnet Masks / Gateways
With enabled DHCP, this information is assigned automatically and displayed for information.
With disabled DHCP, configure settings compatible to your network. Contact your network administrator for appropriate settings.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:IPADdress on page 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:SUBNet:MASK on page 294
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:GATeway on page 294
Dynamic DNS
Enables or disables the configuration of DNS addresses via DHCP.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS:ENABle on page 294
DNS Servers
With enabled dynamic DNS, this information is assigned automatically and displayed
for information.
With disabled dynamic DNS, enter the DNS server addresses manually.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS on page 295
7.15.4 LXI Configuration
LAN extensions for instrumentation (LXI) is an instrumentation platform for measuring
instruments and test systems. LXI is intended to be the LAN-based successor to GPIB,
combining the advantages of Ethernet with the simplicity and familiarity of GPIB.
7.15.4.1
LXI Classes and LXI Functionality
LXI-compliant instruments are divided into three classes, A, B and C. The functionality
of the classes is hierarchically based one upon the other:
●
Class C instruments are characterized by a common LAN implementation, including an ICMP ping responder for diagnostics.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
245
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
The instruments can be configured via the LXI browser interface. A LAN configuration initialize (LCI) mechanism resets the LAN configuration. The LXI class C
instruments shall also support automatic detection in a LAN via the VXI-11 discovery protocol and programming by means of IVI drivers.
●
Class B adds IEEE 1588 precision time protocol (PTP) and peer-to-peer communication to the base class. IEEE 1588 allows all instruments on the same network to
automatically synchronize to the most accurate clock available and then provide
time stamps or time-based synchronization signals to all instruments with exceptional accuracy.
●
Class A instruments are additionally equipped with the eight-channel hardware
trigger bus (LVDS interface) defined in the LXI standard.
Instruments of classes A and B can generate and receive software triggers via LAN
messages and communicate with each other without involving the controller.
The R&S CMA180 supports some LXI class C features, but it is not LXI class C compliant (for example LCI mechanism not implemented). Some supported features are
beyond the scope of LXI class C, for example the SCPI remote trace utility.
For information about the LXI standard, refer to the LXI website at http://www.lxistandard.org.
7.15.4.2
LXI Setup Dialog
The "Setup" dialog displays basic LXI information and provides basic LXI settings
("Remote" tab > "LXI" subtab).
Fig. 7-11: LXI settings
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
246
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
Description
Configures the description displayed on the home page of the LXI browser interface.
Hostname
Configures the host name. It is identical to the host name on the "LAN" subtab.
LXI Password
Configures a password for protected operations in the LXI browser interface. You need
this password for example to modify the advanced LAN configuration via the LXI
browser interface.
LAN Status
The color indicates the state of the LAN connection.
●
●
●
green
The LAN connection is working. The instrument is properly connected to the LAN
and has a valid IP address.
gray
The LAN connection is not working. The instrument does not have a valid IP
address or there is no LAN cable connected or the instrument does not see a LAN
via the connected cable.
yellow
The device indicator is enabled in the LXI browser interface, see chapter 7.15.4.3,
"LXI Browser Interface", on page 247.
mDNS Service / Ping enabled / VXI-11 Discovery
These settings are advanced LAN configuration settings. They are also configurable
via the LXI home page.
For a parameter description, see "Advanced Config" on page 250.
7.15.4.3
LXI Browser Interface
The instrument's LXI browser interface works correctly with all W3C compliant browsers.
► Type the instrument's host name or IP address in the address field of the browser
on your PC, for example "http://10.113.10.203".
The instrument home page (welcome page) opens.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
247
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements:
●
●
"LXI"
– "Home" opens the instrument home page.
The home page displays the device information required by the LXI standard,
including the VISA resource string in read-only format.
The "Device Indicator" button allows you to physically identify the instrument.
This is useful if you have several instruments and want to know to which instrument the LXI home page belongs. To identify the instrument, activate the
"Device Indicator". Then check the "LAN Status" indicator of the instruments,
see "LAN Status" on page 247.
–
"Lan Configuration" allows you to configure LAN parameters and to initiate a
ping, see chapter 7.15.4.4, "LAN Configuration", on page 249.
–
"Status" displays information about the LXI status of the instrument.
–
"Utilities" provides access to the LXI event log functionality required by the LXI
standard.
"Instrument Control"
– "Web Control" provides remote access to the instrument via VNC. Enter "VNC"
both as user name and as password.
–
"File Download" downloads files from the instrument.
–
"File Upload" uploads files to the instrument.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
248
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
●
"Diagnostics"
– "SCPI Remote Trace" records messages exchanged via the remote control
interface of the instrument, see chapter 7.15.4.5, "SCPI Remote Trace",
on page 251.
–
"SCPI Command Shell" provides a simple shell for sending SCPI commands to
the instrument.
–
"Device Screenshot" creates a screenshot of the instrument display. The
screenshot is displayed in the browser and can be downloaded.
●
"License Manager"
– "Manage Licenses" allows you to install or uninstall license keys and to activate, register or unregister licenses.
●
"Help"
– "Glossary" explains terms related to the LXI standard.
–
7.15.4.4
"www.rohde-schwarz.com" opens the Rohde & Schwarz home page.
LAN Configuration
Comprises the following navigation entries.
●
●
●
IP Configuration.................................................................................................... 249
Advanced Config...................................................................................................250
Ping Client.............................................................................................................250
IP Configuration
The "IP configuration" web page displays all mandatory LAN parameters and allows
their modification.
The "IP Address Mode" selects a configuration mode for the IP address of the instrument. With static configuration, the entered IP address, subnet mask and default gate-
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
249
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
way are used. With dynamic configuration, DHCP or dynamic link local addressing
(automatic IP) are used to obtain the instrument IP address.
Password protection
Changing the LAN configuration is password-protected. The password is configurable,
see "LXI Password" on page 247.
Advanced Config
The "Advanced Config" web page provides LAN settings that are not declared mandatory by the LXI standard.
The following advanced parameters are available:
●
"mDNS and DNS-SD": The additional protocols "multicast DNS" and "DNS service
discovery" are used for device communication in zero configuration networks,
working without DNS and DHCP.
●
"ICMP Ping enabled": If you disable this setting, the instrument does not answer
ping requests. So it cannot be pinged.
The setting does not affect the LXI ping client. You can ping other hosts from the
instrument, even if the setting is disabled.
●
"VXI-11 Discovery": If you disable this setting, the instrument cannot be detected
via the VXI-11 discovery mechanism. The setting does not affect other detection
mechanisms. Setting up a VXI-11 connection via the IP address or the host name
is possible independent of this setting.
Password protection
Changing the LAN configuration is password-protected. The password is configurable,
see "LXI Password" on page 247.
Ping Client
The "Ping Client" web page provides a ping utility to verify the connection between the
instrument and another device.
The ping is initiated from the instrument. It uses the ICMP echo request and echo reply
packets to determine whether the LAN connection to another device is functional. Ping
is useful for diagnosing IP network or router failures.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
250
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
To initiate a ping at the instrument:
1. On the "Ping Client" page, enter the IP address of the host to be pinged into the
"Destination Address" field (for example 10.123.11.22).
2. Click "Submit".
7.15.4.5
SCPI Remote Trace
The remote trace functionality allows you to trace input and output strings at the
remote control interface of the R&S CMA180.
A recorded trace (message log) can be evaluated directly in the dialog. Use the highlighting and navigation functions provided by the lower toolbar to locate error messages and messages containing arbitrary search strings. You can also export the message log to a csv file and evaluate the file using a suitable program.
In order to trace and display messages, switch on "logging" and "live mode" via the
toolbar.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
251
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
Toolbars
The toolbar at the top of the dialog provides basic settings and functions.
●
"live mode" / "logging": If logging is switched on, messages are traced. They are
stored in an internal database and can be displayed upon request, using the
refresh button (live mode off) or they can be displayed automatically (live mode
on).
●
"filter": applies a filter to columns and/or rows
●
"refresh": reads the message log from the internal database and displays it
●
"download": stores the message log database to a csv file
●
"clear": deletes all message log entries in the database and on the screen
●
"details": shows all fields of the selected message (alternatively double-click a
message)
If the displayed log contains messages, a second toolbar is displayed at the bottom of
the dialog. It facilitates navigation within comprehensive message logs.
●
double arrow buttons: show the previous or next page
●
red arrow buttons: navigate to the previous or next error message
●
green arrow buttons: navigate to the previous or next message containing the
entered search string (for example FREQuency)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
252
R&S®CMA180
General Instrument Settings and Functions
Operating the R&S CMA180 in a Network
●
text field: The entered search string is highlighted in the entire message log by
green color. The scroll bar indicates the message positions by green bars.
●
scroll bar: The scroll bar to the right of the buttons covers the entire message log,
while the rectangle marks the currently displayed section. You can move the rectangle to scroll through the message log. The position of certain messages is indicated by colored bars:
– red bar: indicates an error message
–
orange bar: indicates an error message containing the search string
–
green bar: indicates another message containing the search string
Columns
The following columns are available if no column filter is applied:
●
"rec": record number of the message within the message log
●
"time stamp": date and time of the message with a resolution of 1 ms, for example
time when the error indicated by an error message occurred
●
"channel": VISA string of the traced remote control channel
●
"MT" / "message": "MT" indicates the type of the message. Possible values and
related message contents are:
– ">" = incoming command
●
–
"<" = outgoing response to a query
–
"E" = error message, highlighted by red color
–
"T" = execution time, that means time required by the instrument to process the
command internally
"I": number of the sub-instrument (always 1 for R&S CMA180)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
253
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
8 Remote Control
This chapter provides all information required to operate the R&S CMA180 via remote
control. It describes the remote control basics as well as the individual remote control
commands.
8.1 Basics
This section provides basic information on operating the R&S CMA180 via remote control.
8.1.1 Remote Control Interfaces and Protocols
The instrument supports the following interfaces for remote control:
●
LAN interface, with HiSLIP protocol, VXI-11 protocol or raw socket mode
See chapter 8.1.1.1, "LAN Interface", on page 255
●
USB interface
See chapter 8.1.1.2, "USB Interface", on page 256
●
GPIB interface (synonym for the IEC/IEEE bus interface)
See chapter 8.1.1.3, "GPIB Interface", on page 256
VISA libraries
VISA is a standardized software interface library providing input and output functions to
communicate with instruments. High level programming platforms use VISA as an
intermediate abstraction layer. VISA encapsulates the low level function calls and thus
makes the transport interface transparent for the user.
The I/O channel (LAN or TCP/IP, USB, ...) is selected at initialization time by means of
the channel-specific address string, or by a VISA alias (short name). A VISA installation is a prerequisite for remote control via the LAN or USB interface. All VISA address
resource strings are displayed in the "Setup" dialog, see chapter 8.1.1.4, "Remote Settings", on page 257.
For more information about VISA, refer to the VISA user documentation.
SCPI compatibility
SCPI commands (standard commands for programmable instruments) are used for
remote control. The SCPI standard is based on standard IEEE 488.2 and aims at the
standardization of instrument-specific commands, error handling and the status registers. The tutorial "Automatic Measurement Control - A tutorial on SCPI and IEEE
488.2" from John M. Pieper (R&S order number 0002.3536.00) offers detailed information on concepts and definitions of SCPI. The instrument supports the SCPI version
1999.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
254
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
SCPI-confirmed commands are explicitly marked in the command reference chapters.
Commands without SCPI label are instrument-specific. However, their syntax follows
SCPI rules.
8.1.1.1
LAN Interface
The R&S CMA180 is equipped with a network interface. Use the LAN connector on the
rear panel to connect the instrument to an Ethernet LAN. VISA must be installed on the
control computer.
The R&S CMA180 supports the following ways of LAN communication:
●
HiSLIP protocol: recommended protocol for remote control via LAN, successor of
VXI-11
●
VXI-11 protocol: specifically developed for test and measurement instruments
●
Raw socket mode: synchronous, streaming oriented protocol without support of
asynchronous events like service request (SRQ) or device clear (DCL)
HiSLIP protocol
The high speed LAN instrument protocol (HiSLIP) was defined by the IVI Foundation
and adopted by the LXI Consortium as the recommended LAN protocol.
The HiSLIP protocol uses two TCP sockets for a single connection - one for fast data
transfer, the other for non-sequential control commands (e.g. Device Clear or SRQ).
HiSLIP has the following characteristics:
●
High performance as with raw socket network connections
●
Compatible IEEE 488.2 support for message exchange protocol, device clear,
serial poll, remote/local, trigger, and service request
●
Uses a single IANA-registered port (4880), which simplifies the configuration of firewalls
●
Supports simultaneous access of multiple users by providing versatile locking
mechanisms
●
Usable for IPv6 or IPv4 networks
Note that HiSLIP data is sent to the device using the "fire and forget" method with
immediate return. A successful return of a VISA operation such as viWrite() does
not guarantee that the instrument has finished or started the requested command. It
only indicates that the command has been delivered to the TCP/IP buffers.
VXI-11 protocol
The VXI-11 standard is based on the open network computing remote procedure call
(ONC RPC) protocol which in turn relies on TCP/IP at the network/transport layer. The
TCP/IP network protocol and the associated network services are preconfigured.
TCP/IP ensures connection-oriented communication, where the order of the
exchanged messages is adhered to and interrupted links are identified. With this protocol, messages cannot be lost.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
255
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Raw socket mode
With direct socket communication, the test application communicates directly with the
TCP transport layer.
Service requests and polling are not supported in the raw socket mode. The additional
socket modes "Agilent" and "IEEE1174" are available for compatibility reasons. The
emulation codes for polling, service request and device clear messages differ for these
modes, as listed in the following table.
Table 8-1: Emulation codes supported by the compatibility modes
Purpose
Direction (Controller)
Agilent Codes
IEEE1174 Codes
Poll status byte
send
POL\n
&POL\cr\n
receive
POL +stb\n
&stb\cr\n
Service request
receive
SRQ\n
&SRQ\cr\n
Device clear
send
DCL\n
&DCL\cr\n
receive (DCL complete)
DCL\n
&DCL\cr\n
\n = newline, CHR$(10)
\cr = carriage return, CHR$(13)
For each socket, a data port and a control port are defined. The ports are used as follows:
8.1.1.2
●
The "Raw" mode uses only the data port. This mode provides the best performance.
●
The "IEEE1174" mode uses only the data port, even for transfer of emulation
codes. The controller must listen for service requests and emulation code responses at the data port.
●
The "Agilent" mode supports both the data port and the control port. Using the control port for emulation codes is optional and recommended. Alternatively, the data
port can be used for all messages.
USB Interface
If option R&S CMA-B612A is installed, a USB type B connector labeled REMOTE is
available on the rear panel. Connect the control computer to this USB connector. VISA
must be installed on the control computer.
8.1.1.3
GPIB Interface
If option R&S CMA-B612A is installed, a GPIB bus interface according to standard IEC
60625/IEEE 488 is available. The connector on the rear panel is labeled "IEEE 488".
To control the instrument via the GPIB bus, the instrument and the controller must be
linked by a GPIB bus cable. A GPIB bus card, the card drivers and the program libraries for the programming language must be provided in the controller.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
256
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Characteristics
The GPIB interface is described by the following characteristics:
8.1.1.4
●
Up to 15 instruments can be connected
●
The total cable length is restricted to a maximum of 15 m. The cable length
between two instruments should not exceed 2 m.
●
A wired "OR"-connection is used if several instruments are connected in parallel.
Remote Settings
The "Setup" dialog lists all remote control interfaces and protocols in a tree ("Remote"
tab > "Interfaces" subtab).
Each tree node displays a VISA resource string, required to address the instrument for
remote control.
Fig. 8-1: Remote settings
The parameters are described in the following. Most parameters are fixed and displayed for information only.
HI-SLIP........................................................................................................................258
└ Visa Resource...............................................................................................258
└ Hi-Slip Port....................................................................................................258
TCPIP..........................................................................................................................258
└ Visa Resource...............................................................................................258
└ Data Port.......................................................................................................258
└ Control Port...................................................................................................258
└ Protocol Mode...............................................................................................258
VXI-11......................................................................................................................... 259
└ Visa Resource...............................................................................................259
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
257
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
USB2...........................................................................................................................259
└ Visa Resource...............................................................................................259
IEC.............................................................................................................................. 259
└ Visa Resource...............................................................................................259
└ Board Name..................................................................................................259
└ Primary Address........................................................................................... 259
└ Enabled.........................................................................................................260
HI-SLIP
This tree node is related to the HiSLIP protocol.
For background information, see "HiSLIP protocol" on page 255.
Visa Resource ← HI-SLIP
Displays the address string for the HiSLIP protocol, composed as follows:
"TCPIP::<IP_address>[::hislip0[,<IP_port>]][::INSTR]"
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:VRESource? on page 295
Hi-Slip Port ← HI-SLIP
Displays the fixed IP port number.
TCPIP
This tree node is related to the raw socket mode of the LAN interface.
For background information, see "Raw socket mode" on page 256.
Visa Resource ← TCPIP
Displays the address string for the raw socket mode, composed as follows:
"TCPIP::<IP_address>::<data_port>[::SOCKET]"
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:VRESource? on page 296
Data Port ← TCPIP
Specifies the data port number contained in the VISA resource string.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:PORT on page 296
Control Port ← TCPIP
Displays the fixed control port number for protocol mode "Agilent".
Protocol Mode ← TCPIP
The protocol mode defines the support of control messages, for example polling or service request.
"Raw"
No support for polling and service request (but best performance)
"Agilent"
Emulation codes via control connection (control port)
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
258
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
"IEEE1174"
Emulation codes via data connection (data port)
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:MODE on page 296
VXI-11
This tree node is related to the VXI-11 protocol.
For background information, see "VXI-11 protocol" on page 255.
Visa Resource ← VXI-11
Displays the address string for the VXI-11 protocol, composed as follows:
"TCPIP::<IP_address>[::inst0][::INSTR]"
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:VXI:VRESource? on page 295
USB2
This tree node is related to the USB interface. Option R&S CMA-B612A is required.
For background information, see chapter 8.1.1.2, "USB Interface", on page 256.
Visa Resource ← USB2
Displays the address string for the USB interface, composed as follows:
"USB::<vendor_ID>::<product_ID>::<serial_number>[::INSTR]"
● <vendor_ID>: hexadecimal AAD / digital 2733 for Rohde & Schwarz
● <product_ID>: identification of the instrument type
● <serial_number>: serial number of the instrument
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:VRESource? on page 296
IEC
This tree node is related to the GPIB interface. Option R&S CMA-B612A is required.
For background information, see chapter 8.1.1.3, "GPIB Interface", on page 256.
Visa Resource ← IEC
Displays the address string for the GPIB interface, composed as follows:
"GPIB::<primary_address>[::INSTR]"
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:VRESource? on page 296
Board Name ← IEC
Displays the board name of the GPIB bus interface.
Primary Address ← IEC
Specifies the primary address contained in the VISA resource string.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDR on page 297
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
259
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Enabled ← IEC
Enables or disables the GPIB interface.
Remote command:
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ENABle on page 297
8.1.2 Establishing and Testing a LAN Connection
In the following example, a LAN connection for remote control is set up and tested. The
example is based on a test tool which requires an additional VISA installation.
1. Connect your R&S CMA180 to the controller or to the home/company network,
using the LAN connector on the rear panel.
2. Switch on the R&S CMA180, wait until the startup procedure is complete and press
the SETUP key.
The "Setup" dialog opens.
3. On the "Remote" tab > "Interfaces" subtab, note the VISA address string displayed
for HiSLIP and close the dialog.
In the following, we assume that the following string is displayed:
"TPCIP::10.121.11.192::hislip0::INSTR"
4. Start your test tool. Configure the connection to the instrument using the VISA
address string and an alias, for example "CMA".
5. Write a test script using the alias and run the script.
The following test script example queries the identification string of the connected
R&S CMA180 and returns the contents of the error queue:
*IDN?
SYSTem:ERRor?
On test script execution, the test tool generates the following result log:
: send_Query(0, "*IDN?")
: [-->TCPIP::10.121.11.192::hislip0::INSTR] *IDN?
: read_Answer(0, ..., False)
: [<--TCPIP::10.121.11.192::hislip0::INSTR] Rohde&Schwarz,CMA,
1173.2000k18/624376,1.0.0.0
: send_Query(0, "SYSTem:ERRor?")
: [-->TCPIP::10.121.11.192::hislip0::INSTR] SYSTem:ERRor?
: read_Answer(0, ..., False)
: [<--TCPIP::10.121.11.192::hislip0::INSTR] 0,"No error"
8.1.3 Starting and Stopping Remote Control
When you switch on the instrument, it is always in manual operation state ("local"
state) and can be operated via the front panel, the touchscreen and an external keyboard and/or mouse.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
260
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
The instrument is switched to remote control as soon as it receives a command from
the controller.
While remote control is active, the instrument settings are optimized for maximum
measurement speed. The display shows a special remote dialog with buttons described in the following sections. All other operation via the front panel is disabled.
8.1.3.1
Using the display during remote control
You can observe the screen while a remote control script is executed. This is helpful
for script debugging, but tends to slow down the measurement. Therefore it is recommended that you activate the display only for debugging. Do not activate it for real
measurements where a script is to be executed repeatedly.
► To activate the display, do one of the following:
●
●
Tap the "Hide Remote Screen" button on the touchscreen.
Use the SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ON command.
► To deactivate the display, do one of the following:
●
8.1.3.2
Use the SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF command.
Returning to Manual Operation
The instrument switches back to manual operation when the remote connection is
closed. Besides, you can return to manual operation manually or via remote control.
► To return to manual operation:
●
●
●
Tap the "Go To Local" button on the touchscreen.
HiSLIP protocol or GPIB bus: Use the GTL interface message.
VXI-11 protocol: Use the &GTL interface message.
Local lockout
► To prevent the instrument from returning to manual control:
●
●
●
HiSLIP protocol or GPIB bus: Use the LLO interface message.
VXI-11 protocol: Use the &LLO interface message.
Any protocol: Send SYSTem:KLOCk ON
In the local lockout state, an unintentional return to manual control is not possible. All
"Go To Local" options listed above are blocked (button and remote control). The "Go
To Local" button is replaced by a disabled "Local Lockout" button.
► To disable a local lockout:
●
●
HiSLIP protocol or GPIB bus: Deactivate the REN control line.
VXI-11 protocol: Use the &NREN interface message.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
261
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
●
Any protocol: Send SYSTem:KLOCk OFF
8.1.4 Monitoring the Remote Control Interface
To monitor the remote control interface, do one of the following:
●
Use the SCPI remote trace functionality integrated in the LXI home page of the
instrument, see chapter 7.15.4, "LXI Configuration", on page 245.
●
Create a report file. To enable or disable the creation of report files, use the
"Report File" button displayed while remote control is active.
The related commands start with TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:.
See chapter 8.2.4.16, "Remote Control Traces", on page 315.
●
Access the SCPI remote trace directly via the remote dialog, displayed while
remote control is active. To configure the display, use the "Report Display" button.
The button toggles between the following modes:
– "OFF": tracing is disabled
–
"LIVE": messages are traced and displayed
–
"ANALYSE": stop tracing to analyze already traced messages
The displayed remote trace is similar to the remote trace displayed via the LXI
home page. The buttons provided in "ANALYSE" mode correspond to toolbar buttons of the LXI remote trace. For a detailed description of the LXI remote trace, see
chapter 7.15.4.5, "SCPI Remote Trace", on page 251.
The related commands start with TRACe:REMote:MODE:DISPlay:. See chapter 8.2.4.16, "Remote Control Traces", on page 315
8.1.5 Command Structure
Remote control commands consist of a so-called header and, in most cases, one or
more parameters. The header and the parameters are separated by a "white space",
for example a blank. Queries are formed by appending a question mark directly to the
header.
A command is either instrument-specific or instrument-independent (common command). Common and instrument-specific commands differ in their syntax.
8.1.5.1
Syntax for Common Commands
Common commands consist of a header preceded by an asterisk (*) and possibly one
or more parameters.
Examples:
*RST
*SAV 5
*OPC?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
262
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
For a description of this type of commands, see chapter 8.2.3, "Common Commands",
on page 277.
8.1.5.2
Syntax for Instrument-Specific Commands
The headers of instrument-specific commands consist of several mnemonics, divided
by colons.
Not all commands used in the following examples are necessarily implemented in the
instrument.
Long and short form
Most mnemonics have a long form and a short form. Either the long form or the short
form can be entered per mnemonic. Other abbreviations are not permitted. The short
form is marked by upper case letters.
The upper case and lower case notation only serves to distinguish the two forms in the
documentation. The instrument itself is case-insensitive.
Example:
●
Documentation: HCOPy:DEVice:FORMat
●
Command header, all alternatives are equivalent:
– HCOP:DEV:FORM
–
HCOP:DEVice:FORM
–
hcop:device:FORM
Numeric suffixes
If a command can be applied to multiple instances of an object, for example specific
channels or connectors, the required instances are specified by a suffix added to a
mnemonic. Numeric suffixes are indicated by angular brackets (for example <no>, <i>)
and are replaced by an integer value in the command. Entries without a suffix are interpreted as having the suffix 1.
Example:
●
Documentation: SOURce:AFRF:GENerator:AIN<no>:ENABle
●
Command header, AF IN connector 1 or 2:
– SOURce:AFRF:GENerator:AIN1:ENABle
–
SOURce:AFRF:GENerator:AIN2:ENABle
Optional mnemonics
Some commands have optional mnemonics. Such mnemonics can be inserted or omitted. They are marked by square brackets in the documentation.
Example:
●
Documentation: SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]?
●
Command, all alternatives are equivalent:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
263
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
8.1.5.3
–
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:NEXT?
–
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE?
Command Parameters
Many commands are supplemented by a parameter or a list of parameters. The
parameters must be separated from the header by a "white space", for example a
blank. If several parameters are specified in a command, they are separated by a
comma.
Example, three numeric parameters:
●
Documentation: HCOPy:DEVice:COLor <red>,<green>,<blue>
●
Command example: HCOPy:DEVice:COLor 3,32,44
A vertical stroke (|) indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". Only one possibility must be selected.
Example:
●
Documentation: HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape | PORTrait
●
Command alternatives:
– HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape
–
HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation PORTrait
The parameters required for each command and the allowed range of values are
specified in the command description.
Numeric values
Numeric values can be entered in any form, for example with sign, decimal point and
exponent. Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down.
The exponent is introduced by an "E" or "e". Entry of the exponent alone is not
allowed.
Example: SENS:FREQ:STOP 1500 = SENS:FREQ:STOP 1.5E3
Units
For physical quantities, a unit can be entered. Allowed unit prefixes are:
●
G (giga)
●
MA (mega), MOHM, MHZ
●
K (kilo)
●
M (milli)
●
U (micro)
●
N (nano)
If the unit is missing, the basic unit is used.
Example: SENS:FREQ:STOP 1.5GHz = SENS:FREQ:STOP 1.5E9
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
264
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Special numeric values
The texts listed below are interpreted as special numeric values.
●
MIN/MAX
Minimum and maximum of the parameter range, setting and query possible
●
DEF
Default, preset value as called by the *RST command, setting and query possible
●
KEEP
Keeps a value unchanged. Example: To set the third value in a list of five parameters to 10, use KEEP,KEEP,10,KEEP,KEEP. Setting only.
●
UP/DOWN
Increases or reduces the numeric value by one step, setting only
Example:
●
SENSe:LIST:FREQ MAXimum sets the maximum allowed value.
●
SENSe:LIST:FREQ? MAXimum returns the maximum allowed value.
Boolean Parameters
Boolean parameters represent two states. The ON state (logically true) is represented
by ON or a numeric value 1. The OFF state (logically untrue) is represented by OFF or
the numeric value 0.
Example:
●
Setting HCOPy:DEV:COL ON
●
Query HCOPy:DEV:COL? returns 1
Text parameters
Text parameters observe the syntactic rules for mnemonics. They can be entered
using the short or the long form. In the case of a query, the short form of the text is
returned.
Example:
●
Setting HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape
●
Query HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation? returns LAND
Character strings
Strings must always be entered in quotation marks (' or ").
Example, equivalent commands:
●
HCOP:ITEM:LABel "Test1"
●
HCOP:ITEM:LABel 'Test1'
Block data
Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data. A
block data parameter has the following structure:
#<length_digits><length><data>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
265
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Example: FORMat:READings:DATA #45168xxxxxxxx
●
# introduces the data block
●
<length_digits> = 4 means that the following four digits describe the length of the
data block
●
<length> = 5168 means that the length of the data block is 5168 bytes.
●
<data> = xxxxxxxx, the 5168 data bytes
During the transmission of the data bytes, all end or other control signs are ignored
until all bytes are transmitted.
#0 specifies a data block of indefinite length. The use of the indefinite format requires a
NL^END message to terminate the data block. This format is useful when the length of
the transmission is not known or if speed or other considerations prevent segmentation
of the data into blocks of definite length.
8.1.5.4
Structure of a command line
A command line may consist of one or several commands. It is terminated by one of
the following:
●
a <New Line>
●
a <New Line> with EOI
●
an EOI together with the last data byte
A command line can contain several commands, separated by a semicolon. If the next
command starts with a different mnemonic, the semicolon is followed by a colon.
Examples:
8.1.5.5
●
MMEM:COPY "Test1","MeasurementXY";:HCOP:ITEM ALL
This command line contains two commands, starting with different mnemonics.
Both commands must be specified completely, without omitting mnemonics.
●
HCOP:ITEM ALL;:HCOP:IMM
This command line contains two commands, starting with the same mnemonic. In
that case, you can abbreviate the second command.
Omit the common mnemonics and the colon before the command:
HCOP:ITEM ALL;IMM
●
A new command line always begins with the first mnemonic.
HCOP:ITEM ALL
HCOP:IMM
Responses to Queries
A query is defined for each setting command unless explicitly specified otherwise. It is
formed by adding a question mark to the associated setting command.
The following rules apply to the responses:
●
The requested parameter is transmitted without a header.
Example: HCOP:PAGE:ORI?
Response: LAND
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
266
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
●
Numeric values are returned without a unit. The default unit is indicated in the command description. For physical quantities, it is usually the base unit.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP?
Response: 3.5E9 for 3.5 GHz
If you add a unit to the query, this unit is used instead of the default unit.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP? GHz
Response: 3.5 for 3.5 GHz
●
Boolean values are returned as 0 or OFF and as 1 or ON.
Example:
Setting: HCOPy:DEV:COL ON
Query: HCOPy:DEV:COL? returns 1
●
Text (character data) is returned in the short form.
Example:
Setting: HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation LANDscape
Query: HCOP:PAGE:ORI? returns LAND
8.1.6 Retrieving Measurement Results
You can retrieve measurement results by means of FETCh...? or READ...? queries.
To retrieve error indicators, for example limit check results, use CALCulate...? queries.
8.1.6.1
FETCh...? Command
A FETCh command waits until the end of the first measurement cycle before it returns
the results. If the first measurement cycle is already complete when the FETCh command is sent, results are returned immediately. This behavior ensures that the results
are statistically significant.
A FETCh command is similar to the corresponding READ command. However, it does
not start a new measurement. Start the measurement via a READ or INITiate command, before you send a FETCh command.
Measurement states
A FETCh command can be used in the RUN state or in the RDY state, provided that
the R&S CMA180 has stored valid results. If no valid results are available, NCAP, NAV
or INV are returned for each unavailable result, see also chapter 8.1.6.4, "Return Values NCAP, NAV and INV", on page 269.
The following table gives an overview of the behavior, depending on the measurement
state.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
267
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
State
Valid results?
Effect of FETCh...?
OFF
No
FETCh...? should not be used in the OFF state as valid results are
never available.
RUN
Yes/No
The R&S CMA180 waits until the first measurement cycle is complete
and returns the results.
RDY
Yes/No
The R&S CMA180 returns the results immediately.
Repeated FETCh commands
It is possible to use repeated FETCh commands without restarting a continuous measurement, for example in order to monitor the variation in time of a measured quantity.
8.1.6.2
●
In single shot mode, the measurement is stopped after the first measurement
cycle. The results of repeated FETCh commands are identical.
●
In continuous mode, the first FETCh command returns results after the first measurement cycle. Subsequent FETCh commands are executed as quickly as possible, no matter whether the R&S CMA180 has acquired new results.
READ...? Command
A READ command aborts a running measurement and starts a new measurement in
single shot mode. At the end of the first measurement cycle, the measurement is stopped and the results are returned.
READ commands can be used in any measurement state.
8.1.6.3
CALCulate...? Command
A CALCulate command is used similar to a FETCh command. It also waits for the end
of the first measurement cycle and does not start a measurement.
A CALCulate command analyzes the results that would be returned by the corresponding FETCh command and returns an error indicator for each FETCh result.
The following table lists all possible error indicator values.
Value
Meaning
Description
OK
OK
A measurement result is available. No error has been detected.
The result is within the limits or no limit applies to this result.
ULEU
User limit exceeded
upper
An upper limit is violated. The measurement result is above the limit.
ULEL
User limit exceeded
lower
A lower limit is violated. The measurement result is below the limit.
OFL
Overflow
A measurement result is available. The accuracy of the result may be
impaired, because the input signal level was too high.
UFL
Underflow
A measurement result is available. The accuracy of the result may be
impaired, because the input signal level was too low.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
268
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Value
Meaning
Description
INV
Invalid
A measurement was performed, but the individual result is invalid.
NAV
Not available
No measurement result is available, for example because the measurement could not be started.
Example
Assume that a FETCh command returns the reliability indicator, followed by four power
values:
<Reliability>, <Power1>, <Power2>, <Power3>, <Power4>
In that case, the corresponding CALCulate command returns the reliability indicator,
followed by four error indicators:
<Reliability>, <Ind. for Power1>, <Ind. for Power2>, <Ind. for
Power3>, <Ind. for Power4>
Examples of return values:
8.1.6.4
●
0, OK, OK, OK, OK
No error, all four power results are within the limits
●
0, ULEU, ULEL, OK, OK
No error, <Power1> is above the upper limit, <Power2> is below the lower limit,
<Power3> and <Power4> are within the limits
Return Values NCAP, NAV and INV
If no valid result is available, the value returned by FETCh, READ and CALCulate commands depends on the reason for the unavailability. Possible values are NCAP ("Not
Captured"), NAV ("Not Available") and INV ("Invalid"). For each unavailable result
value, one of these values is returned.
The following table provides some examples.
Situation
Returned Value
Measurement state OFF
NAV returned by FETCh and CALCulate
Unsuitable settings for a certain part of the measurement.
NCAP returned
Example: The measurement of some results requires a
specific trigger type.
Underflow, overflow, sync error, trigger timeout
INV returned
8.1.7 Status Reporting System
The status reporting system stores all information on the current operating state of the
instrument, and on errors which have occurred. This information is stored in the status
registers and in the error queue. Both can be queried via remote commands.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
269
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
8.1.7.1
Hierarchy of the Status Registers
As shown in the following figure, the status information is of hierarchical structure.
Fig. 8-2: Overview of the status registers hierarchy
The STB is located at the top of the hierarchy. It receives its information from the following lower level components:
●
The event status register (ESR) and its associated mask register, the event status
enable (ESE) register
●
The STATus:OPERation and STATus:QUEStionable registers
●
The error queue
●
The output buffer. It is not part of the status reporting system but determines the
value of the MAV bit in the STB.
The service request enable (SRE) register determines which bits of the STB trigger the
generation of a service request (SRQ).
The parallel poll enable (PPE) register determines which bits of the STB contribute to
the individual status (IST) flag, that can be queried via a parallel poll.
The STATus:OPERation and STATus:QUEStionable registers belong to the instrument-specific SCPI register model. All other registers belong to the general model
described in IEEE 488.2.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
270
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
8.1.7.2
IEEE 488.2 Status Registers
The following sections describe the parts of the status reporting system that are
defined by IEEE 488.2.
●
●
●
●
STB....................................................................................................................... 271
SRE and SRQ....................................................................................................... 271
PPE and IST......................................................................................................... 272
ESR and ESE........................................................................................................272
STB
The status byte (STB) is located at the highest level of the status reporting system. It
provides a rough overview of the instrument status by collecting the information of the
lower-level registers.
Table 8-2: Meaning of the STB bits
Bit No.
Meaning
0..1
Not used
2
Error queue not empty
The bit is set when an entry is made in the error queue. Poll the error queue to get a detailed
error message.
3
QUEStionable status register sum bit - not used
4
Message available (MAV)
The bit is set if a message is available in the output queue. Use this bit to trigger the reading of
data by the controller.
5
Event status register sum bit (ESB)
Sum bit of the event status register. It is set if one of the bits in the event status register is set
and enabled in the event status enable register.
Query the event status register contents to get more detailed event information.
6
Service request triggered (RQS) / master status summary bit (MSS)
The bit is set if the instrument triggers a service request. This is the case if one of the other STB
bits is set together with its mask bit in the SRE register.
7
OPERation status register sum bit - not used
You can read the STB via a command or via a serial poll, see:
●
*STB? on page 282
●
*XSTB? on page 285
●
"Serial Poll" on page 274
SRE and SRQ
The service request enable (SRE) register determines which bits of the STB trigger the
generation of a service request (SRQ).
A service request is generated if a bit is set in the SRE and the associated bit in the
STB changes from 0 to 1. Bit 6 of the STB acts as the sum bit of the remaining STB
bits. It is ignored for service request generation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
271
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
You can configure and read the SRE via commands, see:
●
*SRE on page 281
●
*XSRE on page 284
See also "Service Request" on page 274
PPE and IST
The parallel poll enable (PPE) register determines which bits of the STB contribute to
the individual status (IST) flag.
The IST flag is set to 1 if a bit is set in the PPE and the associated bit in the STB
changes from 0 to 1. All STB bits can contribute to the IST, even bit 6.
The IST flag combines the entire instrument status in a single bit that can be queried
via a parallel poll.
You can configure and read the PPE via commands. You can read the IST flag via a
command or via a parallel poll, see:
●
*PRE on page 280
●
*XPRE on page 283
●
*IST? on page 279
●
"Parallel Poll" on page 274
ESR and ESE
The event status register (ESR) indicates general instrument states.
The event status enable (ESE) register determines which bits of the ESR contribute to
the ESB bit of the STB. The ESB bit is set to 1 if a bit is set in the ESE and the associated bit in the ESR changes from 0 to 1.
Table 8-3: Meaning of the ESR bits
Bit No.
Meaning
0
Operation complete
This bit is set on receipt of the command *OPC when all previous commands have been executed.
1
Request control
This bit is set if the instrument requests the controller function. This is the case when a hardcopy is sent to a printer or a plotter via the IEC-bus.
2
Query error
This bit is set if either the controller wants to read data from the instrument without having sent a
query, or if it does not fetch requested data and sends new instructions to the instrument
instead. The cause is often a query which is faulty and hence cannot be executed.
3
Device-dependent error
This bit is set if a device-dependent error occurs. An error message with a number between
-300 and -399 or a positive error number, which denotes the error in greater detail, is entered
into the error queue.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
272
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Bit No.
Meaning
4
Execution error
This bit is set if a received command is syntactically correct but cannot be performed for other
reasons. An error message with a number between -200 and -300, which denotes the error in
greater detail, is entered into the error queue.
5
Command error
This bit is set if a command is received, which is undefined or syntactically incorrect. An error
message with a number between -100 and -200, which denotes the error in greater detail, is
entered into the error queue.
6
User request
This bit is set when the instrument is switched over to manual control.
7
Power on
This bit is set when the instrument is switched on.
You can configure and read the ESE via commands. You can read the ESR via commands, see:
8.1.7.3
●
*ESE on page 278
●
*XESE on page 282
●
*ESR? on page 278
●
*XESR? on page 283
SCPI Status Registers
The STATus:OPERation register indicates application states during the instrument's
normal operation.
The STATus:QUEStionable register indicates whether the measurement results are
of questionable quality.
In the current software version, these registers are not supported.
8.1.7.4
Application of the Status Reporting System
The purpose of the status reporting system is to monitor the status of one or several
instruments in a test system. To do this and react appropriately, the controller must
receive and evaluate the information of all devices.
The following standard methods are used:
●
Service request (SRQ) initiated by the instrument
●
Serial poll of all devices in the bus system, initiated by the controller in order to
find out who sent an SRQ and why
●
Parallel poll of all devices
●
Query of a specific register by means of commands
●
Query of the error queue
These methods are described in the following sections.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
273
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Basics
Service Request
The instrument can send a service request (SRQ) to the controller. Usually, this service request initiates an interrupt at the controller, to which the control program can
react appropriately.
An SRQ is initiated if one or several of bits 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 of the STB are set and
enabled in the SRE. Each of these bits combines the information of a lower-level register, the error queue or the output buffer, see "STB" on page 271.
The ENABle parts of the status registers can be set such that arbitrary bits in an arbitrary status register initiate an SRQ. In order to make use of the possibilities of the service request effectively, all bits should be set to "1" in the mask registers SRE and
ESE.
The SRQ is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own. Each
controller program should cause the instrument to initiate a service request if errors
occur. The program should react appropriately to the service request.
Serial Poll
In a serial poll, the controller queries the STB of each connected instrument, one
instrument after the other. The serial poll uses interface messages and is faster than a
poll by means of the command *STB?.
The serial poll method is defined in IEEE 488.1 and used to be the only standard possibility for different instruments to poll the STB. The method also works for instruments
which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488.2.
The serial poll is mainly used to obtain a fast overview of the state of several instruments connected to the controller.
Parallel Poll
In a parallel poll, the controller simultaneously queries the IST flag of up to eight instruments. The IST flag results from the STB and the PPE, see "PPE and IST"
on page 272.
The instrument first has to be set for the parallel poll using the command PPC. This
command allocates a data line to the instrument and determines whether the response
is to be inverted. The parallel poll itself is executed using PPE.
The parallel poll is mainly used to find out quickly which of the instruments connected
to the controller has sent a service request.
Query of a Register
Each part of any status register can be read using common commands, see chapter 8.2.3, "Common Commands", on page 277.
Queries are usually used after an SRQ in order to obtain more detailed information on
the cause of the SRQ.
Depending on the query command, the register contents are either returned as a list of
mnemonics or as a decimal number.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
274
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
A returned decimal number is derived from the bit pattern of the register, converted to
decimal presentation.
Example:
In a register with 8 bits, bit number 0 and 2 are set to 1. All other bits are zero.
So the binary presentation of the register is 10100000.
In decimal presentation this equals 1*20 + 1*22 = 1+4 = 5.
Error Queue
Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue. The entries of
the error queue are detailed plain text error messages that can be queried via remote
control using SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? or SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?. Each call of
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? returns and deletes one entry from the error queue. If the
queue is empty, the instrument returns 0, "No error".
The error queue should be queried after every SRQ in the controller program as the
entries describe the cause of an error more precisely than the status registers. Especially in the test phase of a controller program the error queue should be queried regularly since faulty commands from the controller to the instrument are recorded as well.
8.2 Command Reference
This chapter describes the remote commands of the R&S CMA180.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Finding the Relevant Command............................................................................275
Conventions for Command Descriptions...............................................................276
Common Commands............................................................................................ 277
General Commands.............................................................................................. 285
Generator Commands...........................................................................................322
Analyzer Commands.............................................................................................352
EPS Measurement Commands.............................................................................411
ACP Measurement Commands............................................................................ 417
Power Measurement Commands..........................................................................427
FFT Spectrum Analyzer Commands.....................................................................440
Spectrum Analyzer Commands............................................................................ 452
List of all Commands.............................................................................................471
8.2.1 Finding the Relevant Command
Get acquainted to manual control of the instrument, before you try to control it via
remote commands.
If you search the command corresponding to a specific manual configuration step,
locate the description of the GUI element in the documentation. At the instrument,
press the HELP key to open the documentation section describing the currently displayed settings or results.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
275
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
The GUI element description provides links to related commands, if applicable.
Fig. 8-3: GUI element description with link to command description
To identify the manual control setting corresponding to a specific command, follow the
link at the end of the command description.
Fig. 8-4: Command description with link to GUI element description
As far as possible, the command descriptions are ordered in the same way as the
descriptions of the manual settings.
At the end of each command reference section, you find a linked list of all commands
described in the section.
8.2.2 Conventions for Command Descriptions
The following sections describe the most important conventions that are used in the
command reference.
In addition, refer to the following sections:
8.2.2.1
●
chapter 8.1.5, "Command Structure", on page 262
●
chapter 8.1.6, "Retrieving Measurement Results", on page 267 (FETCh, READ and
CALCulate commands)
Long and Short Form
In general, the long form of the commands and parameters is used in the command
reference chapters.
For better readability, the short form is stated for the following mnemonics:
●
:MEASurement is written as :MEAS
●
:MEValuation is written as :MEV
●
:GENerator is written as :GEN
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
276
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
The long form and the short form are both accepted by the instrument.
8.2.2.2
Current and Statistical Results
The R&S CMA180 measures most results repeatedly. It provides the current result values and a statistical evaluation of already measured result values.
The current results and the individual types of statistical results are queried via different commands. The following mnemonics indicate which type of results is queried:
8.2.2.3
●
CURRent: Current results, measured in the last measurement interval
●
AVERage: Average of the CURRent values within the last measurement cycle
●
MAXimum: Maximum of the CURRent values since the start of the measurement
●
MINimum: MINimum of the CURRent values since the start of the measurement
●
DEViation: Standard deviation of the CURRent values within the last measurement cycle
Keywords
This section describes selected keywords used in the command reference.
●
●
●
Command usage
If the usage is not explicitly stated, the command allows you to set parameters and
to query parameters.
Otherwise, the command usage is stated as follows:
– "Setting only": command can only be used to set parameters
–
"Query only": command can only be used to query parameters
–
"Event": command initiates an event
Parameter usage
The parameter usage is indicated by the keyword preceding the parameter
descriptions:
– "Parameters" are sent with a setting or query command and are returned as
the result of a query
–
"Setting parameters" are only sent with a setting command
–
"Query parameters" are only sent with a query command (to refine the query)
–
"Return values" are only returned as the result of a query
Reset values
The *RST command sets most parameters to their default value. This value is indicated as *RST value.
8.2.3 Common Commands
Common commands are described in the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. These
commands have the same effect on different instruments. The command headers consist of an asterisk "*" followed by three letters. Many common commands are related to
the status reporting system, see chapter 8.1.7, "Status Reporting System",
on page 269.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
277
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
This section describes the supported common commands and additional
R&S CMA180-specific commands that use a similar syntax.
*CLS.............................................................................................................................278
*ESE.............................................................................................................................278
*ESR?...........................................................................................................................278
*IDN?............................................................................................................................279
*IST?............................................................................................................................ 279
*OPC............................................................................................................................ 279
*OPT?...........................................................................................................................279
*PRE............................................................................................................................ 280
*PSC............................................................................................................................ 280
*RCL.............................................................................................................................280
*RST.............................................................................................................................280
*SAV.............................................................................................................................281
*SRE............................................................................................................................ 281
*SRQ?.......................................................................................................................... 281
*STB?...........................................................................................................................282
*WAI.............................................................................................................................282
*XESE.......................................................................................................................... 282
*XESR?........................................................................................................................ 283
*XPRE.......................................................................................................................... 283
*XSRE.......................................................................................................................... 284
*XSTB?.........................................................................................................................285
*CLS
Clears the status byte (STB) register, the event status read (ESR) register and the
EVENt part of the QUEStionable and the OPERation registers.
The command does not alter the mask and transition parts of the registers. It clears the
output buffer.
Usage:
Event
*ESE <Value>
Sets the event status enable (ESE) register to the specified value.
Alternative command: *XESE on page 282
Parameters:
<Value>
Example:
Range:
0 to 255
*ESE 5
Sets bit 2 and bit 0 to 1. Sets the other bits to 0.
*ESR?
Returns the contents of the event status register (ESR) in decimal form and sets the
register to zero.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
278
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Alternative command: *XESR? on page 283
Return values:
<Value>
Range:
0 to 255
Example:
*ESR?
Return value 5 for example means: bit 2 and bit 0 = 1, all other
bits = 0.
Usage:
Query only
*IDN?
Returns the instrument identification.
Return values:
<ID>
Usage:
Instrument identification as string:
"Rohde&Schwarz,<instrument type>,<serial number>,<base
software version>"
Query only
*IST?
Returns the IST flag in decimal form. The IST flag is the status bit which is sent during
a parallel poll.
Return values:
<ISTflag>
0|1
Usage:
Query only
*OPC
*OPC sets bit 0 in the event status register (ESR) when all preceding commands have
been executed. This bit can be used to initiate a service request.
*OPC? waits until all preceding commands have been executed. Then it returns a "1".
This is used for command synchronization.
Usage:
Event
*OPT?
Returns a list of the installed options.
For an improved alternative command, see SYSTem:BASE:OPTion:LIST?
on page 312.
Return values:
<Options>
Comma-separated list of installed options
Usage:
Query only
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
279
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Remote Commands" on page 510
*PRE <Value>
Sets the parallel poll enable (PPE) register to the specified value.
Alternative command: *XPRE on page 283
Parameters:
<Value>
Example:
Range:
0 to 255
*PRE 132
Sets bit 2 and bit 7 to 1. Sets the other bits to 0.
*PSC <ClearRegisters>
Specifies whether the ENABle status registers are preserved or reset to zero when the
instrument is switched on (power on status clear - PSC).
Parameters:
<ClearRegisters>
0|1
0: Preserve register contents at power on
1: Clear register contents at power on
Usage:
Event
*RCL <Number>
Loads the instrument settings from an intermediate memory identified by the specified
number. The instrument settings can be stored to this memory using the command
*SAV with the associated number.
To load instrument settings from a file to the memory, see MMEMory:LOAD:STATe
on page 306.
See also MMEMory:RCL on page 307.
Parameters:
<Number>
Range:
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control" on page 238
0 to 99
*RST
Resets all applications in all scenarios. The base settings are left unchanged.
The reset values are indicated in the command descriptions.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control of Reset and Preset" on page 237
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
280
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
*SAV <Number>
Stores the current instrument settings under the specified number in an intermediate
memory. The settings can be restored, using the command *RCL with the associated
number.
To save the stored instrument settings to a file, see MMEMory:STORe:STATe
on page 308.
See also MMEMory:SAV on page 308.
Parameters:
<Number>
Range:
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control" on page 238
0 to 99
*SRE <Value>
Sets the service request enable (SRE) register to the specified value.
Alternative command: *XSRE on page 284
Parameters:
<Value>
Example:
Range:
0 to 255
*SRE 132
Sets bit 2 and bit 7 to 1. Sets the other bits to 0.
*SRQ? [<Timeout>]
Waits until a service request is generated or the timeout expires. Then returns a status
information.
Query parameters:
<Timeout>
Waiting for a service request is aborted after the timeout.
If no timeout is specified and no service request is generated,
the command waits inifinitely. Other timers for example of the
remote control interface may expire in that case.
Default unit: ms
Return values:
<Status>
0|1
0
The timer has expired. There was no service request.
1
A service request has been generated.
Usage:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Query only
281
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
*STB?
Returns the contents of the status byte (STB) register in decimal form.
Alternative command: *XSTB? on page 285
Return values:
<Value>
Range:
0 to 255
Example:
*STB?
Return value 36 for example means: bit 2 and bit 5 = 1, all other
bits = 0.
Usage:
Query only
*WAI
Waits until all preceding commands have been executed and all signals have settled
(see also *OPC).
Usage:
Event
*XESE <Values>
Sets the event status enable (ESE) register.
The bits to be set to 1 are specified via mnemonics. The other bits are set to 0.
Parameters:
<Values>
Comma-separated list of mnemonics, enclosed in brackets
Possible mnemonics are:
PON
Bit 7, power on
URQ
Bit 6, user request
CME
Bit 5, command error
EXE
Bit 4, execution error
DDE
Bit 3, device-dependent error
QYE
Bit 2, query error
RQC
Bit 1, request control
OPC
Bit 0, operation complete
Example:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
*XESE (QYE,OPC)
Sets bit 2 and bit 0 to 1. Sets the other bits to 0.
282
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
*XESR?
Returns the contents of the event status register (ESR) as a list of mnemonics and sets
the register to zero.
Return values:
<Value>
Comma-separated list of mnemonics, enclosed in brackets
Possible mnemonics are:
PON
Bit 7, power on
URQ
Bit 6, user request
CME
Bit 5, command error
EXE
Bit 4, execution error
DDE
Bit 3, device-dependent error
QYE
Bit 2, query error
RQC
Bit 1, request control
OPC
Bit 0, operation complete
Example:
*XESR?
Return value (QYE,OPC) for example means: bit 2 and bit 0 =
1, all other bits = 0.
Usage:
Query only
*XPRE <Values>
Sets the parallel poll enable (PPE) register.
The bits to be set to 1 are specified via mnemonics. The other bits are set to 0.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
283
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Values>
Comma-separated list of mnemonics, enclosed in brackets
Possible mnemonics are:
OPER
Bit 7, OPERation status register sum bit
RQS
Bit 6, service request triggered (MSS bit)
ESB
Bit 5, event status register sum bit
MAV
Bit 4, message available
QUES
Bit 3, QUEStionable status register sum bit
ERR
Bit 2, error queue not empty
DD2
Bit 1, not used
DD1
Bit 0, not used
Example:
*XPRE (OPER,ERR)
Sets bit 7 and bit 2 to 1. Sets the other bits to 0.
*XSRE <Values>
Sets the service request enable (SRE) register.
The bits to be set to 1 are specified via mnemonics. The other bits are set to 0. Bit 6 is
always 0.
Parameters:
<Values>
Comma-separated list of mnemonics, enclosed in brackets
Possible mnemonics are:
OPER
Bit 7, OPERation status register sum bit
ESB
Bit 5, event status register sum bit
MAV
Bit 4, message available
QUES
Bit 3, QUEStionable status register sum bit
ERR
Bit 2, error queue not empty
DD2
Bit 1, not used
DD1
Bit 0, not used
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
284
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Example:
*XPRE (OPER,ERR)
Sets bit 7 and bit 2 to 1. Sets the other bits to 0.
*XSTB?
Returns the contents of the status byte (STB) register as a list of mnemonics.
Return values:
<Value>
Comma-separated list of mnemonics, enclosed in brackets
Possible mnemonics are:
OPER
Bit 7, OPERation status register sum bit
RQS
Bit 6, service request triggered (MSS bit)
ESB
Bit 5, event status register sum bit
MAV
Bit 4, message available
QUES
Bit 3, QUEStionable status register sum bit
ERR
Bit 2, error queue not empty
Example:
*XSTB?
Return value (ESB,ERR) for example means: bit 5 and bit 2 =
1, all other bits = 0.
Usage:
Query only
8.2.4 General Commands
The commands in this section configure or query general instrument settings. They are
not directly related to a specific generator or measurement application.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Scenario Selection................................................................................................ 286
Reset and Preset.................................................................................................. 286
Error Queue.......................................................................................................... 287
RF Connectors...................................................................................................... 289
CONTROL Connector........................................................................................... 289
Trigger Connectors............................................................................................... 291
Impedance Matching Unit Settings....................................................................... 291
Sound Settings......................................................................................................292
LAN Settings......................................................................................................... 293
Remote Settings....................................................................................................295
Reference Frequency............................................................................................297
File Handling......................................................................................................... 299
System Date and Time..........................................................................................309
Instrument Information.......................................................................................... 311
Screenshots.......................................................................................................... 314
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
285
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
●
●
●
8.2.4.1
Remote Control Traces......................................................................................... 315
Miscellaneous Commands.................................................................................... 318
List of General Commands................................................................................... 320
Scenario Selection
CONFigure:BASE:SCENario <Scenario>
Selects the test scenario.
Always select the scenario to be used before configuring and using an application.
If you show the display during remote control (for example with the "Hide Remote
Screen" button or SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ON), the execution of this command
takes some seconds. Insert a pause into your test script after this command, to ensure
that the change has been applied. Or query the setting until the correct new value is
returned, before you continue your test script.
Parameters:
<Scenario>
TXTest | RXTest | DXTest | SPECtrum | EXPert | AUDio
A query can also return NOSC (no scenario active).
Manual operation:
8.2.4.2
See "Remote Control" on page 56
Reset and Preset
The following commands reset or preset the instrument or specific software parts.
SYSTem:PRESet:ALL.................................................................................................... 286
SYSTem:RESet:ALL...................................................................................................... 286
SYSTem:PRESet:BASE................................................................................................. 286
SYSTem:RESet:BASE................................................................................................... 286
SYSTem:PRESet...........................................................................................................287
SYSTem:RESet............................................................................................................. 287
SYSTem:PRESet:ALL
SYSTem:RESet:ALL
Presets or resets the base settings and all applications in all scenarios.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control of Reset and Preset" on page 237
SYSTem:PRESet:BASE
SYSTem:RESet:BASE
Presets or resets only the base settings, not the applications.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control of Reset and Preset" on page 237
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
286
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SYSTem:PRESet [<Application>]
SYSTem:RESet [<Application>]
Presets or resets a selected application in all scenarios.
If <Application> is omitted, all applications are preset or reset.
Parameters:
<Application>
8.2.4.3
String specifying the application to be reset/preset
Possible values are:
'AFRF Gen' for generator
'AFRF Meas' for analyzer
'GPRF Meas' for EPS, power, FFT spectrum and spectrum
measurement
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control of Reset and Preset" on page 237
Error Queue
The following commands query and delete the error queue.
SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt?................................................................................................287
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?.................................................................................................... 287
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?................................................................................................288
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?.......................................................................................... 288
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]?..................................................................................... 288
SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt?
Queries the number of entries in the error queue.
Return values:
<ErrorCount>
Number of entries
Range:
Usage:
0 to n
Query only
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?
Queries and deletes all entries in the error queue.
Each entry consists of an error code and a short description of the error. The entries
are returned as comma-separated list:
{<ErrorNumber>, <ErrorText>}entry 1, {<ErrorNumber>, <ErrorText>}entry
2, ..., {<ErrorNumber>, <ErrorText>}entry n
Return values:
<ErrorNumber>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
0 means that the queue is empty.
Positive error codes are instrument-dependent.
Negative error codes are reserved by the SCPI standard.
287
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<ErrorText>
String specifying the error
Example:
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?
Result for empty queue: 0, "No error"
Result with two entries:
-113,"Undefined header;SYSTem:ERfdf:ALL?",
-222,"Data out of range;*RCL 200"
Usage:
Query only
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
Queries and deletes the oldest entry in the error queue.
Return values:
<ErrorCode>
0 means that the queue is empty.
Positive error codes are instrument-dependent.
Negative error codes are reserved by the SCPI standard.
<ErrorDescription>
String specifying the error
Example:
SYSTem:ERRor?
Result: -113,"Undefined header;SYSTem:ERfdf:ALL?"
Usage:
Query only
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?
Queries the error code numbers of all entries in the error queue and deletes all entries.
Return values:
<ErrorCode>
Comma-separated list of error codes
0 means that the queue is empty.
Positive error codes are instrument-dependent.
Negative error codes are reserved by the SCPI standard.
Example:
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?
Result for empty queue: 0
Result with two entries: -113,-222
Usage:
Query only
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]?
Queries the code number of the oldest entry in the error queue and deletes the entry.
Return values:
<Error>
Example:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
0 means that the queue is empty.
Positive error codes are instrument-dependent.
Negative error codes are reserved by the SCPI standard.
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE?
Result for empty queue: 0
Result for undefined header: -113
288
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Usage:
8.2.4.4
Query only
RF Connectors
The following commands configure the RF COM attenuator and reset the protection
circuits.
CONFigure:BASE:ATTenuation:ENABle...........................................................................289
CONFigure:BASE:CPRotection:RESet............................................................................. 289
CONFigure:BASE:ATTenuation:ENABle <AttenEnable>
Enables or disables the internal 17 dB attenuator of the RF COM connector.
Parameters:
<AttenEnable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Configuring the RF COM High Power Attenuator"
on page 231
CONFigure:BASE:CPRotection:RESet
Resets the protection circuit of the RF connectors.
8.2.4.5
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Re-enabling the RF Connectors" on page 231
CONTROL Connector
The following commands configure the relays and the TTL registers of the CONTROL
connector.
CONFigure:BASE:RELay<Index>.................................................................................... 289
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>:DIRection.........................................................................290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>........................................................................................ 290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL2:UPDate......................................................................................290
CONFigure:BASE:RELay<Index> <Activity>
Activates or deactivates relay 1 or 2 of the CONTROL connector.
Suffix:
<Index>
Parameters:
<Activity>
.
1..2
Selects relay 1 or relay 2
INACtive | ACTive
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
INAC
See "Relay 1 / Relay 2" on page 232
289
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>:DIRection <Direction>
Configures the direction of a TTL register of the CONTROL connector.
The direction of register 1 is fixed and can only be queried. The direction of register 2
can be configured.
Suffix:
<Index>
Parameters:
<Direction>
.
1..2
Selects TTL register 1 or 2
IN | OUT
*RST:
Manual operation:
OUT
See "TTL 1" on page 233
See "TTL 2" on page 233
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index> <PinState>...
Sets or queries the individual bits of a TTL register of the CONTROL connector.
A register with direction IN can only be queried. A register with direction OUT can be
configured.
Before querying the input register, update the values, see CONFigure:BASE:TTL2:
UPDate on page 290.
Suffix:
<Index>
Parameters:
<PinState>
.
1..2
Selects TTL register 1 or 2
OFF | ON
Comma-separated list of four values, one per bit of the register
Register 1: Pin 1, 2, 3, 4
Register 2: Pin 14, 15, 16, 17
OFF = 0, ON = 1
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF,OFF,OFF,OFF
See "TTL 1" on page 233
See "TTL 2" on page 233
CONFigure:BASE:TTL2:UPDate
If TTL2 is used in input direction, this command triggers the evaluation of the input signal and a refresh of the resulting bit values.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "TTL 2" on page 233
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
290
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.4.6
Trigger Connectors
The following commands configure the TRIG OUT connector on the rear panel of the
instrument.
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:CATalog:SOURce?..........................................................................291
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:SOURce.........................................................................................291
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:CATalog:SOURce?
Lists all trigger source values that can be selected via TRIGger:BASE:OUT:SOURce
on page 291.
Return values:
<Sourcelist>
Comma-separated list of all supported values
Each value is represented as a string.
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "External Trigger Area" on page 235
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:SOURce <Source>
Selects the output trigger signal to be routed to the TRIG OUT connector.
Parameters:
<Source>
Source as string, examples:
"No Connection"
TRIG OUT connector deactivated
"Base1: External TRIG In"
Trigger signal from TRIG IN connector
"AFRF Gen1: ..."
Trigger signal from processed waveform file
Manual operation:
8.2.4.7
See "External Trigger Area" on page 235
Impedance Matching Unit Settings
The AF Impedance Matching Unit R&S CMA-Z600A is operated manually via buttons
on the unit. Some additional settings related to the unit are configured via the following
commands.
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:ENABle.................................................................................... 291
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:IMPedance............................................................................... 292
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:ENABle <Enable>
Specifies whether an impedance matching unit is included in the used AF paths.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
291
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
OFF
No impedance matching unit
ON
Impedance matching unit is included
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "CMA-Z600A" on page 235
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:IMPedance <Impedance>
Specifies the impedance that is configured at the impedance matching unit.
Parameters:
<Impedance>
IHOL | R50 | R150 | R300 | R600
IHOL
In high / out low
R50 | R150 | R300 | R600
50 Ω | 150 Ω | 300 Ω | 600 Ω
*RST:
Manual operation:
8.2.4.8
IHOL
See "Impedance" on page 235
Sound Settings
The following commands configure the sound settings for the loudspeaker and connected headphones.
CONFigure:BASE:SOUNd:SOURce <SoundSource>
Selects the audio source to be connected to the loudspeaker / headphones.
Parameters:
<SoundSource>
GENone | GENThree | AFONe | SPDif | DEModulator
GENone
Generator 1 + generator 2
GENThree
Generator 3 + generator 4
AFONe
AF1 IN + AF2 IN
SPDif
SPDIF IN L + R
DEModulator
Demodulator output
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
DEM
See "Remote Control of Sound Settings" on page 230
292
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.4.9
LAN Settings
The following commands configure LAN connection settings.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:ADAPter.............................................................................293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:HOSTname........................................................................ 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DHCP................................................................................ 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:IPADdress.......................................................................... 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:SUBNet:MASK....................................................................294
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:GATeway........................................................................... 294
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS:ENABle...................................................................... 294
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS...................................................................................295
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:ADAPter <Adapter>
Selects the network adapter and thus the connection type to be modified. All
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:... commands affect the selected network adapter. This
command does not activate or deactivate a network adapter.
Parameters:
<Adapter>
String parameter
Manual operation:
See "Network Adapter" on page 244
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:HOSTname <Host>
Sets the host name of the R&S CMA180.
Parameters:
<Host>
Host name as string
Manual operation:
See "Hostname" on page 245
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DHCP <Boolean>
Enables or disables DHCP.
Parameters:
<Boolean>
1|0
1: DHCP enabled, automatic TCP/IP address settings
0: DHCP disabled, manual address settings
Manual operation:
See "DHCP" on page 245
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:IPADdress <Address>...
Assigns one or more IPv4 addresses to the network adapter. The configuration is only
possible if DHCP is disabled.
A query returns the currently assigned addresses, irrespective of whether they have
been assigned manually or via DHCP.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
293
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Address>
Manual operation:
String parameter, IP address consisting of four blocks (octets)
separated by dots
Several strings separated by commas can be entered, or several
addresses separated by commas can be included in one string.
See "IP Addresses / Subnet Masks / Gateways" on page 245
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:SUBNet:MASK <Mask>...
Defines the subnet masks to be used for the network adapter. The configuration is only
possible if DHCP is disabled.
A query returns the currently used subnet masks, irrespective of whether they have
been assigned manually or via DHCP.
Parameters:
<Mask>
Manual operation:
String parameter, subnet mask consisting of four blocks separated by dots
Several strings separated by commas can be entered, or several
masks separated by commas can be included in one string.
See "IP Addresses / Subnet Masks / Gateways" on page 245
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:GATeway <Address>...
Defines IPv4 addresses of default gateways. The configuration is only possible if
DHCP is disabled.
A query returns the currently defined addresses, irrespective of whether they have
been specified manually or via DHCP.
Parameters:
<Address>
Manual operation:
String parameter, gateway IP address consisting of four blocks
separated by dots
Several strings separated by commas can be entered, or several
addresses separated by commas can be included in one string.
See "IP Addresses / Subnet Masks / Gateways" on page 245
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS:ENABle <Boolean>
Enables or disables the configuration of DNS addresses via DHCP.
Parameters:
<Boolean>
1|0
1: Enabled, automatic address configuration
0: Disabled, manual address configuration
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Dynamic DNS" on page 245
294
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS <Address>...
Defines the DNS server IPv4 addresses to be used. The addresses are valid if
dynamic configuration is disabled.
A query returns the defined DNS addresses, irrespective of whether they have been
specified manually or via DHCP.
Parameters:
<Address>
Manual operation:
8.2.4.10
String parameters, DNS server addresses consisting of four
blocks separated by dots
Several strings separated by commas can be entered, or several
addresses separated by commas can be included in one string.
See "DNS Servers" on page 245
Remote Settings
The following commands query or configure addresses for remote control of the
R&S CMA180.
SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:VRESource?................................................................... 295
SYSTem:COMMunicate:VXI:VRESource?........................................................................ 295
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:VRESource?................................................................. 296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:PORT........................................................................... 296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:MODE.......................................................................... 296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:VRESource?.......................................................................296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:VRESource?..................................................................... 296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDR.................................................................... 297
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ENABle.................................................................. 297
SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:VRESource?
Queries the VISA resource string for the HiSLIP protocol.
Return values:
<String>
VISA resource string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Visa Resource" on page 258
SYSTem:COMMunicate:VXI:VRESource?
Queries the VISA resource string for the VXI-11 protocol.
Return values:
<String>
VISA resource string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Visa Resource" on page 259
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
295
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:VRESource?
Queries the VISA resource string of the socket resource (direct socket communication).
Return values:
<String>
VISA resource string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Visa Resource" on page 258
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:PORT <Port>
Sets the data port number for direct socket communication.
Parameters:
<Port>
To select a free port number, enter 0.
To select a specific port number, use the following range.
Range:
Manual operation:
1024 to 32767
See "Data Port" on page 258
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:MODE <Mode>
Sets the protocol operation mode for direct socket communication.
Parameters:
<Mode>
RAW | AGILent | IEEE1174
RAW
No support of control messages
AGILent
Emulation codes via control connection (control port)
IEEE1174
Emulation codes via data connection (data port)
Manual operation:
See "Protocol Mode" on page 258
SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:VRESource?
Queries the VISA resource string of the USB interface.
Return values:
<String>
VISA resource string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Visa Resource" on page 259
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:VRESource?
Queries the VISA resource string of the GPIB interface.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
296
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<String>
VISA resource string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Visa Resource" on page 259
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDR <AddressNo>
Sets the primary GPIB address.
Parameters:
<AddressNo>
GPIB address, integer number
Range:
Manual operation:
0 to 30
See "Primary Address" on page 259
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ENABle <State>
Enables or disables the GPIB interface.
Parameters:
<State>
1|0
1: GPIB enabled
0: GPIB disabled
Manual operation:
8.2.4.11
See "Enabled" on page 260
Reference Frequency
The following commands configure the reference frequency source and adjust the
TCXO or OCXO.
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:SOURce............................................................ 297
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:INTernal:LIRange.................................................................. 298
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:EXTernal:LIRange................................................................. 298
SENSe:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:LOCKed?............................................................. 298
SOURce:BASE:ADJustment:STATe................................................................................ 298
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:TYPE.............................................................................. 299
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:VALue............................................................................. 299
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:SAVE.............................................................................. 299
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:SOURce <Source>
Selects whether an internal or external reference frequency source is used.
Parameters:
<Source>
INTernal | EXTernal
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
INT
See "Frequency Source" on page 234
297
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:INTernal:LIRange <LIRange>
Selects the type of an internal reference frequency source.
Parameters:
<LIRange>
MEDium | NARRow | INV
MEDium
TCXO
NARRow
OCXO
INV
Source unusable, for example adjustment ongoing
Manual operation:
See "Oscillator" on page 234
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:EXTernal:LIRange <LIRange>
Selects the width of the lock-in range, used to synchronize to an external reference frequency source.
Parameters:
<LIRange>
WIDE | MEDium | NARRow | INV
INV means that the source is currently unusable, for example
because of an ongoing adjustment
Manual operation:
See "Lock-in Range" on page 234
SENSe:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:LOCKed?
Queries whether the reference frequency is locked or not.
Return values:
<Lock>
1|0
1: Frequency is locked
0: Frequency is not locked
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Frequency Locked/Unlocked" on page 234
SOURce:BASE:ADJustment:STATe <Control>
Starts or terminates the adjustment of the reference frequency. A query returns the
current state.
Setting parameters:
<Control>
ON | OFF
ON
Starts the adjustment
OFF
Terminates the adjustment
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
298
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<State>
OFF | PENDing | ON
OFF
No adjustment in progress
PENDing
State transition ongoing
ON
Adjustment in progress
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Buttons
" on page 501
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:TYPE <AdjType>
Selects the frequency source to be adjusted.
Parameters:
<AdjType>
TCXO | OCXO
Manual operation:
See "Type" on page 502
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:VALue <AdjValue>
Adjusts the reference frequency. A lower value decreases the frequency. A higher
value increases it.
Parameters:
<AdjValue>
Range:
Manual operation:
See "Adjustment" on page 502
0 to 65535
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:SAVE
Stores the configured adjustment value.
8.2.4.12
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Save Button" on page 502
File Handling
The mass memory commands provide access to the storage media, for example to the
system drive, a network location or a memory stick. They also save and recall instrument settings.
File names and directory names
The following rules apply to parameters specifying files or directories:
●
The parameters are strings.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
299
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
●
You can specify complete absolute paths, including the drive name and all subdirectories. For locations in a network, use the universal naming convention (UNC)
format '\\server\share'.
Examples:
– 'D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data\test.txt' specifies the file named
test.txt in the directory Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data on drive D:\.
–
'\\myserver\data\archive\test.txt' specifies the file named
test.txt in the subdirectory archive of the share data on the server
myserver.
●
If you specify a string containing an absolute path without drive or server, the
default storage unit is prefixed automatically (see MMEMory:MSIS on page 307).
●
If you specify a string containing a relative path, the current directory is prefixed
automatically (see MMEMory:CDIRectory on page 304).
●
Alias strings facilitate the entry of paths. To display the predefined alias strings and
the assigned paths, see MMEMory:ALIases? on page 301. The defined strings
can be combined with normal text to specify file paths.
Example: '@SAVE\myfile.rsbff' specifies the file myfile.rsbff in the save
files directory, assigned to the alias @SAVE.
●
The use of wildcards ? and * is only allowed if explicitly stated for a command.
Wildcards are only allowed in the last component of a string.
Example: 'archive\*test*' allowed, 'archi*\test1.txt' not allowed
●
A file name may contain the period as a separator for extensions.
●
A single period represents the current directory.
●
A double period represents the parent of the current directory.
●
Example: Assume that the default storage unit equals 'D:' and the current directory equals 'Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data'. Then the following commands yield
the same result:
MMEM:CAT?
MMEM:CAT? '*'
MMEM:CAT? '*.*'
MMEM:CAT? '.\*.*'
MMEM:CAT? '..\Data\*.*'
MMEM:CAT? '..\Data'
MMEM:CAT? '\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data\*.*'
MMEM:CAT? 'D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data\*.*'
File and directory names can be chosen according to Windows™ conventions. All letters and numbers are allowed, as well as the special characters _^$~!#%&-{}()@`.
Reserved file names are CON, AUX, COM1...COM4, LPT1...LPT3, NUL and PRN.
Mass memory commands are marked as "SCPI confirmed" if they provide at least the
functionality defined by SCPI and can be used as specified by SCPI. Nevertheless
these commands may provide additional features not specified by SCPI, like wildcards.
The functionality can also be enhanced via additional optional parameters.
List of commands:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
300
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
MMEMory:ALIases?....................................................................................................... 301
MMEMory:ATTRibute..................................................................................................... 301
MMEMory:CATalog?...................................................................................................... 302
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth?..........................................................................................303
MMEMory:CDIRectory....................................................................................................304
MMEMory:COPY........................................................................................................... 304
MMEMory:DATA............................................................................................................ 304
MMEMory:DCATalog?....................................................................................................305
MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth?....................................................................................... 305
MMEMory:DELete..........................................................................................................305
MMEMory:DRIVes?........................................................................................................306
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe.................................................................................................306
MMEMory:MDIRectory................................................................................................... 306
MMEMory:MOVE........................................................................................................... 306
MMEMory:MSIS.............................................................................................................307
MMEMory:RCL.............................................................................................................. 307
MMEMory:RDIRectory....................................................................................................308
MMEMory:SAV.............................................................................................................. 308
MMEMory:STORe:STATe...............................................................................................308
MMEMory:ALIases?
Returns the defined alias entries and the assigned directories. These settings are predefined and cannot be configured.
Return values:
<AliasList>
Comma-separated list of strings
For each defined alias, two strings are returned. The first one
indicates the alias, the second one the assigned path.
Example:
Return values for a single alias:
"@PRINT", "D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data\Print"
With this alias, the following file destinations are identical:
"@Print\A\myfile.bmp"
"D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data\Print\A\myfile.bmp"
Usage:
Query only
MMEMory:ATTRibute <FileName>, <Attributes>
MMEMory:ATTRibute? [<FileName>]
Sets or removes attributes for files and directories, or queries the attributes.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
301
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Attributes>
Attribute actions, separated by a blank
+ before an attribute: sets the attribute
- before an attribute: deletes the attribute
Possible attributes:
R: read only
A: archive file
S: system file
H: hidden file
Parameters for setting and query:
<FileName>
String specifying the name and/or path of the objects to be modified or queried.
The wildcards * and ? are allowed.
If a directory is specified instead of a file, the directory itself and
all files and subdirectories contained in that directory are modified or returned.
If the parameter is omitted for a query, the current directory is
used as default value (see MMEMory:CDIRectory).
Return values:
<Information>
Comma-separated list of information strings
Each string has the format '<ObjectName>,<Attributes>'.
Example:
MMEM:ATTR '@PRINT\*.PNG', '-R +A -H'
Clears attributes R and H and sets attribute A for all files with the
extension PNG in the screenshots directory.
Example:
MMEM:ATTR? '@PRINT'
Returns attribute information for all files and subdirectories of the
screenshots directory.
Possible response:
".,","..,","print1.png,A","mysubdirectory,"
MMEMory:CATalog? [<DirectoryName>][,<Format>]
Returns information about the specified directory.
Parameters:
<DirectoryName>
<Format>
String parameter to specify the directory
If this parameter is omitted, the command queries the contents
of the current directory (see MMEMory:CDIRectory).
If the wildcards ? or * are used, only files and directories matching this pattern are returned.
ALL | WTIme
ALL
Output enhanced with date, time and file attributes
WTIme
Output enhanced with date and time
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
302
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<UsedSpace>
Space in bytes, used by the listed files, excluding subdirectories
<FreeSpace>
Available free space in bytes
<Information>
Comma-separated list of information strings
Each string has the following structure:
'<Name>,<Type>,<Size>[,<Time>][,<Attributes>]'
<Name>
File name or directory name
<Type>
DIRectory | BINary | ASCii | STATe
<Size>
File size in bytes (0 for directories)
<Time>
Date and time of last modification
Only returned for <Format> = ALL or WTIme
<Attributes>
Object attributes, only returned for <Format> = ALL
Values: R = read-only, A = archive, S = system, H = hidden
Example:
MMEM:CAT? '@PRINT\*.png',ALL
Possible response:
549386,180667789312,
"print1.png,BIN,183108,02-10-2014 09:40,A",
"print2.png,BIN,183139,02-10-2014 09:41,A"
Usage:
Query only
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Navigation in Storage Medium" on page 239
See "File Info / Disk Info" on page 240
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth? [<DirectoryName>]
Returns the number of files and subdirectories in the specified directory. The returned
number corresponds to the number of information strings returned by the MMEMory:
CATalog? command.
Parameters:
<DirectoryName>
String parameter, directory to be queried
If the directory is omitted, the command queries the contents of
the current directory (see MMEMory:CDIRectory).
If the wildcards ? or * are used, the number of files and subdirectories matching this pattern are returned.
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Navigation in Storage Medium" on page 239
See "File Info / Disk Info" on page 240
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
303
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
MMEMory:CDIRectory [<DirectoryName>]
Changes the current directory for file access.
Parameters:
<DirectoryName>
String parameter to specify the directory
If the parameter is omitted, the current directory is set to '\'.
If the string contains not only a directory, but also a drive letter
or server name, the command MMEMory:MSIS is also executed
automatically.
Usage:
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Storage Medium / Path" on page 239
MMEMory:COPY <FileSource>[, <FileDestination>]
Copies an existing file. The target directory must exist.
Parameters:
<FileSource>
String parameter to specify the name of the file to be copied
Wildcards ? and * are allowed if <FileDestination> contains
a path without file name.
<FileDestination>
String parameter to specify the path and/or name of the new file
If the parameter is omitted, the new file is written to the current
directory (see MMEMory:CDIRectory).
Example:
MMEM:COPY '@PRINT\print1.png','E:\'
Copies print1.png to a memory stick connected as E:\.
Example:
MMEM:COPY '@PRINT\print1.png','E:\TXtest.png'
Copies print1.png to the stick as TXtest.png.
Usage:
Event
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Copy / Paste Button" on page 240
See "Rename Button" on page 240
MMEMory:DATA <FileName>, <Data>
MMEMory:DATA? <FileName>
Stores the specified block data into the specified file, or queries the contents of the
specified file.
Parameters:
<Data>
<dblock>
Data in 488.2 block data format. Use the delimiter EOI to achieve correct data transfer. See also "Block data" on page 265.
Parameters for setting and query:
<FileName>
String parameter to specify the file name
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
304
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Example:
MMEM:DATA '@USERDATA\TEST01.HCP', #17Content
Stores the data Content to the indicated file. #1 indicates that
the next single character (7) indicates the data length.
Usage:
SCPI confirmed
MMEMory:DCATalog? [<DirectoryName>]
Returns the subdirectories of the specified directory.
Parameters:
<DirectoryName>
Return values:
<Directory>
String parameter to specify the directory
If this parameter is omitted, the command queries the contents
of the current directory (see MMEMory:CDIRectory).
If the wildcards ? or * are used, only the subdirectories matching
this pattern are returned.
Comma-separated list of strings, one string per directory name
Example:
MMEM:DCAT? '@LOG'
Response: ".","..","2014-09-30_12-54-39",
"2014-10-02_09-10-55"
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Navigation in Storage Medium" on page 239
MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth? [<DirectoryName>]
Returns the number of subdirectories of the specified directory. The number corresponds to the number of strings returned by the MMEMory:DCATalog? command.
Parameters:
<DirectoryName>
String parameter to specify the directory
If the parameter is omitted, the command queries the contents of
the current directory (see MMEMory:CDIRectory).
If the wildcards ? or * are used, the number of subdirectories
matching this pattern are returned.
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Navigation in Storage Medium" on page 239
MMEMory:DELete <FileName>
Deletes the specified files.
Parameters:
<FileName>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
String parameter to specify the file to be deleted
The wildcards * and ? are allowed. Specifying a directory instead
of a file is not allowed.
305
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Usage:
Event
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Delete Button" on page 240
MMEMory:DRIVes?
Returns a list of the drives of the instrument.
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Storage Medium / Path" on page 239
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <MemoryNumber>, <FileSource>
Loads the instrument settings from the specified file to the specified internal memory.
After the file has been loaded, the settings must be activated using a *RCL command.
Parameters:
<MemoryNumber>
Number of the internal memory to which the settings shall be
loaded
<FileSource>
String parameter to specify the source file
Example:
MMEM:LOAD:STATe 4,'@SAVE\mysavefile.rsbff'
*RCL 4
Loads instrument settings from mysavefile.rsbff in the
save files directory to the internal memory number 4. Activates
the settings in internal memory number 4.
Usage:
Event
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control" on page 238
MMEMory:MDIRectory <DirectoryName>
Creates a new directory.
Parameters:
<DirectoryName>
String parameter to specify the new directory
All not yet existing parts of the specified path are created.
Example:
MMEM:MDIR '@USERDATA\MyFolder\Images\Recent'
Assuming that MyFolder already exists, the subdirectories
Images and Recent are created.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "New Folder Button" on page 240
MMEMory:MOVE <FileSource>, <FileDestination>
Moves an existing object (file or directory) to a new location and renames it.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
306
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<FileSource>
String parameter to specify the name of the object to be moved
or renamed
Wildcards ? and * are allowed if the files are not renamed.
<FileDestination>
String parameter to specify the new name and/or path of the
object
New object name without path: The object is renamed.
New path without object name: The object is moved.
New path and new object name: The object is moved and
renamed.
Example:
MMEM:MOVE '@PRINT\print1.png','E:\TX_Test.png'
Moves file print1.png from the screenshots directory to a
USB memory stick connected as E:\ and renames the file to
TX_Test.png.
Usage:
Event
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Copy / Paste Button" on page 240
See "Delete Button" on page 240
MMEMory:MSIS [<StorageUnit>]
Sets the default storage unit to the specified drive or network server.
When the default storage unit is changed, the R&S CMA180 checks whether the current directory (see MMEMory:CDIRectory) is also available on the new storage unit.
If not, the current directory is automatically set to '\'.
Parameters:
<StorageUnit>
String parameter to specify the default storage unit
If the parameter is omitted, the storage unit is set to D:.
Example:
MMEM:MSIS 'E:'
Example:
MMEM:MSIS '\\Server\Share'
Usage:
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Storage Medium / Path" on page 239
MMEMory:RCL <FileSource>
Restores the instrument settings from the specified file.
This command has the same effect as the combination of MMEMory:LOAD:STATe and
*RCL.
Parameters:
<FileSource>
Usage:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
String parameter to specify the path and file name of the source
file
Event
307
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control" on page 238
MMEMory:RDIRectory <DirectoryName>
Deletes an existing empty directory.
Parameters:
<DirectoryName>
String parameter to specify the directory
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Delete Button" on page 240
MMEMory:SAV <FileDestination>
Stores the current instrument settings to the specified file.
This command has the same effect as the combination of *SAV and
MMEMory:STORe:STATe.
Parameters:
<FileDestination>
String parameter to specify the path and file name of the target
file
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control" on page 238
MMEMory:STORe:STATe <MemoryNumber>, <FileDestination>
Stores the instrument settings from the specified internal memory to the specified file.
To store the current instrument settings to the memory, use *SAV <MemoryNumber>
first.
Parameters:
<MemoryNumber>
Number of the internal memory
<FileDestination>
String parameter to specify the path and file name of the target
file
Example:
*SAV 4
MMEM:STORe:STATe 4,'@SAVE\mysavefile.rsbff'
Saves the current instrument settings to the internal memory
number 4. Stores the settings from the internal memory number
4 to the file mysavefile.rsbff in the save files directory.
Usage:
Event
SCPI confirmed
Manual operation:
See "Remote Control" on page 238
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
308
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.4.13
System Date and Time
The following commands configure or query the date and time settings of the operating
system.
SYSTem:DATE[:UTC].................................................................................................... 309
SYSTem:DATE:LOCal....................................................................................................309
SYSTem:TIME[:UTC]..................................................................................................... 309
SYSTem:TIME:LOCal.....................................................................................................309
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:MODE....................................................................................... 310
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE:CATalog?......................................................................... 310
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE.........................................................................................310
SYSTem:TZONe............................................................................................................311
SYSTem:DATE[:UTC] <Year>, <Month>, <Day>
Sets the UTC date of the operating system calendar.
Parameters:
<Year>
Range:
Four-digit number
<Month>
Range:
1 to 12
<Day>
Range:
1 to n
SYSTem:DATE:LOCal <Year>, <Month>, <Day>
Sets the local date of the operating system calendar.
Parameters:
<Year>
Range:
Four-digit number
<Month>
Range:
1 to 12
<Day>
Range:
1 to n
Manual operation:
See "Date" on page 228
SYSTem:TIME[:UTC] <Hour>, <Minute>, <Second>
Sets the UTC time of the operating system clock.
Parameters:
<Hour>
Range:
0 to 23
<Minute>
Range:
0 to 59
<Second>
Range:
0 to 59
SYSTem:TIME:LOCal <Hour>, <Minute>, <Second>
Sets the local time of the operating system clock.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
309
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Hour>
Range:
0 to 23
<Minute>
Range:
0 to 59
<Second>
Range:
0 to 59
Manual operation:
See "Time" on page 228
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:MODE
Configures whether the operating system automatically adjusts its clock for daylight
saving time (DST) or not.
If the automatism is enabled, the operating system adjusts its internal clock in autumn
to non-DST and in spring to DST. The rules defining when exactly the clock must be
adjusted by which offset, depend on the configured time zone, see SYSTem:TIME:
DSTime:RULE on page 310.
If the automatism is disabled, the local time is calculated as:
local time = UTC + time zone offset (no DST offset)
Parameters:
<Enable>
1|0
1: Automatism is enabled
0: Automatism is disabled
Manual operation:
See "Consider Daylight Saving Time" on page 229
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE:CATalog?
Returns all time zone values that can be set using SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE
on page 310.
Return values:
<TimeZoneList>
Comma-separated list of all supported values
Each value is represented as a string.
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Time Zone" on page 229
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE <TimeZone>
Sets the time zone in the date and time settings of the operating system.
The used daylight saving time (DST) rules depend on the configured time zone. So this
setting influences the automatic adjustment of the local time and date for DST. See
also SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:MODE on page 310.
Modifying the time zone modifies also the configured time zone offset, see SYSTem:
TZONe on page 311.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
310
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<TimeZone>
Manual operation:
Time zone as string
To query a list of all supported strings, use SYSTem:TIME:
DSTime:RULE:CATalog? on page 310.
See "Time Zone" on page 229
SYSTem:TZONe <Hour>, <Minute>
Specifies the offset of the local time to the UTC time, due to the time zone. There may
be an additional offset due to daylight saving time (DST).
Changing the time zone (offset) does neither affect an eventual DST offset nor the time
zone configured via SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE on page 310.
The local time is calculated as: local time = UTC + time zone offset + DST offset
8.2.4.14
Parameters:
<Hour>
Range:
-12 to 15
<Minute>
Range:
-59 to 59
Instrument Information
The following commands query information about:
●
Errors detected by the base software
●
Installed software, hardware and licenses
●
Device ID
●
Performed calibrations
SYSTem:BASE:RELiability?............................................................................................311
SYSTem:BASE:OPTion:LIST?........................................................................................ 312
SYSTem:OPTion:VERSion?............................................................................................312
SYSTem:DEVice:ID?......................................................................................................313
CALibration:BASE:ALL?................................................................................................. 313
CALibration:BASE:LATest?.............................................................................................313
CALibration:BASE:LATest:SPECific?............................................................................... 314
SYSTem:BASE:RELiability?
Returns a reliability value, indicating errors detected by the base software.
Return values:
<Value>
See chapter 9.8, "Reliability Indicator", on page 512
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Reliability / Error Reason / Additional Info" on page 511
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
311
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SYSTem:BASE:OPTion:LIST? [<OptionType>[, <Validity>]]
Returns a list of installed software options (licenses), hardware options, software packages and applications.
The list can be filtered via parameters. If this results in an empty list, a "0" is returned.
Parameters:
<OptionType>
SWOPtion | HWOPtion | SWPackage | FWA | ALL
SWOPtion
List only software options
HWOPtion
List only hardware options
SWPackage
List only software packages
FWA
List only applications
ALL
Disable filtering (default if parameter is omitted)
<Validity>
FUNCtional | VALid | ALL
FUNCtional
List only functional hardware options or applications
HWOPtion: Functional if the hardware option and all its components can be used (no defect detected)
FWA: Functional if the required hardware, software and license
keys are available and functional
VALid
List only valid software options
SWOPtion: Valid if an active license key is available
ALL
Disable filter (default if parameter is omitted)
Return values:
<ResultString>
Result as string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Remote Commands" on page 510
SYSTem:OPTion:VERSion? [<Application>]
Returns version information for installed software packages.
The structure of the returned string depends on the parameter <Application>:
●
If <Application> is specified
Returned string: "<Version>"
"0" means that the application is unknown or not installed.
●
If <Application> is omitted
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
312
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Returned string:
"<PackageName1>,<Version1>;<PackageName2>,<Version2>;..."
Query parameters:
<Application>
Return values:
<SoftwareVersion>
String to select a software package for which the version is to be
queried
If the parameter is omitted, a list of all installed software packages is returned.
String containing a single version or a list of applications and
versions
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Remote Commands" on page 510
SYSTem:DEVice:ID?
Queries the device identification.
Return values:
<DeviceID>
Device ID string
Usage:
Query only
CALibration:BASE:ALL?
Queries the stored calibration information. A comma-separated list is returned, containing three parameters per calibration, as described below.
Return values:
<Date>
Date of the calibration as string
<Time>
Time of the calibration as string
<Type>
FSCorrection | CALibration | OGCal
Type of the calibration
FSCorrection
Correction performed in factory or service
CALibration
Verification in the factory
OGCal
Verification by the service (outgoing calibration)
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Last Calibration" on page 512
CALibration:BASE:LATest? [<Type>]
Queries information about the latest calibration. Optionally, specify <Type> to query
information about the latest calibration of a specific type.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
313
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
The information is returned as <Date>,<Time>,<Type>.
Parameters:
<Type>
FSCorrection | CALibration | OGCal
Type of the calibration
FSCorrection
Correction performed in factory or service
CALibration
Verification in the factory
OGCal
Verification by the service (outgoing calibration)
Return values:
<Date>
Date of the calibration as string
<Time>
Time of the calibration as string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Last Calibration" on page 512
CALibration:BASE:LATest:SPECific? <Mode>
Queries date and time of the latest calibration of the specified type.
Query parameters:
<Mode>
FSCorrection | CALibration | OGCal
Type of the calibration for which information is queried
FSCorrection
Correction performed in factory or service
CALibration
Verification in the factory
OGCal
Verification by the service (outgoing calibration)
8.2.4.15
Return values:
<Date>
Date of the calibration as string
<Time>
Time of the calibration as string
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Last Calibration" on page 512
Screenshots
The following commands create screenshots of the graphical user interface. The formats BMP, JPEG and PNG are supported. You can save screenshots to files or return
them as block data.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
314
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
HCOPy:DEVice:FORMat................................................................................................ 315
HCOPy:FILE..................................................................................................................315
HCOPy:DATA?.............................................................................................................. 315
HCOPy:DEVice:FORMat <FileFormats>
Specifies the format of screenshots created via a HCOPy command.
Parameters:
<FileFormats>
BMP | JPG | PNG
Manual operation:
See "File Type" on page 241
HCOPy:FILE <FileName>
Captures a screenshot and stores it to the specified file.
It is recommended to "switch on" the display before sending this command, see
SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate on page 320.
Parameters:
<FileName>
String parameter specifying the absolute path and name of the
file. The file extension is added automatically according to the
configured format (see HCOPy:DEVice:FORMat on page 315).
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "File Name / Destination" on page 241
HCOPy:DATA?
Captures a screenshot and returns the result in block data format, see also "Block
data" on page 265.
It is recommended to "switch on" the display before sending this command, see
SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate on page 320.
8.2.4.16
Return values:
<Data>
Screenshot in 488.2 block data format
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "File Name / Destination" on page 241
Remote Control Traces
The commands in this section configure tracing of the remote control interface and of
events. They also configure the display of the SCPI remote trace.
Before you start tracing, configure all settings as desired. Modifying settings while tracing is active may result in loss of already traced data. Useful exception: Selecting a
new target file while tracing is allowed. For start mode EXPLicit, a restart of the
instrument resets the settings to the documented default values.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
315
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
If you want to start tracing already during startup of the instrument, configure all settings (including start mode AUTO). Then restart your instrument. Tracing will be started
automatically during the restart, using the already configured settings.
If you use an XML file as trace file, ensure that tracing is stopped properly. If tracing is
aborted instead of stopped, the XML file will be invalid, because some tags are not
closed. This happens for example when you shut down the instrument for stop mode
EXPLicit.
When the maximum file size is reached (except for stop mode BUFFerfull) or if tracing is started with an already existing trace file, a backup of the trace file is created and
the file itself is reset and overwritten. When the file is full for the second time or when
tracing is started the next time, the first backup file is lost because it is overwritten by
the next backup. In order to prevent loss of data, set a sufficient file size, select an
appropriate stop mode and archive/copy completed trace files if you want to keep
them.
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:ENABle.............................................................................. 316
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:FILTer................................................................................ 316
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:FORMat..............................................................................317
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:NAME................................................................................ 317
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:SIZE...................................................................................317
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:STARtmode........................................................................ 318
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:STOPmode.........................................................................318
TRACe:REMote:MODE:DISPlay:CLEar............................................................................318
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables tracing of the remote control interface to a file.
Parameters:
<Enable>
1|0
1: Tracing is enabled
0: Tracing is disabled
Default value: 0
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:FILTer <Input>, <Output>, <Error>, <Trigger>,
<DeviceClear>, <StatusRegister>, <Connection>, <RemoteLocal>
Specifies a filter for tracing of the remote control interface. The filter defines which
message types and events are traced to a file.
Parameters:
<Input>
1|0
1: Trace incoming commands
0: Do not trace incoming commands
Default value: 1
<Output>
1|0
Trace outgoing responses to queries
Default value: 1
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
316
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<Error>
1|0
Trace SCPI error messages
Default value: 1
<Trigger>
1|0
Trace trigger events
Default value: 0
<DeviceClear>
1|0
Trace device clear messages
Default value: 0
<StatusRegister>
1|0
Trace status register changes
Default value: 0
<Connection>
1|0
Trace remote connection changes
Default value: 0
<RemoteLocal>
1|0
Trace transitions between local and remote operation mode
Default value: 0
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:FORMat <Format>
Specifies the target file format for tracing of the remote control interface. The trace can
be stored as ASCII file or as XML file.
Parameters:
<Format>
ASCii | XML
Default value: XML
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:NAME <FilePath>
Specifies path and name of the target file for tracing of the remote control interface.
If you specify a new target file while tracing, the old target file is closed, the new file is
created and tracing is continued with the new file.
Parameters:
<FilePath>
String parameter specifying path and name of the file
Default value:
"D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Log\<version>\
RemoteTrace-Inst0.xml"
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:SIZE <FileSize>
Specifies the maximum trace file size in bytes.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
317
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<FileSize>
Recommended minimum value: 40000 bytes
Maximum value: 1000000000 bytes (1 GB)
Default value: 1000000000 bytes (1 GB)
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:STARtmode <StartMode>
Specifies whether tracing is started automatically or manually.
Parameters:
<StartMode>
AUTO | EXPLicit
AUTO
Start tracing automatically when the instrument is started
EXPLicit
Start tracing via the command TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:
ENABle on page 316
Default value: EXPLicit
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:STOPmode <StopMode>
Specifies how / when tracing is stopped and the trace file is closed.
Parameters:
<StopMode>
AUTO | EXPLicit | ERRor | BUFFerfull
AUTO
Stop tracing automatically when the instrument is shut down
EXPLicit
Stop tracing via TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:ENABle
on page 316
ERRor
Stop tracing when an SCPI error occurs
BUFFerfull
Stop tracing when the maximum file size is reached
Default value: EXPLicit
TRACe:REMote:MODE:DISPlay:CLEar
Clears the display of the SCPI remote trace in analysis mode.
Usage:
8.2.4.17
Event
Miscellaneous Commands
FORMat:BASE[:DATA]................................................................................................... 319
SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate.............................................................................................. 320
SYSTem:KLOCk............................................................................................................ 320
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
318
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FORMat:BASE[:DATA] <DataType>[, <DataLength>]
Selects the format for numeric data transferred by the instrument, for example query
results.
Parameters:
<DataType>
ASCii | REAL | BINary | HEXadecimal | OCTal
ASCii
Numeric data is transferred as ASCII bytes. Floating point numbers are transferred in scientific E notation.
REAL
Numeric data is transferred in a definite length block as IEEE
floating point numbers, see "Block data" on page 265.
BINary | HEXadecimal | OCTal
Numeric data is transferred in binary, hexadecimal or octal format.
*RST:
<DataLength>
ASC
The meaning depends on the <DataType> as listed below. A
zero returned by a query means that the default value is used.
For ASCii
Decimal places of floating point numbers. That means, number
of "b" digits in the scientific notation a.bbbbbbE+ccc.
Default: 6 decimal places
For REAL
Length of floating point numbers in bits:
32 bits = 4 byte, format #14...
64 bits = 8 byte, format #18...
Default: 64 bits
For BINary, HEXadecimal, OCTal
Minimum number of digits. If the number is longer, more digits
are used. If it is shorter, leading zeros are added.
Default: 0, no leading zeros
*RST:
Example:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
0 (6 decimal places)
The following examples show the number 123456 in different
formats.
FORMat:BASE ASC,3 Result: 1.235E+005
FORMat:BASE ASC,6 Result: 1.234560E+005
FORMat:BASE REAL,32 Result: #14...
FORMat:BASE BIN,20 Result: #B00011110001001000000
FORMat:BASE BIN,2 Result: #B11110001001000000
FORMat:BASE HEX,8 Result: #H0001E240
FORMat:BASE OCT,10 Result: #Q0000361100
319
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate <Enable>
Defines whether the display is updated or not while the instrument is in the remote
state. Switching off the display can speed up the applications. This is the recommended state.
See also chapter 8.1.3.1, "Using the display during remote control", on page 261
Parameters:
<Enable>
1|0
1: Display is shown and updated during remote control
0: Display shows static image during remote control
SYSTem:KLOCk <State>
Locks or unlocks the local controls of the instrument. This includes the front panel
keys, the keyboard and other local interfaces.
See also "Local lockout" on page 261
Parameters:
<State>
ON | OFF
Local lockout state
*RST:
Usage:
8.2.4.18
OFF
SCPI confirmed
List of General Commands
CALibration:BASE:ALL?................................................................................................................................ 313
CALibration:BASE:LATest:SPECific?............................................................................................................ 314
CALibration:BASE:LATest?........................................................................................................................... 313
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:SAVE........................................................................................................... 299
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:TYPE........................................................................................................... 299
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:VALue..........................................................................................................299
CONFigure:BASE:ATTenuation:ENABle....................................................................................................... 289
CONFigure:BASE:CPRotection:RESet..........................................................................................................289
CONFigure:BASE:RELay<Index>................................................................................................................. 289
CONFigure:BASE:SCENario......................................................................................................................... 286
CONFigure:BASE:SOUNd:SOURce..............................................................................................................292
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>......................................................................................................................290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>:DIRection..................................................................................................... 290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL2:UPDate................................................................................................................... 290
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:ENABle..................................................................................................................291
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:IMPedance............................................................................................................ 292
FORMat:BASE[:DATA].................................................................................................................................. 319
HCOPy:DATA?.............................................................................................................................................. 315
HCOPy:DEVice:FORMat............................................................................................................................... 315
HCOPy:FILE.................................................................................................................................................. 315
MMEMory:ALIases?.......................................................................................................................................301
MMEMory:ATTRibute.................................................................................................................................... 301
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
320
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
MMEMory:CATalog:LENGth?........................................................................................................................303
MMEMory:CATalog?......................................................................................................................................302
MMEMory:CDIRectory................................................................................................................................... 304
MMEMory:COPY........................................................................................................................................... 304
MMEMory:DATA............................................................................................................................................304
MMEMory:DCATalog:LENGth?..................................................................................................................... 305
MMEMory:DCATalog?...................................................................................................................................305
MMEMory:DELete..........................................................................................................................................305
MMEMory:DRIVes?....................................................................................................................................... 306
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe................................................................................................................................306
MMEMory:MDIRectory...................................................................................................................................306
MMEMory:MOVE...........................................................................................................................................306
MMEMory:MSIS.............................................................................................................................................307
MMEMory:RCL.............................................................................................................................................. 307
MMEMory:RDIRectory................................................................................................................................... 308
MMEMory:SAV.............................................................................................................................................. 308
MMEMory:STORe:STATe............................................................................................................................. 308
SENSe:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:LOCKed?........................................................................................ 298
SOURce:BASE:ADJustment:STATe............................................................................................................. 298
SYSTem:BASE:OPTion:LIST?...................................................................................................................... 312
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:EXTernal:LIRange............................................................................................ 298
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:FREQuency:SOURce....................................................................................... 297
SYSTem:BASE:REFerence:INTernal:LIRange............................................................................................. 298
SYSTem:BASE:RELiability?..........................................................................................................................311
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:VRESource?................................................................................................. 296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDR................................................................................................297
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ENABle............................................................................................. 297
SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip:VRESource?............................................................................................... 295
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:ADAPter......................................................................................................... 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DHCP............................................................................................................. 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS................................................................................................................295
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:DNS:ENABle.................................................................................................. 294
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:GATeway........................................................................................................294
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:HOSTname.................................................................................................... 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:IPADdress...................................................................................................... 293
SYSTem:COMMunicate:NET:SUBNet:MASK............................................................................................... 294
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:MODE.......................................................................................................296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:PORT....................................................................................................... 296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet:VRESource?.............................................................................................296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:USB:VRESource?.................................................................................................. 296
SYSTem:COMMunicate:VXI:VRESource?.................................................................................................... 295
SYSTem:DATE:LOCal...................................................................................................................................309
SYSTem:DATE[:UTC]....................................................................................................................................309
SYSTem:DEVice:ID?.....................................................................................................................................313
SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate.............................................................................................................................320
SYSTem:ERRor:ALL?................................................................................................................................... 287
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE:ALL?........................................................................................................................ 288
SYSTem:ERRor:CODE[:NEXT]?...................................................................................................................288
SYSTem:ERRor:COUNt?.............................................................................................................................. 287
SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?.............................................................................................................................. 288
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
321
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SYSTem:KLOCk............................................................................................................................................320
SYSTem:OPTion:VERSion?..........................................................................................................................312
SYSTem:PRESet...........................................................................................................................................287
SYSTem:PRESet:ALL................................................................................................................................... 286
SYSTem:PRESet:BASE................................................................................................................................ 286
SYSTem:RESet............................................................................................................................................. 287
SYSTem:RESet:ALL......................................................................................................................................286
SYSTem:RESet:BASE...................................................................................................................................286
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:MODE..................................................................................................................... 310
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE...................................................................................................................... 310
SYSTem:TIME:DSTime:RULE:CATalog?..................................................................................................... 310
SYSTem:TIME:LOCal....................................................................................................................................309
SYSTem:TIME[:UTC].....................................................................................................................................309
SYSTem:TZONe............................................................................................................................................311
TRACe:REMote:MODE:DISPlay:CLEar........................................................................................................ 318
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:ENABle........................................................................................................... 316
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:FILTer............................................................................................................. 316
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:FORMat.......................................................................................................... 317
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:NAME............................................................................................................. 317
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:SIZE................................................................................................................317
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:STARtmode.................................................................................................... 318
TRACe:REMote:MODE:FILE:STOPmode..................................................................................................... 318
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:CATalog:SOURce?......................................................................................................291
TRIGger:BASE:OUT:SOURce.......................................................................................................................291
8.2.5 Generator Commands
The commands in this section configure and control the generator application.
For an introduction to the conventions used in this section, see chapter 8.2.2, "Conventions for Command Descriptions", on page 276.
Before configuring the generator, select the scenario to be used, see CONFigure:
BASE:SCENario on page 286.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Generator Control and States............................................................................... 323
RF Signal Settings................................................................................................ 324
Modulator Settings................................................................................................ 328
ARB Characteristics.............................................................................................. 332
ARB Trigger and Marker....................................................................................... 335
AF Settings............................................................................................................337
Filter Settings........................................................................................................ 342
Additional Tones................................................................................................... 343
Interferer Settings..................................................................................................345
Multitone Settings..................................................................................................347
List of Generator Commands................................................................................ 350
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
322
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.5.1
Generator Control and States
The following commands start or stop the generator and query the generator states.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:STATe........................................................................................... 323
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RELiability?.................................................................................... 323
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RELiability:ALL?..............................................................................324
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:STATe <GenControl>
Starts or stops the generator.
Setting parameters:
<GenControl>
ON | OFF
ON
Starts the generator
OFF
Stops the generator
Return values:
<GenState>
OFF | ON | PENDing
OFF
Generator is off
ON
Generator is running
PENDing
Start or stop of generator is ongoing
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 78
See "Indicators
" on page 78
See "State" on page 511
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RELiability? [<Details>]
Queries whether the generator has detected an error or not. If you have problems to
generate a signal, use this command for troubleshooting.
The returned parameters comprise a reliability indicator value and optionally, an error
reason.
Query parameters:
<Details>
Return values:
<Reliability>
<ReliabilityMsg>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
To return an error reason in addition to the reliability indicator
value, append "Details" to the query:
SOUR:AFRF:GEN:REL? "DETails"
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
String indicating the error reason
If there is no error (reliability value = 0), the string is empty. The
parameter is only returned if parameter <Details> =
"DETails".
323
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Reliability / Error Reason / Additional Info" on page 511
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RELiability:ALL?
Queries whether the generator has detected an error or not. If you have problems to
generate a signal, use this command for troubleshooting.
The returned parameters comprise a reliability indicator value, an error reason and an
additional information string.
Return values:
<Reliability>
8.2.5.2
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<ReliabilityMsg>
String indicating the error reason
If there is no error (reliability value = 0), the string is empty.
<ReliabilityAddInfo>
String providing additional information for an error
If there is no error (reliability value = 0), the string is empty.
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Reliability / Error Reason / Additional Info" on page 511
RF Signal Settings
The following commands select the output connector for the RF signal and configure
the basic RF signal properties.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CONNector....................................................................324
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:RF:ENABle....................................................................325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FREQuency...................................................................325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:LEVel............................................................................325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:PEPower?..................................................................... 325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:EATTenuation................................................................325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:DGAin...........................................................................326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CHANnel.......................................................................326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:COFFset....................................................................... 326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion...................................................326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition.................................................................................... 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RCHannel.................................................................... 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RFRequency................................................................ 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:CSPace....................................................................... 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CONNector <OutputConnector>
Selects the output connector for the generated RF signal.
Parameters:
<OutputConnector>
RFCom | RFOut
Manual operation:
See "Connector" on page 84
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
324
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:RF:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables the RF signal, without changing the generator state.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "ON" on page 84
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FREQuency <Frequency>
Specifies the center frequency of the unmodulated RF carrier.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
Manual operation:
Range:
100E+3 Hz to 3E+9 Hz
*RST:
100E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Freq. / Increment" on page 84
See "Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency" on page 88
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:LEVel <Level>
Specifies the RMS level of the unmodulated RF signal.
The allowed range depends on several other settings, for example on the selected
connector, the frequency and the external attenuation. For supported output level
ranges, refer to the data sheet.
Parameters:
<Level>
Manual operation:
*RST:
-12 dBm
Default unit: dBm
See "Level / Peak Envelope Power" on page 85
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:PEPower?
Queries the peak envelope power (PEP).
Return values:
<Power>
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Level / Peak Envelope Power" on page 85
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:EATTenuation <RFOutputExtAtt>
Specifies the external attenuation in the RF output path. Negative values specify a
gain.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
325
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<RFOutputExtAtt>
Manual operation:
Range:
-30 dB to 30 dB
*RST:
0 dB
Default unit: dB
See "Ext. Att." on page 85
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:DGAin <DigGain>
Specifies a digital gain and thus modifies the configured RMS base level by a specific
value.
Parameters:
<DigGain>
Manual operation:
Range:
-30 dB to 0 dB
*RST:
0 dB
Default unit: dB
See "Digital Gain" on page 85
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CHANnel <Channel>
Specifies the center frequency of the unmodulated RF carrier via a channel number,
according to the configured channel definition.
Parameters:
<Channel>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 Ch to 9999 Ch
*RST:
0 Ch
Default unit: Ch
See "Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency" on page 88
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:COFFset <ChannelOffset>
Shifts the center frequency of the unmodulated RF carrier by a channel offset, relative
to the frequency defined via the channel number.
The range depends on the channel spacing, defined via SOURce:AFRF:GEN:
CDEFinition:CSPace on page 327.
Parameters:
<ChannelOffset>
Manual operation:
Range:
-<Spacing>/2 Hz to +<Spacing>/2 Hz
*RST:
0 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency" on page 88
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion
Sets the reference frequency of the channel definition to the current RF carrier center
frequency.
Usage:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Event
326
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Use as Ref. Frequency" on page 89
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition <Enable>
Activates or deactivates the channel definition.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "ON" on page 89
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RCHannel <ReferenceCh>
Assigns a reference channel number to the reference frequency defined via SOURce:
AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RFRequency on page 327.
This setting is part of the channel definition.
Parameters:
<ReferenceCh>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 Ch to 9999 Ch
*RST:
0 Ch
Default unit: Ch
See "Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency" on page 89
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RFRequency <ReferenceFreq>
Assigns a reference frequency to the reference channel number defined via SOURce:
AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RCHannel on page 327.
This setting is part of the channel definition.
Parameters:
<ReferenceFreq>
Manual operation:
Range:
100E+3 Hz to 3E+9 Hz
*RST:
100E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency" on page 89
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:CSPace <ChannelSpace>
Defines the channel spacing, that is the center frequency difference of two adjacent
channels.
This setting is part of the channel definition.
Parameters:
<ChannelSpace>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
100 Hz to 4E+6 Hz
*RST:
25E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Channel Space" on page 89
327
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.5.3
Modulator Settings
The following commands select a modulation scheme (RF mode) and configure the
individual modulation types.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MSCHeme..................................................................................... 328
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator......................................................................................328
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:ENABle......................................................................... 329
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FDEViation.................................................................... 329
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:PDEViation.................................................................... 330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:MDEPth.........................................................................330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MDEViation?..................................................330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MADeviation.................................................. 330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:PDEViation.................................................... 331
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation................................................ 331
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MSCHeme <ModScheme>
Selects the RF signal mode (modulation scheme).
Parameters:
<ModScheme>
FMSTereo | FM | AM | USB | LSB | PM | CW | ARB
FMSTereo
FM stereo multiplex signal
FM, PM, AM
Frequency / phase / amplitude modulation
USB, LSB
Single-sideband modulation, upper / lower sideband
CW
Constant wave signal (unmodulated RF carrier)
ARB
Waveform file (ARB file)
Manual operation:
See "Mode" on page 85
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator <ModulatorSource>
Selects the source of an audio signal to be transported via the RF carrier.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
328
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<ModulatorSource>
GEN3 | GEN4 | GENB | AFI1 | AFI2 | AFIB | SPIL | SPIR | SPIN
GEN3
Audio generator 3
GEN4
Audio generator 4
GENB
Audio generator 3 and 4
AFI1
AF1 IN
AFI2
AF2 IN
AFIB
AF1 IN and AF2 IN
SPIL
SPDIF IN, left channel
SPIR
SPDIF IN, right channel
SPIN
SPDIF IN, both channels
Manual operation:
See "Source" on page 95
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:ENABle <Left>, <Right>
Enables or disables the audio signal input paths of the modulator.
For FM stereo, the settings configure the left and the right audio channel.
For other modulation types, only <Left> is relevant. <Right> has no effect.
Parameters:
<Left>
OFF | ON
*RST:
<Right>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
ON
See "ON" on page 95
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FDEViation <FreqDeviation>
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the FM modulation scheme.
Parameters:
<FreqDeviation>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
2400 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Freq. Dev." on page 86
329
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:PDEViation <PhaseDeviation>
Specifies the maximum phase deviation for the PM modulation scheme.
Parameters:
<PhaseDeviation>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 rad to 10 rad
*RST:
5 rad
Default unit: rad
See "Phase Dev." on page 86
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:MDEPth <ModulationDepth>
Specifies the modulation depth for the AM modulation scheme.
Parameters:
<ModulationDepth>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
50 %
Default unit: %
See "Mod. Depth" on page 86
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MDEViation?
Queries the frequency deviation of the FM stereo multiplex signal. The value is calculated from the frequency deviations configured for the signal components.
Return values:
<MaxFreqDeviation> Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Maximum Multiplex Deviation" on page 87
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MADeviation <MaxAudioDeviation>
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the audio signal component of a generated FM stereo multiplex signal.
The allowed range depends on the frequency deviation of the other signal components. The total deviation of the multiplex signal must not exceed 100 kHz.
A query returns <MaxAudioDeviation>, <Ratio>.
Parameters:
<MaxAudioDeviation> Maximum audio deviation in Hz
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
67.5E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
330
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<Ratio>
Maximum audio deviation as percentage of the multiplex deviation
Range:
0 % to 100 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Maximum Audio Deviation" on page 87
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:PDEViation <MaxPilotDeviation>
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the pilot tone of a generated FM stereo
multiplex signal.
The allowed range depends on the frequency deviation of the other signal components. The total deviation of the multiplex signal must not exceed 100 kHz.
A query returns <MaxPilotDeviation>, <Ratio>.
Parameters:
<MaxPilotDeviation> Maximum pilot deviation in Hz
Range:
0 Hz to 10E+3 Hz
*RST:
7500 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Return values:
<Ratio>
Maximum pilot deviation as percentage of the multiplex deviation
Range:
0 % to 100 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Pilot Deviation" on page 87
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation <RDSDeviation>
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the RDS signal component of a generated FM stereo multiplex signal.
The allowed range depends on the frequency deviation of the other signal components. The total deviation of the multiplex signal must not exceed 100 kHz.
A query returns <RDSDeviation>, <Ratio>.
Parameters:
<RDSDeviation>
Maximum RDS deviation in Hz
Range:
0 Hz to 10E+3 Hz
*RST:
2000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Return values:
<Ratio>
Maximum RDS deviation as percentage of the multiplex deviation
Range:
0 % to 100 %
Default unit: %
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
331
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
8.2.5.4
See "RDS Deviation" on page 87
ARB Characteristics
The following commands configure the ARB generator and query information about a
loaded ARB file.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE.......................................................................................332
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FOFFset................................................................................. 332
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:REPetition.............................................................................. 332
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:DATE?............................................................................333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:VERSion?....................................................................... 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:OPTion?......................................................................... 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRATe?................................................................................. 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles?...............................................................................334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles:RANGe.................................................................... 334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:LOFFset?............................................................................... 334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:POFFset?............................................................................... 334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRCProtect?...........................................................................335
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE <ARBFile>
Selects the ARB file to be processed.
Specify the path and the filename. If the file is stored in the folder corresponding to the
@waveform alias, it is sufficient to specify only the filename.
Example, the following strings are equivalent:
●
'D:\Rohde-Schwarz\CMA\Data\waveform\myfile.wv'
●
'@WAVEFORM\myfile.wv'
●
'myfile.wv'
Parameters:
<ARBFile>
String specifying the ARB file
Manual operation:
See "File Name" on page 90
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FOFFset <FrequencyOffset>
Defines a frequency offset to be imposed at the baseband during ARB generation.
Parameters:
<FrequencyOffset>
Manual operation:
Range:
-10E+6 Hz to 10E+6 Hz
*RST:
0 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Freq. Offs." on page 90
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:REPetition <Repetition>
Defines how often the ARB file is processed.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
332
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Repetition>
CONTinuous | SINGle
CONTinuous
Cyclic continuous processing
SINGle
File is processed once
*RST:
Manual operation:
CONT
See "Repetition" on page 90
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:DATE?
Queries the date and time of the loaded ARB file.
Return values:
<Date>
String with date and time
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Date ... Samples" on page 91
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:VERSion?
Queries the version of the loaded ARB file.
Return values:
<Version>
String containing the version
Empty string, if no file version is defined
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Date ... Samples" on page 91
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:OPTion?
Queries the options that are required to process the loaded ARB file.
Return values:
<Options>
String with comma-separated list of options
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Date ... Samples" on page 91
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRATe?
Queries the clock rate of the loaded ARB file.
Return values:
<ClockRate>
Default unit: Hz
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Date ... Samples" on page 91
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
333
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles?
Queries the number of samples in the loaded ARB file.
Return values:
<Samples>
Range:
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Date ... Samples" on page 91
3 to 268173312
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles:RANGe <Range>[, <Start>, <Stop>]
Selects whether all samples or a sub-range of samples is processed.
Parameters:
<Range>
FULL | SUB
FULL
Process all samples
SUB
Process a sub-range according to <Start> and <Stop>
*RST:
<Start>
Start of the sub-range (always first sample, labeled zero)
Range:
<Stop>
0 (fixed value)
End of the sub-range
Range:
*RST:
Manual operation:
FULL
0 to <samples in ARB file> - 1
0
See "Range" on page 91
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:LOFFset?
Queries the peak to average ratio (PAR) of the loaded ARB file. The PAR is also called
level offset.
Return values:
<LevelOffset>
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "PAR / Peak Offset" on page 91
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:POFFset?
Queries the peak offset of the loaded ARB file.
Return values:
<PeakOffset>
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "PAR / Peak Offset" on page 91
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
334
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRCProtect?
Queries whether the loaded ARB file contains a CRC checksum.
8.2.5.5
Return values:
<CRCProtection>
NO | YES
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "CRC Protection" on page 91
ARB Trigger and Marker
The following commands control the start of ARB file processing and configure markers for generation of trigger signals.
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CATalog:SOURce?.................................................................. 335
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SOURce................................................................................. 335
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MANual:EXECute.................................................................... 336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:RETRigger.............................................................................. 336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:AUTostart................................................................................336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:DELay.................................................................................... 336
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MARKer:DELays..................................................................... 336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CATalog:SOURce?
Returns a list of all trigger source values that can be selected via TRIGger:AFRF:
GEN:ARB:SOURce on page 335.
Return values:
<TriggerSources>
Comma-separated list of all strings, one string per source
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Source" on page 92
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SOURce <Source>
Selects the trigger event source used to start or restart ARB file processing.
To query a list of all supported sources, use TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CATalog:
SOURce? on page 335.
Parameters:
<Source>
"Manual"
Manual start via TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MANual:EXECute
on page 336
"Base1: External TRIG In"
External trigger signal received at connector TRIG IN
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
"Manual"
See "Source" on page 92
335
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MANual:EXECute
Generates a trigger event for the trigger source "Manual".
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Source" on page 92
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:RETRigger <Retrigger>
Specifies whether trigger events during ARB file processing restart the ARB file or not.
This setting applies only to the "Manual" trigger source. For other trigger sources, retriggering is disabled.
Parameters:
<Retrigger>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Retrigger" on page 92
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:AUTostart <Autostart>
Enables or disables the automatic start of the loaded ARB file whenever the generator
is turned on.
This setting applies only to the "Manual" trigger source. For other trigger sources,
autostart is disabled.
Parameters:
<Autostart>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Autostart" on page 93
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:DELay <Delay>
Specifies a start delay relative to the trigger event.
This setting is ignored for the "Manual" trigger source.
Parameters:
<Delay>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 s to 100 s
*RST:
0s
Default unit: s
See "Delay" on page 93
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MARKer:DELays <Marker2>, <Marker3>, <Marker4>,
<RestartMarker>
Defines delay times for the generation of trigger signals relative to the marker events.
All delay times are specified as number of samples.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
336
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Marker2>
Delay for marker 2 of the ARB file
Range:
*RST:
<Marker3>
Delay for marker 3 of the ARB file
Range:
*RST:
<Marker4>
8.2.5.6
-10 to 4000
0
Delay for marker event due to (re-)start of ARB file processing
Range:
*RST:
Manual operation:
-10 to 4000
0
Delay for marker 4 of the ARB file
Range:
*RST:
<RestartMarker>
-10 to 4000
0
0 to n (depends on ARB file)
0
See "Marker" on page 93
AF Settings
The following commands configure the internal audio generators and the audio connectors.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:ENABle.........................................................................337
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:LEVel........................................................................... 338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:ENABle................................................................................ 338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:LEVel...................................................................................338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>.....................................................................................338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT............................................................................................ 339
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:ENABle?............................................................... 340
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:TMODe................................................................. 340
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:FREQuency........................................................... 340
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:MLEVel............................................................................ 341
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ARANging........................................................................ 341
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ICOupling......................................................................... 341
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables an AF OUT connector.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Enable>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 OUT or AF2 OUT
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
ON
See "ON" on page 95
337
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:LEVel <Level>
Specifies the output level for an AF OUT connector.
For noise signals provided by an internal generator, the maximum allowed level is
reduced by the factor 1/sqrt(2).
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Level>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 OUT or AF2 OUT
Output level
Range:
10E-6 V to 5 V
*RST:
1V
Default unit: V
Manual operation:
See "Level" on page 95
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:ENABle <Left>, <Right>
Enables or disables the left and right channel of the SPDIF OUT connector.
Parameters:
<Left>
OFF | ON
*RST:
<Right>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
OFF
See "ON" on page 95
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:LEVel <LevelLeft>, <LevelRight>
Specifies the output levels for the SPDIF OUT connector.
For noise signals provided by an internal generator, the maximum allowed level is
reduced by the factor 1/sqrt(2).
Parameters:
<LevelLeft>
Level for the left channel
Range:
0.01 % to 100 %
Default unit: %
<LevelRight>
Level for the right channel
Range:
0.01 % to 100 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Level" on page 95
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no> <AFOUTSource>
Selects an audio signal source for an AF OUT connector.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
338
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<AFOUTSource>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 OUT or AF2 OUT
GEN1 | GEN2 | AFI1 | AFI2 | SPIL | SPIR
GEN1
AF1 OUT source: Audio generator 1
AFI1
AF1 OUT source: AF1 IN
SPIL
AF1 OUT source: SPDIF IN, left channel
GEN2
AF2 OUT source: Audio generator 2
AFI2
AF2 OUT source: AF2 IN
SPIR
AF2 OUT source: SPDIF IN, right channel
*RST:
Manual operation:
GEN1/2 for AF1/2 OUT
See "Source" on page 95
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT <SourceLeft>, <SourceRight>
Selects audio signal sources for the left and right channel of the SPDIF OUT connector.
Parameters:
<SourceLeft>
GEN3 | AFI1 | SPIL
GEN3
Audio generator 3
AFI1
AF1 IN
SPIL
SPDIF IN, left channel
*RST:
<SourceRight>
GEN3
GEN4 | AFI2 | SPIR
GEN4
Audio generator 4
AFI2
AF2 IN
SPIR
SPDIF IN, right channel
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
GEN4
See "Source" on page 95
339
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:ENABle?
Queries whether an internal audio generator is assigned to an audio output path.
Suffix:
<no>
Return values:
<Enable>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
OFF | ON
OFF
Generator disabled / not assigned to an output path
ON
Generator enabled / assigned to an output path
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "ON" on page 96
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:TMODe <ToneType>
Selects the tone mode of an internal audio generator.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<ToneType>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
STONe | MTONe | NOISe
STONe
Single audio tone
MTONe
Multitone signal
NOISe
Noise signal
*RST:
Manual operation:
STON
See "Tone Mode" on page 96
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:FREQuency <Frequency>
Configures the frequency of a single tone, generated by an internal audio generator.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Frequency>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
Range:
0 Hz to 21E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
340
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Frequency" on page 96
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:MLEVel <Level>
Specifies the maximum expected level for an AF IN connector.
This setting is only relevant, if auto ranging is disabled.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Level>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
Maximum expected level
Range:
0.00001 V to 30 V
Default unit: V
Manual operation:
See "Max. Level / Auto R." on page 96
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ARANging <Enable>
Enables or disables auto ranging for an AF IN connector.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Enable>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | ON
Switches auto ranging off or on
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Max. Level / Auto R." on page 96
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ICOupling <InputCoupling>
Configures whether the DC signal component is blocked at an AF IN connector, or not.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<InputCoupling>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
AC | DC
AC
DC component blocked, only AC component available
DC
AC and DC component available
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
AC
See "Input Coupling" on page 96
341
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.5.7
Filter Settings
The following commands configure filters at the audio input to the modulator.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:HPASs........................................................................... 342
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:LPASs............................................................................342
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:PEMPhasis.....................................................................342
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:HPASs <HighpassFilter>
Configures the highpass filter.
Parameters:
<HighpassFilter>
OFF | F300
OFF
Filter disabled
F300
Cutoff frequency 300 Hz
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Highpass Filter" on page 97
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:LPASs <LowpassFilter>
Configures the lowpass filter.
Parameters:
<LowpassFilter>
OFF | F3K | F4K | F15K
OFF
Filter disabled
F3K, F4K, F15K
Cutoff frequency 3 kHz / 4 kHz / 15 kHz
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Lowpass Filter" on page 97
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:PEMPhasis <PreEmphasis>
Configures the preemphasis filter.
Parameters:
<PreEmphasis>
OFF | T50 | T75 | T750
OFF
Filter disabled
T50, T75, T750
Time constant 50 µs / 75 µs / 750 µs
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
See "Preemphasis Filter" on page 98
342
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.5.8
Additional Tones
The following commands configure an additional tone, to be added to the RF carrier
(subtone or CTCSS tone).
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes........................................................................................... 343
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:SUBTone:ENABle................................................................343
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:SUBTone:FREQuency..........................................................343
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:FDEViation..........................................................................344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:PDEViation..........................................................................344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:MDEPth.............................................................................. 344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:CTCSs:TNUMber.................................................................344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes <ToneType>
Selects the type of additional tones to be generated.
Parameters:
<ToneType>
NONE | SUBTone | CTCSs
NONE
No additional tones
SUBTone
Single subtone
CTCSs
Single CTCSS sub-audible tone
*RST:
Manual operation:
NONE
See "Active" on page 98
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:SUBTone:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables the subtone.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
OFF
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:SUBTone:FREQuency <Frequency>
Specifies the frequency of a generated subtone.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
0 Hz to 2000 Hz
*RST:
50 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Freq." on page 99
343
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:FDEViation <FreqDeviation>
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation, used in FM mode to add an additional
tone to the RF carrier.
Parameters:
<FreqDeviation>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 Hz to 10E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Freq. Dev." on page 99
See "Freq. Dev." on page 100
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:PDEViation <PhaseDeviation>
Specifies the maximum phase deviation, used in PM mode to add an additional tone to
the RF carrier.
Parameters:
<PhaseDeviation>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 rad to 10 rad
*RST:
1 rad
Default unit: rad
See "Phase Dev." on page 99
See "Phase Dev." on page 101
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:MDEPth <ModulationDepth>
Specifies the modulation depth, used in AM mode to add an additional tone to the RF
carrier.
Parameters:
<ModulationDepth>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
1%
Default unit: %
See "Mod. Depth" on page 100
See "Mod. Depth" on page 101
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:CTCSs:TNUMber <ToneNumber>
Selects a CTCSS tone via its number in the tone list.
Parameters:
<ToneNumber>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
*RST:
1 to 50
1
See "Tone List" on page 101
344
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.5.9
Interferer Settings
The following commands configure an interferer signal to be added to the generated
RF signal.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:RF:ENABle..........................................................................345
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DFRequency....................................................................... 345
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DLEVel............................................................................... 345
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODE................................................................................ 346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:FDEViation......................................................... 346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:PDEViation......................................................... 346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:MDEPth..............................................................346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:ENABle..........................................................................347
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:FREQuency................................................................... 347
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:RF:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables the interferer signal.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "ON" on page 102
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DFRequency <Frequency>
Specifies the center RF carrier frequency of the interferer. The frequency is specified
as offset value relative to the center carrier frequency of the wanted signal, configured
via SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FREQuency on page 325.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
Manual operation:
Range:
-10E+6 Hz to 10E+6 Hz
*RST:
0 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Δ-Freq / Increment" on page 102
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DLEVel <Level>
Sets the RMS level of the interferer RF signal. The level is specified as offset value relative to the level of the wanted signal, configured via SOURce:AFRF:GEN:
RFSettings:LEVel on page 325.
Parameters:
<Level>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
-80 dB to 80 dB
*RST:
-3 dB
Default unit: dB
See "Δ-Level / Level" on page 102
345
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODE <InterfererMode>
Selects the interferer signal mode. The interferer signal can be an unmodulated CW
signal or a modulated signal, carrying a single tone.
Parameters:
<InterfererMode>
NONE | CW | FM | PM | AM
NONE
Interferer signal disabled
CW
Unmodulated RF carrier signal
FM, PM, AM
Frequency / phase / amplitude modulation
*RST:
Manual operation:
NONE
See "Mode" on page 102
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:FDEViation <FreqDeviation>
Specifies the maximum frequency deviation for the FM interferer mode.
Parameters:
<FreqDeviation>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
2400 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Freq. Dev." on page 103
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:PDEViation <PhaseDeviation>
Specifies the maximum phase deviation for the PM interferer mode.
Parameters:
<PhaseDeviation>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 rad to 10 rad
*RST:
5 rad
Default unit: rad
See "Phase Dev." on page 103
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:MDEPth <ModulationDepth>
Specifies the modulation depth for the AM interferer mode.
Parameters:
<ModulationDepth>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
50 %
Default unit: %
See "Mod. Depth" on page 103
346
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables a single tone. If the tone is disabled, the interferer is unmodulated,
even if a modulation mode has been configured.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "AF->RF" on page 103
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:FREQuency <Frequency>
Configures the frequency of a single tone, that can be added to the interferer.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
Manual operation:
8.2.5.10
Range:
0 Hz to 21E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "AF->RF" on page 103
Multitone Settings
The following commands configure the multitone mode of the internal audio generators. All settings are configurable per generator.
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE:ALL:ENABle.................................... 347
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:LEVel........................................................348
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:CRESt...................................................... 348
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency:AUTO.....................................348
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ENABle..................................................... 349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE<t>:ENABle...................................... 349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency...............................................349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TLEVel......................................................350
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ILEVel.......................................................350
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE:ALL:ENABle <ToneStatus>
Enables or disables all tone list entries for multitone generation.
Suffix:
<no>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
Setting parameters:
<ToneStatus>
OFF | ON
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Enable All / Disable All" on page 105
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
347
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:LEVel <LevelEditMode>
Selects an edit mode for multitone level configuration.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<LevelEditMode>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
TOTal | INDividual
TOTal
All tones have the same level. To configure the total level, see:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TLEVel
INDividual
The level of each tone is configured separately, see:
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ILEVel
*RST:
Manual operation:
TOT
See "Edit" on page 105
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:CRESt <CrestFactor>
Configures the crest factor for multitone signal generation.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<CrestFactor>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
MAXimum | LOW
*RST:
Manual operation:
MAX
See "Crest Factor" on page 105
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency:AUTO <StartFreq>,
<FreqIncrement>
Configures increasing equidistant frequencies for multitone generation.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<StartFreq>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
Frequency for the first active tone in the multitone list
Range:
20 Hz to 20E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<FreqIncrement>
Frequency increment for subsequent tones in the list
Range:
1 Hz to 20E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
348
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Frequencies (All Tones)" on page 105
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ENABle <ToneStatus>...
Enables or disables the tone list entries for multitone generation.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<ToneStatus>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
OFF | ON
Comma-separated list of up to 20 values, tone 1 to tone 20
You can specify less than 20 values to configure only the beginning of the tone list.
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON, ON, ON, ...
See "Tone List" on page 105
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE<t>:ENABle <ToneStatus>
Enables or disables a selected tone list entry for multitone generation.
Suffix:
<no>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
<t>
1..20
Selects the tone
Parameters:
<ToneStatus>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Tone List" on page 105
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency <Frequency>...
Configures the frequencies of a multitone signal.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Frequency>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
Comma-separated list of up to 20 frequencies, tone 1 to tone 20
You can specify less than 20 values to configure only the beginning of the tone list.
Range:
20 Hz to 21E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Tone List" on page 105
349
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TLEVel <TLevel>...
Sets the total level of a multitone signal for edit mode TOTal.
In edit mode INDividual, you can only query the total level, but not configure it.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<TLevel>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
Total level
Range:
0.2E-3 V to 5 V (Gen 1/2), 0 % to 100 % (Gen 3/4)
*RST:
1 V (Gen 1/2), 100 % (Gen 3/4)
Default unit: V (Gen 1/2), % (Gen 3/4)
Manual operation:
See "Tone List" on page 105
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ILEVel <ILevel>...
Configures the levels of all tones of a multitone signal for edit mode INDividual.
In edit mode TOTal, you can only query the levels, but not configure them.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<ILevel>
.
1..4
Selects the audio generator (generator 1 to 4)
Comma-separated list of up to 20 levels, for tone 1 to tone 20
You can specify less than 20 values to configure only the beginning of the tone list.
The stated range applies to each single tone and to the sum of
all active tones.
Range:
10E-6 V to 5 V (Gen 1/2), 0 % to 100 % (Gen 3/4)
*RST:
50E-3 V (Gen 1/2), 5 % (Gen 3/4)
Default unit: V (Gen 1/2), % (Gen 3/4)
Manual operation:
8.2.5.11
See "Tone List" on page 105
List of Generator Commands
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ARANging.....................................................................................................341
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:ICOupling..................................................................................................... 341
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AIN<no>:MLEVel.........................................................................................................341
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>.................................................................................................................. 338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:ENABle.....................................................................................................337
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:AOUT<no>:LEVel........................................................................................................338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRATe?.............................................................................................................. 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CRCProtect?....................................................................................................... 335
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE.....................................................................................................................332
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:DATE?........................................................................................................ 333
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
350
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:OPTion?..................................................................................................... 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FILE:VERSion?................................................................................................... 333
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:FOFFset.............................................................................................................. 332
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:LOFFset?............................................................................................................ 334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MARKer:DELays................................................................................................. 336
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:POFFset?............................................................................................................334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:REPetition........................................................................................................... 332
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles:RANGe................................................................................................ 334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SAMPles?........................................................................................................... 334
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition................................................................................................................. 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:CSPace................................................................................................... 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RCHannel................................................................................................327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:CDEFinition:RFRequency........................................................................................... 327
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:HPASs........................................................................................................342
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:LPASs........................................................................................................ 342
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:FILTer:RF:PEMPhasis.................................................................................................342
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:ENABle...................................................................................................... 347
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:AF:FREQuency............................................................................................... 347
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DFRequency................................................................................................... 345
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:DLEVel............................................................................................................ 345
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODE............................................................................................................. 346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:FDEViation....................................................................................346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:MDEPth........................................................................................ 346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:MODulator:PDEViation................................................................................... 346
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IFERer:RF:ENABle......................................................................................................345
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:ENABle?...........................................................................................340
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:FREQuency......................................................................................340
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:CRESt.................................................................................348
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ENABle............................................................................... 349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency........................................................................ 349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:FREQuency:AUTO............................................................. 348
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:ILEVel................................................................................. 350
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:LEVel.................................................................................. 348
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TLEVel................................................................................350
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE:ALL:ENABle.............................................................347
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:MTONe:TONE<t>:ENABle...............................................................349
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:IGENerator<no>:TMODe.............................................................................................340
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator................................................................................................................... 328
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:ENABle......................................................................................................329
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FDEViation................................................................................................ 329
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MADeviation............................................................................330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:MDEViation?........................................................................... 330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:PDEViation..............................................................................331
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation..........................................................................331
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:MDEPth.....................................................................................................330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MODulator:PDEViation................................................................................................330
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:MSCHeme................................................................................................................... 328
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RELiability:ALL?.......................................................................................................... 324
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RELiability?..................................................................................................................323
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CHANnel...................................................................................................326
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
351
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:COFFset................................................................................................... 326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:CONNector............................................................................................... 324
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:DGAin....................................................................................................... 326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:EATTenuation...........................................................................................325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion.............................................................................326
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:FREQuency.............................................................................................. 325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:LEVel........................................................................................................ 325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:PEPower?.................................................................................................325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:RFSettings:RF:ENABle............................................................................................... 325
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT...........................................................................................................................339
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:ENABle............................................................................................................. 338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:SOUT:LEVel................................................................................................................ 338
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:STATe......................................................................................................................... 323
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes......................................................................................................................... 343
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:CTCSs:TNUMber............................................................................................ 344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:FDEViation...................................................................................................... 344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:MDEPth...........................................................................................................344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:PDEViation......................................................................................................344
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:SUBTone:ENABle........................................................................................... 343
SOURce:AFRF:GEN:TONes:SUBTone:FREQuency.................................................................................... 343
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:AUTostart............................................................................................................ 336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:CATalog:SOURce?............................................................................................. 335
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:DELay..................................................................................................................336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:MANual:EXECute................................................................................................ 336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:RETRigger...........................................................................................................336
TRIGger:AFRF:GEN:ARB:SOURce.............................................................................................................. 335
8.2.6 Analyzer Commands
The commands in this section configure and control the "Analyzer" application and
query the measurement results.
For an introduction to the conventions used in this section, see chapter 8.2.2, "Conventions for Command Descriptions", on page 276.
Before configuring the measurement, select the scenario to be used, see CONFigure:
BASE:SCENario on page 286.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Measurement Control and States......................................................................... 353
Measurement Control Settings..............................................................................355
RF Settings........................................................................................................... 357
AF Settings............................................................................................................362
Filter Settings........................................................................................................ 367
Limit Settings.........................................................................................................377
AF Spectrum Settings........................................................................................... 387
RF Frequency and Power Results........................................................................ 388
Demodulation Results........................................................................................... 389
AF Frequency and Power Results........................................................................ 392
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
352
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
●
●
●
8.2.6.1
Signal Quality Results........................................................................................... 394
AF Spectrum Results............................................................................................ 399
List of Analyzer Commands.................................................................................. 405
Measurement Control and States
The following commands start or stop the measurement and query the measurement
states.
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:MEV...................................................................................................353
STOP:AFRF:MEAS:MEV................................................................................................ 353
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:MEV...............................................................................................353
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe?..................................................................................353
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe:ALL?........................................................................... 354
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:MEV
Starts or continues the analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 127
STOP:AFRF:MEAS:MEV
Pauses the analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 127
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:MEV
Stops the analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 127
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe?
Queries the main analyzer state.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
353
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<MeasState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
OFF
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 127
See "State" on page 511
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe:ALL?
Queries the main analyzer state and all substates. The substates provide additional
information for the main state RUN.
Return values:
<MainState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
<SyncState>
OFF
PEND | ADJ | INV
PEND
Pending state transition, waiting for resource allocation, adjustment or hardware switching
ADJ
Adjustments finished, measurement running
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
<ResourceState>
INV
QUE | ACT | INV
QUE
Queued measurement, no resources allocated
ACT
Active measurement, resources allocated
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
INV
354
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.6.2
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 127
Measurement Control Settings
The following commands define how the R&S CMA180 acquires the measurement
results.
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:TOUT...............................................................................355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RF:SCOunt.......................................................................355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AF:SCOunt....................................................................... 355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AFFFt:SCOunt.................................................................. 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:REPetition........................................................................ 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SCONdition.......................................................................356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:MOEXception....................................................................356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:TOUT <TCDTimeOut>
Defines a timeout for the measurement. The timer is started when the measurement is
initiated via a READ or INIT command. It is not started if the measurement is initiated
via the graphical user interface.
The timer is reset after the first measurement cycle.
If the first measurement cycle has not been completed when the timer expires, the
measurement is stopped and the reliability indicator is set to 1. Still running READ,
FETCh or CALCulate commands are completed, returning the available results. At
least for some results there are no values at all or the statistical depth has not been
reached.
A timeout of 0 s corresponds to an infinite measurement timeout.
Parameters:
<TCDTimeOut>
Default unit: s
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RF:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle for RF results.
One measurement interval delivers a single "Current" value per result.
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
1 to 1000
50
See "Statistic Counts Area" on page 140
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AF:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle for AF results.
One measurement interval delivers a single "Current" value per result.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
355
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
1 to 1000
50
See "Statistic Counts Area" on page 140
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AFFFt:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle for the AF
spectrum diagram. One measurement interval delivers a single "Current" trace.
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
1 to 1000
10
See "Statistic Counts Area" on page 140
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:REPetition <Repetition>
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
Parameters:
<Repetition>
SINGleshot | CONTinuous
SINGleshot
Single-shot measurement, stopped after one measurement
cycle
CONTinuous
Continuous measurement, running until explicitly terminated
*RST:
Manual operation:
SING
See "Repetition" on page 141
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SCONdition <StopCondition>
Selects whether the measurement is stopped after a failed limit check or continued.
Parameters:
<StopCondition>
NONE | SLFail
NONE
Continue measurement irrespective of the limit check
SLFail
Stop measurement on limit failure
*RST:
Manual operation:
NONE
See "Stop Condition" on page 141
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:MOEXception <MeasOnException>
Specifies whether measurement results that the R&S CMA180 identifies as faulty or
inaccurate are rejected.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
356
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<MeasOnException> OFF | ON
OFF
Faulty results are rejected
ON
Results are never rejected
*RST:
Manual operation:
8.2.6.3
ON
See "Measure on Exception" on page 141
RF Settings
The following commands configure the RF input path of the measurement.
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector..............................................................357
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RF:ENABle.............................................................. 357
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency............................................................. 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower................................................................. 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation.......................................................... 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:DSPace...................................................................358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling..............................................................359
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter.......................................................................... 359
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter...................................................................... 359
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter?.................................................................... 359
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter:USE........................................................ 359
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation........................................................................... 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CHANnel................................................................. 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:COFFset................................................................. 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion............................................. 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition.............................................................................. 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RCHannel.............................................................. 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RFRequency.......................................................... 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:CSPace................................................................. 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector <InputConnector>
Selects the input connector for the measured RF signal.
Parameters:
<InputConnector>
RFCom | RFIN
Manual operation:
See "Connector In" on page 142
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RF:ENABle <RFEnable>
Enables or disables the RF input path.
Parameters:
<RFEnable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
ON
357
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "ON" on page 143
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency <Frequency>
Sets the center frequency of the RF analyzer.
Parameters:
<Frequency>
Manual operation:
Range:
100E+3 Hz to 3E+9 Hz
*RST:
100E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Frequency / Increment" on page 143
See "Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency" on page 145
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower <ExpNominalPower>
Sets the expected nominal power of the measured RF signal.
The allowed range depends on several other settings, for example on the selected
connector and the external attenuation. For supported ranges, refer to the data sheet.
Parameters:
<ExpNominalPower> *RST:
30 dBm
Default unit: dBm
Manual operation:
See "Exp. Power" on page 143
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation <RFInputExtAtt>
Specifies the external attenuation in the input path. Negative values specify a gain.
Parameters:
<RFInputExtAtt>
Manual operation:
Range:
-50 dB to 90 dB
*RST:
0 dB
Default unit: dB
See "Ext. Atten." on page 143
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:DSPace <DuplexSpace>
Configures the duplex spacing between the analyzer frequency and the generator frequency.
frequencyanalyzer = frequencygenerator + duplex spacing
This is only relevant with enabled RF coupling.
Parameters:
<DuplexSpace>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
-500E+6 Hz to 500E+6 Hz
*RST:
0 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Duplex Space / RF Coupling" on page 143
358
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling <RFCoupling>
Couples the frequency and channel settings of the analyzer to the corresponding generator settings.
Parameters:
<RFCoupling>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Duplex Space / RF Coupling" on page 143
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter
Starts a frequency counter to search for the RF signal frequency (the strongest power
peak in the spectrum).
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Find RF Signal" on page 144
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter
Aborts the frequency counter. The configured analyzer frequency is not modified.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Find RF Signal" on page 144
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter?
Query the frequency counter results.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Frequency>
Frequency of strongest power peak
Range:
0 Hz to 3E+9 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<Level>
Power of strongest power peak
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Find RF Signal" on page 144
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter:USE
Configures the analyzer frequency according to the frequency detected by the frequency counter.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Find RF Signal" on page 144
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
359
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation <Demodulation>
Selects the type of demodulation to be performed.
Parameters:
<Demodulation>
FMSTereo | FM | AM | USB | LSB | PM
FMSTereo
FM stereo multiplex signal
FM, PM, AM
Frequency / phase / amplitude modulation
USB, LSB
Single-sideband modulation, upper / lower sideband
*RST:
Manual operation:
FM
See "Demodulation" on page 144
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CHANnel <RFChannel>
Specifies the center frequency of the RF analyzer via a channel number, according to
the configured channel definition.
Parameters:
<RFChannel>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 Ch to 9999 Ch
*RST:
0 Ch
Default unit: Ch
See "Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency" on page 145
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:COFFset <ChannelOffset>
Shifts the center frequency of the RF analyzer by a channel offset, relative to the frequency defined via the channel number.
The range depends on the channel spacing, defined via CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:
CDEFinition:CSPace on page 361.
Parameters:
<ChannelOffset>
Manual operation:
Range:
-<Spacing>/2 Hz to +<Spacing>/2 Hz
*RST:
0 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Channel / Channel Offset / Frequency" on page 145
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion
Sets the reference frequency of the channel definition to the current center frequency
of the RF analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Use as Ref. Frequency" on page 146
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
360
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition <ReferenceCh>
Activates or deactivates the channel definition.
Parameters:
<ReferenceCh>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "ON" on page 146
See "Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency" on page 146
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RCHannel <ReferenceCh>
Assigns a reference channel number to the reference frequency defined via
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RFRequency on page 361.
This setting is part of the channel definition.
Parameters:
<ReferenceCh>
Range:
0 Ch to 9999 Ch
*RST:
0 Ch
Default unit: Ch
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RFRequency <ReferenceFreq>
Assigns a reference frequency to the reference channel number defined via
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RCHannel on page 361.
This setting is part of the channel definition.
Parameters:
<ReferenceFreq>
Manual operation:
Range:
100E+3 Hz to 3E+9 Hz
*RST:
100E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Ref. Channel / Ref. Frequency" on page 146
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:CSPace <ChannelSpace>
Defines the channel spacing, that is the center frequency difference of two adjacent
channels.
This setting is part of the channel definition.
Parameters:
<ChannelSpace>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
100 Hz to 4E+6 Hz
*RST:
25E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Channel Space" on page 146
361
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.6.4
AF Settings
The following commands configure the audio signal input and output paths.
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:ENABle............................................................... 362
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:GCOupling.......................................................... 362
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ENABle.......................................................................363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:MLEVel.......................................................................363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ARANging...................................................................363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ICOupling................................................................... 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:GCOupling..................................................................364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:ENABle................................................................... 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:LEVel......................................................................365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:SOURce?................................................................365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:ENABle..............................................................................365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:GCOupling......................................................................... 366
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:ENABle.......................................................................... 366
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:LEVel............................................................................. 367
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:SOURce?....................................................................... 367
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:ENABle <TestLeft>, <TestRight>
Enables or disables the audio signal output paths of the demodulator.
For FM stereo, the settings configure the left and the right audio channel.
For other modulation types, only <TestLeft> is relevant. <TestRight> has no
effect.
Parameters:
<TestLeft>
OFF | ON
*RST:
<TestRight>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
ON
See "Checkbox" on page 147
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:GCOupling <CouplingLeft>,
<CouplingRight>
Couples the audio output paths of the demodulator to an internal signal generator.
For FM stereo, the settings configure the left and the right audio channel. Only the following combinations are allowed:
●
OFF, OFF
●
GEN1, GEN2
●
GEN3, GEN4
For other modulation types, only <CouplingLeft> is relevant. <CouplingRight>
has no effect.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
362
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<CouplingLeft>
OFF | GEN1 | GEN2 | GEN3 | GEN4
OFF
No coupling
GENn
Coupled to audio generator n
*RST:
<CouplingRight>
OFF | GEN2 | GEN4
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
OFF
See "Gen. Coupling" on page 147
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ENABle <TestAF>
Enables or disables an AF IN connector.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<TestAF>
.
1...2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | ON
Switches the connector off or on
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Checkbox" on page 148
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:MLEVel <MaxLevel>
Specifies the maximum expected level for an AF IN connector.
This setting is only relevant, if auto ranging is disabled.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<MaxLevel>
Manual operation:
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
Range:
10E-6 V to 30 V
Default unit: V
See "Max. Level / Auto R." on page 148
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ARANging <Enable>
Enables or disables auto ranging for an AF IN connector.
Suffix:
<no>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
363
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Switches auto ranging off or on
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Max. Level / Auto R." on page 148
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ICOupling <PathCoupling>
Configures whether the DC signal component is blocked at an AF IN connector, or not.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<PathCoupling>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
AC | DC
AC
DC component blocked, only AC component available
DC
AC and DC component available
*RST:
Manual operation:
AC
See "Input Coupl." on page 148
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:GCOupling <Coupling>
Couples an AF IN connector to an internal signal generator.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Coupling>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | GEN1 | GEN2 | GEN3 | GEN4
OFF
No coupling
GENn
Coupled to audio generator n
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Gen. Coupl." on page 149
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables an AF OUT connector.
Suffix:
<no>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 OUT or AF2 OUT
364
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Switches the connector off or on
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Checkbox" on page 149
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:LEVel <Level>
Specifies the output level for an AF OUT connector.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Level>
Manual operation:
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 OUT or AF2 OUT
Range:
10E-6 V to 5 V
*RST:
1V
Default unit: V
See "Level" on page 149
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:SOURce?
Queries the audio signal source for an AF OUT connector.
Suffix:
<no>
Return values:
<Source>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 OUT or AF2 OUT
DEM | DEML | DEMR
DEM
Demodulator output (FM, PM, ...)
DEML
Demodulator output, left channel (FM stereo)
DEMR
Demodulator output, right channel (FM stereo)
*RST:
DEM
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Source" on page 150
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:ENABle <TestLeft>, <TestRight>
Enables or disables the channels of the SPDIF IN connector.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
365
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<TestLeft>
OFF | ON
Switches the left channel off or on
*RST:
<TestRight>
OFF
OFF | ON
Switches the right channel off or on
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Checkbox" on page 150
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:GCOupling <CouplingLeft>, <CouplingRight>
Couples the channels of the SPDIF IN connector to an internal signal generator.
The combinations GEN1+GEN4 and GEN3+GEN2 are not allowed.
Parameters:
<CouplingLeft>
OFF | GEN1 | GEN3
OFF
No coupling of left channel
GENn
Left channel coupled to audio generator n
*RST:
<CouplingRight>
OFF
OFF | GEN2 | GEN4
OFF
No coupling of right channel
GENn
Right channel coupled to audio generator n
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Gen. Coupling" on page 151
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:ENABle <EnableLeft>, <EnableRight>
Enables or disables the channels of the SPDIF OUT connector.
Parameters:
<EnableLeft>
OFF | ON
Switches the left channel off or on
*RST:
<EnableRight>
OFF
OFF | ON
Switches the right channel off or on
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
See "Checkbox" on page 151
366
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:LEVel <LevelLeft>, <LevelRight>
Specifies the output levels for the SPDIF OUT connector.
Parameters:
<LevelLeft>
Level for the left channel
Default unit: %
<LevelRight>
Level for the right channel
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Level" on page 151
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:SOURce?
Queries the audio signal sources for the SPDIF OUT connector.
Return values:
<SourceLeft>
DEM | DEML
Source for the left SPDIF channel
DEM
Demodulator output (FM, PM, ...)
DEML
Demodulator output, left channel (FM stereo)
<SourceRight>
DEM | DEMR
Source for the right SPDIF channel
DEM
Demodulator output (FM, PM, ...)
DEMR
Demodulator output, right channel (FM stereo)
8.2.6.5
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Source" on page 151
Filter Settings
The following commands configure filters in the input paths.
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DFRequency............................................. 368
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DWIDth.....................................................368
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:LPASs...................................................... 369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:HPASs..................................................... 369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:WEIGhting................................................ 369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DEEMphasis............................................. 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle......................................... 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency..................................370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth..........................................371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:ENABle.....................................................371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DFRequency.....................................................371
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
367
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DWIDth............................................................ 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:LPASs..............................................................372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:HPASs............................................................. 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:WEIGhting........................................................372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle................................................. 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency......................................... 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth................................................. 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DFRequency............................................................374
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DWIDth................................................................... 374
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:LPASs.....................................................................375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:HPASs.................................................................... 375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:WEIGhting............................................................... 375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle........................................................ 376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency.................................................376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth........................................................ 377
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DFRequency <DistorFreqLeft>,
<DistorFreqRight>
Configures the distortion frequency for single-tone measurements via the RF input
path.
For FM stereo, the settings configure the left and the right audio channel.
For other modulation types, only <DistorFreqLeft> is relevant.
<DistorFreqRight> has no effect.
Parameters:
<DistorFreqLeft>
Range:
0 Hz to 10.5E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<DistorFreqRight>
Range:
0 Hz to 10.5E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Distortion Frequency" on page 153
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DWIDth <DWidthLeft>,
<RelativeLeft>, <DWidthRight>, <RelativeRight>
Configures the bandwidth of the distortion filter in the RF input path.
For FM stereo, the settings configure the left and the right audio channel.
For other modulation types, only the <...Left> settings are relevant. The
<...Right> settings have no effect.
Parameters:
<DWidthLeft>
WIDE | NARRow
Wide or narrow bandwidth
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
WIDE
368
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<RelativeLeft>
RELative | CONStant
Bandwidth proportional to distortion frequency or constant
*RST:
<DWidthRight>
WIDE | NARRow
*RST:
<RelativeRight>
WIDE
RELative | CONStant
*RST:
Manual operation:
REL
REL
See "Distortion Filter Width" on page 153
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:LPASs <Lowpass>
Configures the lowpass filter in the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Lowpass>
OFF | F3K | F4K | F15K
OFF
Filter disabled
F3K, F4K, F15K
Cutoff frequency 3 kHz / 4 kHz / 15 kHz
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Lowpass Filter" on page 154
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:HPASs <Highpass>
Configures the highpass filter in the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Highpass>
OFF | F6 | F50 | F300
OFF
Filter disabled
F6, F50, F300
Cutoff frequency 6 Hz / 50 Hz / 300 Hz
*RST:
Manual operation:
F6
See "Highpass Filter" on page 154
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:WEIGhting <Weighting>
Selects the weighting filter in the RF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
369
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Weighting>
OFF | AWEighting | CCITt | CMESsage
OFF
Filter disabled
AWEighting
A-weighting filter
CCITt
CCITT weighting filter
CMESsage
C-message weighting filter
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Weighting Filter" on page 154
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DEEMphasis <Deemphasis>
Configures the deemphasis filter in the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Deemphasis>
OFF | T50 | T75 | T750
OFF
Filter disabled
T50, T75, T750
Time constant 50 µs / 75 µs / 750 µs
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Deemphasis Filter" on page 154
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables the variable bandpass filter in the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 154
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency
<CenterFreq>
Configures the center frequency of the variable bandpass filter in the RF input path.
Parameters:
<CenterFreq>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
0 Hz to 21E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 154
370
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth <Bandwidth>
Configures the bandwidth of the variable bandpass filter in the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Bandwidth>
Manual operation:
Range:
20 Hz to 20E+3 Hz
*RST:
100 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 154
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:ENABle <Enable>
Selects whether the demodulation results are measured before or after the filters in the
RF input path.
For FM stereo, the demodulation results are always measured before the filters.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
OFF
Measure before filters
ON
Measure after filters
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Enable Filters for Demodulation Results" on page 155
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DFRequency <DistorFreq>
Configures the distortion frequency for single-tone measurements via an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<DistorFreq>
Manual operation:
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
Range:
1 Hz to 10.5E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Distortion Frequency" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DWIDth <DWidth>, <Relative>
Configures the bandwidth of the distortion filter in an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
371
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<DWidth>
WIDE | NARRow
Wide or narrow bandwidth
*RST:
<Relative>
WIDE
RELative | CONStant
Bandwidth proportional to distortion frequency or constant
*RST:
Manual operation:
REL
See "Distortion Filter Width" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:LPASs <Filter>
Configures the lowpass filter in an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Filter>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | F3K | F4K | F15K
OFF
Filter disabled
F3K, F4K, F15K
Cutoff frequency 3 kHz / 4 kHz / 15 kHz
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Lowpass Filter" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:HPASs <Filter>
Configures the highpass filter in an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Filter>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | F6 | F50 | F300
OFF
Filter disabled
F6, F50, F300
Cutoff frequency 6 Hz / 50 Hz / 300 Hz
*RST:
Manual operation:
F6
See "Highpass Filter" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:WEIGhting <Filter>
Configures the weighting filter in an AF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
372
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Filter>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | AWEighting | CCITt | CMESsage
OFF
Filter disabled
AWEighting
A-weighting filter
CCITt
CCITT weighting filter
CMESsage
C-message weighting filter
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Weighting Filter" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables the variable bandpass filter in an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Enable>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency <Frequency>
Configures the center frequency of the variable bandpass filter in an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Frequency>
Manual operation:
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
Range:
0 Hz to 21E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth <Bandwidth>
Configures the bandwidth of the variable bandpass filter in an AF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
373
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Bandwidth>
Manual operation:
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
Range:
20 Hz to 20E+3 Hz
*RST:
100 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DFRequency <DistorFreqLeft>,
<DistorFreqRight>
Configures the distortion frequency for single-tone measurements via the SPDIF input
path.
Parameters:
<DistorFreqLeft>
Frequency for left SPDIF channel
Range:
1 Hz to 10.5E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<DistorFreqRight>
Frequency for right SPDIF channel
Range:
1 Hz to 10.5E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Distortion Frequency" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DWIDth <DWidthLeft>, <DRelativeLeft>,
<DwidthRight>, <DRelativeRight>
Configures the bandwidth of the distortion filter in the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<DWidthLeft>
WIDE | NARRow
Wide or narrow bandwidth, left channel
*RST:
<DRelativeLeft>
WIDE
RELative | CONStant
Proportional to distortion frequency or constant, left channel
*RST:
<DwidthRight>
REL
WIDE | NARRow
Wide or narrow bandwidth, right channel
*RST:
<DRelativeRight>
WIDE
RELative | CONStant
Proportional to distortion frequency or constant, right channel
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
REL
374
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Distortion Filter Width" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:LPASs <FilterLeft>, <FilterRight>
Configures the lowpass filter in the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<FilterLeft>
OFF | F3K | F4K | F15K
Left SPDIF channel
OFF
Filter disabled
F3K, F4K, F15K
Cutoff frequency 3 kHz / 4 kHz / 15 kHz
*RST:
<FilterRight>
OFF
OFF | F3K | F4K | F15K
Right SPDIF channel
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Lowpass Filter" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:HPASs <FilterLeft>, <FilterRight>
Configures the highpass filter in the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<FilterLeft>
OFF | F6 | F50 | F300
Left SPDIF channel
OFF
Filter disabled
F6, F50, F300
Cutoff frequency 6 Hz / 50 Hz / 300 Hz
*RST:
<FilterRight>
F6
OFF | F6 | F50 | F300
Right SPDIF channel
*RST:
Manual operation:
F6
See "Highpass Filter" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:WEIGhting <FilterLeft>, <FilterRight>
Configures the weighting filter in the SPDIF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
375
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<FilterLeft>
OFF | AWEighting | CCITt | CMESsage
Left SPDIF channel
OFF
Filter disabled
AWEighting
A-weighting filter
CCITt
CCITT weighting filter
CMESsage
C-message weighting filter
*RST:
<FilterRight>
OFF
OFF | AWEighting | CCITt | CMESsage
Right SPDIF channel
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Weighting Filter" on page 156
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle <EnableLeft>, <EnableRight>
Enables or disables the variable bandpass filter in the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<EnableLeft>
OFF | ON
Disable or enable filter for left SPDIF channel
*RST:
<EnableRight>
OFF
OFF | ON
Disable or enable filter for right SPDIF channel
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency <FrequencyLeft>,
<FrequencyRight>
Configures the center frequency of the variable bandpass filter in the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<FrequencyLeft>
Frequency for left SPDIF channel
Range:
0 Hz to 21E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<FrequencyRight>
Frequency for right SPDIF channel
Range:
0 Hz to 21E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
376
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth <BandwidthLeft>,
<BandwidthRight>
Configures the bandwidth of the variable bandpass filter in the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<BandwidthLeft>
Bandwidth for left SPDIF channel
Range:
20 Hz to 20E+3 Hz
*RST:
100 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<BandwidthRight>
Bandwidth for right SPDIF channel
Range:
20 Hz to 20E+3 Hz
*RST:
100 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
8.2.6.6
See "Variable Bandpass Filter" on page 157
Limit Settings
The following commands configure limits for measurement results.
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:FERRor.....................................................378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:POWer...................................................... 378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:PEAK.................................378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:RMS.................................. 379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:PEAK................................ 379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:RMS..................................380
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:PEAK................380
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:RMS................. 381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:ADEViation..........................381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PIDeviation..........................381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PFERror..............................382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation...................... 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDistortion........................................ 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDNoise............................................383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SINad................................................. 383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SNRatio.............................................. 383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDistortion................................................ 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDNoise................................................... 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SINad......................................................... 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SNRatio...................................................... 385
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDistortion....................................................... 385
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDNoise.......................................................... 386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SINad................................................................ 386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SNRatio............................................................. 387
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
377
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:FERRor <EnableLimit>, <Lower>,
<Upper>
Configures limits for the measured RF carrier frequency error.
Parameters:
<EnableLimit>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower frequency error limit
Range:
-50E+3 Hz to 0 Hz
*RST:
-1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<Upper>
Upper frequency error limit
Range:
0 Hz to 50E+3 Hz
*RST:
1000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Carrier Area" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:POWer <EnableLimit>, <Lower>,
<Upper>
Configures limits for the measured RF signal power (RMS value).
Parameters:
<EnableLimit>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower power limit
Range:
-130 dBm to 55 dBm
*RST:
-35 dBm
Default unit: dBm
<Upper>
Upper power limit
Range:
-130 dBm to 55 dBm
*RST:
-25 dBm
Default unit: dBm
Manual operation:
See "Carrier Area" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:PEAK <Enable>,
<Lower>, <Upper>
Configures limits for the frequency deviation results "+Peak" and "-Peak", measured for
FM.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
378
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower frequency deviation limit
Range:
-100E+3 Hz to 0 Hz
*RST:
-48E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<Upper>
Upper frequency deviation limit
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
48E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Demodulation Area" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:RMS <Enable>,
<Upper>
Configures a limit for the "RMS" frequency deviation results, measured for FM.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper frequency deviation limit
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
190 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Demodulation Area" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:PEAK <Enable>,
<Lower>, <Upper>
Configures limits for the phase deviation results "+Peak" and "-Peak", measured for
PM.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower phase deviation limit
Range:
-10 rad to 0 rad
*RST:
-4 rad
Default unit: rad
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
379
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<Upper>
Upper phase deviation limit
Range:
0 rad to 10 rad
*RST:
4 rad
Default unit: rad
Manual operation:
See "Demodulation Area" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:RMS <Enable>,
<Upper>
Configures a limit for the "RMS" phase deviation results, measured for PM.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper phase deviation limit
Range:
0 rad to 10 rad
*RST:
0.01 rad
Default unit: rad
Manual operation:
See "Demodulation Area" on page 157
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:PEAK
<Enable>, <Lower>, <Upper>
Configures limits for the multiplex deviation results "+Peak" and "-Peak", measured for
FM stereo.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower multiplex deviation limit
Range:
-100E+3 Hz to 0 Hz
*RST:
-76E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<Upper>
Upper multiplex deviation limit
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
76E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Multiplex and Audio Area" on page 158
380
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:RMS
<Enable>, <Upper>
Configures a limit for the "RMS" multiplex deviation results, measured for FM stereo.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper multiplex deviation limit
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
190 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Multiplex and Audio Area" on page 158
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:ADEViation
<Enable>, <Upper>
Configures a limit for the audio deviation results, measured for FM stereo.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper audio deviation limit
Range:
0 Hz to 100E+3 Hz
*RST:
68.5E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Multiplex and Audio Area" on page 158
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PIDeviation
<Enable>, <Upper>
Configures a limit for the pilot deviation results, measured for FM stereo.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper pilot deviation limit
Range:
0 Hz to 10E+3 Hz
*RST:
7000 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Pilot Area" on page 159
381
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PFERror <Enable>,
<Lower>, <Upper>
Configures limits for the pilot frequency error, measured for FM stereo.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower frequency error limit
Range:
-100 Hz to 0 Hz
*RST:
-2 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<Upper>
Upper frequency error limit
Range:
0 Hz to 100 Hz
*RST:
2 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Pilot Area" on page 159
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation
<Enable>, <Upper>
Configures a limit for the RDS deviation, measured for FM stereo.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper RDS deviation limit
Range:
0 Hz to 10E+3 Hz
*RST:
2400 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "RDS Area" on page 159
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDistortion <Enable>,
<Upper>
Configures a limit for the THD results, measured via the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
382
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<Upper>
Upper THD limit
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (RF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDNoise <Enable>, <Upper>
Configures a limit for the THD+N results, measured via the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper THD+N limit
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (RF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SINad <Enable>, <Lower>
Configures a limit for the SINAD results, measured via the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower SINAD limit
Range:
0 dB to 50 dB
*RST:
20 dB
Default unit: dB
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (RF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SNRatio <Enable>, <Lower>
Configures a limit for the SNR results, measured via the RF input path.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
383
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<Lower>
Lower SNR limit
Range:
0 dB to 63 dB
*RST:
10 dB
Default unit: dB
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (RF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDistortion <Enable>, <Upper>
Configures a limit for the THD results, measured via an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Enable>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper THD limit
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (AF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDNoise <Enable>, <Upper>
Configures a limit for the THD+N results, measured via an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Enable>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Upper>
OFF
Upper THD+N limit
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (AF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SINad <Enable>, <Lower>
Configures a limit for the SINAD results, measured via an AF input path.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
384
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Enable>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower SINAD limit
Range:
0 dB to 50 dB
*RST:
20 dB
Default unit: dB
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (AF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SNRatio <Enable>, <Lower>
Configures a limit for the SNR results, measured via an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Parameters:
<Enable>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check
*RST:
<Lower>
OFF
Lower SNR limit
Range:
0 dB to 63 dB
*RST:
10 dB
Default unit: dB
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (AF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDistortion <EnableLeft>, <UpperLeft>,
<EnableRight>, <UpperRight>
Configures limits for the THD results, measured via the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<EnableLeft>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the left SPDIF channel
*RST:
<UpperLeft>
OFF
Upper THD limit for the left SPDIF channel
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
385
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<EnableRight>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the right SPDIF channel
*RST:
<UpperRight>
OFF
Upper THD limit for the right SPDIF channel
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDNoise <EnableLeft>, <UpperLeft>,
<EnableRight>, <UpperRight>
Configures limits for the THD+N results, measured via the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<EnableLeft>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the left SPDIF channel
*RST:
<UpperLeft>
OFF
Upper THD+N limit for the left SPDIF channel
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
<EnableRight>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the right SPDIF channel
*RST:
<UpperRight>
OFF
Upper THD+N limit for the right SPDIF channel
Range:
0 % to 100 %
*RST:
10 %
Default unit: %
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SINad <EnableLeft>, <LowerLeft>,
<EnableRight>, <LowerRight>
Configures limits for the SINAD results, measured via the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<EnableLeft>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the left SPDIF channel
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
386
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<LowerLeft>
Lower SINAD limit for the left SPDIF channel
Range:
0 dB to 50 dB
*RST:
20 dB
Default unit: dB
<EnableRight>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the right SPDIF channel
*RST:
<LowerRight>
OFF
Lower SINAD limit for the right SPDIF channel
Range:
0 dB to 50 dB
*RST:
20 dB
Default unit: dB
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 160
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SNRatio <EnableLeft>, <LowerLeft>,
<EnableRight>, <LowerRight>
Configures limits for the SNR results, measured via the SPDIF input path.
Parameters:
<EnableLeft>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the left SPDIF channel
*RST:
<LowerLeft>
OFF
Lower SNR limit for the left SPDIF channel
Range:
0 dB to 63 dB
*RST:
10 dB
Default unit: dB
<EnableRight>
OFF | ON
Enables or disables the limit check for the right SPDIF channel
*RST:
<LowerRight>
OFF
Lower SNR limit for the right SPDIF channel
Range:
0 dB to 63 dB
*RST:
10 dB
Default unit: dB
Manual operation:
8.2.6.7
See "Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 160
AF Spectrum Settings
The following command configures the fast Fourier transformation used to derive the
AF spectrum results.
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:WINDow <Type>
Selects the window function to be applied prior to the fast Fourier transformation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
387
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Type>
RECTangle | HAMMing | HANN | BLHA | FLTP
RECTangle, HAMMing, HANN
Rectangular / Hamming / Hann window
BLHA
Blackman-Harris window
FLTP
Flat-Top window
*RST:
Manual operation:
8.2.6.8
BLHA
See "FFT Window" on page 161
RF Frequency and Power Results
The following commands query frequency and power results for the measured RF carrier.
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation?
Queries the RF carrier measurement results.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<FreqError>
Carrier frequency error
Default unit: Hz
<PowerRMS>
Absolute RMS power of the RF signal
Default unit: dBm
<PowerPEP>
Absolute peak envelope power of the RF signal
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Carrier Area" on page 131
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
388
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.6.9
Demodulation Results
The following commands query the modulation characteristics of the measured RF signal.
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?.................................. 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?..................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?................................. 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?..................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?........................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?....................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?...................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?....................................... 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?.........................................390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?........................................ 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?........................................390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?........................................ 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?.................................. 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?..................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?.................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?................................. 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?....................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?....................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?...................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?.......................................390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?.........................................390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?........................................ 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?........................................391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?........................................ 391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?............................................391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?........................................... 391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?...........................................391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation?........................................... 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?............................................. 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?.............................................391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?............................................ 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation?.............................................391
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?................................... 392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?...................................392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?.................................. 392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?...................................392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?.........................................392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?........................................ 392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?........................................392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?........................................ 392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?..........................................392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?..........................................392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?.........................................392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?......................................... 392
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
389
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?
Queries the demodulation results for FM or FM stereo demodulation. A statistical evaluation of the frequency deviation or multiplex deviation is returned.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<RMS>
RMS average value
Default unit: Hz
<RMSSqrt2>
<RMS> result multiplied with the square root of 2
Default unit: Hz
<PPeak>
Positive peak value
Default unit: Hz
<MPeak>
Negative peak value
Default unit: Hz
<MPPeakAverage>
Peak-to-peak value divided by 2
Default unit: Hz
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "FM / FM Stereo" on page 132
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
390
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?
Queries the demodulation results for PM demodulation. A statistical evaluation of the
phase deviation is returned.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<RMS>
RMS average value
Default unit: rad
<RMSSqrt2>
<RMS> result multiplied with the square root of 2
Default unit: rad
<PPeak>
Positive peak value
Default unit: rad
<MPeak>
Negative peak value
Default unit: rad
<MPPeakAverage>
Peak-to-peak value divided by 2
Default unit: rad
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "PM" on page 132
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation?
Queries the demodulation results for AM demodulation. A statistical evaluation of the
modulation depth is returned.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<RMS>
RMS average value
Default unit: %
<RMSSqrt2>
<RMS> result multiplied with the square root of 2
Default unit: %
<PPeak>
Positive peak value
Default unit: %
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
391
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<MPeak>
Negative peak value
Default unit: %
<MPPeakAverage>
Peak-to-peak value divided by 2
Default unit: %
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "AM" on page 132
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?
Queries the demodulation results for the individual components of an FM stereo signal.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<AudioDevLeft>
Peak frequency deviation due to the left audio channel
Default unit: Hz
<AudioDevRight>
Peak frequency deviation due to the right audio channel
Default unit: Hz
<PilotDeviation>
Peak frequency deviation due to the pilot tone
Default unit: Hz
<PilotFreqError>
Frequency error of the pilot tone
Default unit: Hz
<RDSDeviation>
Peak frequency deviation due to the signal in the RDS band
Default unit: Hz
8.2.6.10
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "FM Stereo Results" on page 133
AF Frequency and Power Results
The following commands query frequency and power results for the measured audio
signal.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
392
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent?.................................................. 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage?.................................................. 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum?................................................. 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation?..................................................393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent?....................................................393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage?................................................... 393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum?...................................................393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation?................................................... 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:CURRent?.................................................... 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:AVERage?.................................................... 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:MAXimum?................................................... 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:DEViation?....................................................394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:CURRent?......................................................394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:AVERage?..................................................... 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:MAXimum?.....................................................394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:DEViation?..................................................... 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:CURRent?.................................................. 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:AVERage?..................................................394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:MAXimum?................................................. 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:DEViation?..................................................394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:CURRent?................................................... 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:AVERage?................................................... 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:MAXimum?.................................................. 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:DEViation?...................................................394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation?
Queries the AF frequency and level results measured for an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
Return values:
<Reliablity>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Frequency>
Frequency of the measured AF signal
Default unit: Hz
<Level>
Effective level of the AC component of the measured AF signal
Default unit: V
<DCLevel>
Level of the DC component of the measured AF signal (input
coupling DC required)
Default unit: V
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
393
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Frequency and Level Area (AF Path)" on page 134
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:DEViation?
Queries the AF level results for the left SPDIF channel.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Level>
Effective level of the AC component of the measured AF signal
Default unit: FS
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Level Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 134
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:DEViation?
Queries the AF level results for the right SPDIF channel.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Level>
Effective level of the AC component of the measured AF signal
Default unit: FS
8.2.6.11
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Level Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 134
Signal Quality Results
The following commands query signal quality results for the measured audio signal.
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?............................................. 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?............................................. 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?............................................ 396
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
394
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?............................................. 396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?...................................................396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?...................................................396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?..................................................396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?.................................................. 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?.................................................... 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?....................................................396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?................................................... 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?....................................................396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?........................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?........................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?.......................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?...........................................396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?.................................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?................................................ 397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?................................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?................................................ 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?.................................................. 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?..................................................397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?................................................. 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?................................................. 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?............................................. 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?............................................. 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?............................................ 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?.............................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?...................................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?.................................................. 397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?..................................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?.................................................. 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?.................................................... 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?....................................................397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?...................................................397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?................................................... 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?............................................... 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?............................................... 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?.............................................. 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?...............................................398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?.....................................................398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?.................................................... 398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?....................................................398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?.................................................... 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?...................................................... 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?......................................................398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?.....................................................398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?..................................................... 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?............................................. 399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?.............................................399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?............................................ 399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?.............................................399
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?...................................................399
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
395
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?.................................................. 399
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?................................................. 399
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?.................................................. 399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?....................................................399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?................................................... 399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?...................................................399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?................................................... 399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?
Queries the signal quality results measured for the left demodulator channel.
For FM stereo, these results are related to the left audio channel.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<THDPercent>
Total harmonic distortion in percent
Default unit: %
<THD>
Total harmonic distortion in dB
Default unit: dB
<THDPlusN>
Total harmonic distortion and noise
Default unit: %
<SINAD>
Signal to noise and distortion
Default unit: dB
<SNR>
Signal-to-noise ratio
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (RF Path)" on page 136
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
396
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?
Queries the signal quality results measured for the right demodulator channel.
The commands are only relevant for FM stereo. The results are related to the right
audio channel.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<THDPercent>
Total harmonic distortion in percent
Default unit: %
<THD>
Total harmonic distortion in dB
Default unit: dB
<THDPlusN>
Total harmonic distortion and noise
Default unit: %
<SINAD>
Signal to noise and distortion
Default unit: dB
<SNR>
Signal-to-noise ratio
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (RF Path)" on page 136
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?
Queries the signal quality results measured for an AF input path.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
397
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Suffix:
<no>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
Return values:
<Reliablity>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<THDPercent>
Total harmonic distortion in percent
Default unit: %
<THD>
Total harmonic distortion in dB
Default unit: dB
<THDPlusN>
Total harmonic distortion and noise
Default unit: %
<SINAD>
Signal to noise and distortion
Default unit: dB
<SNR>
Signal-to-noise ratio
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (AF Path)" on page 136
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?
Queries the signal quality results measured for the left SPDIF channel.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<THDPercent>
Total harmonic distortion in percent
Default unit: %
<THD>
Total harmonic distortion in dB
Default unit: dB
<THDPlusN>
Total harmonic distortion and noise
Default unit: %
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
398
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<SINAD>
Signal to noise and distortion
Default unit: dB
<SNR>
Signal-to-noise ratio
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 136
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?
Queries the signal quality results measured for the right SPDIF channel.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<THDPercent>
Total harmonic distortion in percent
Default unit: %
<THD>
Total harmonic distortion in dB
Default unit: dB
<THDPlusN>
Total harmonic distortion and noise
Default unit: %
<SINAD>
Signal to noise and distortion
Default unit: dB
<SNR>
Signal-to-noise ratio
Default unit: dB
8.2.6.12
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Signal Quality Area (SPDIF Path)" on page 136
AF Spectrum Results
The following commands query the contents of the AF spectrum diagram.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
399
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:CURRent?........................................ 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:AVERage?........................................ 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MAXimum?....................................... 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MINimum?........................................ 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:CURRent?..........................................401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:AVERage?......................................... 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MAXimum?.........................................401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MINimum?..........................................401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:CURRent?...................................... 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:AVERage?...................................... 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MAXimum?..................................... 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MINimum?...................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:CURRent?........................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:AVERage?....................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MAXimum?...................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MINimum?........................................402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?.................................402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?................................ 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?............................... 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MINimum?.................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?..................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?................................. 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?.................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MINimum?..................................402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?..................................... 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?.....................................402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?.................................... 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MINimum?..................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?...................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?...................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?..................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MINimum?...................................... 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:CURRent?................................. 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:AVERage?.................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MAXimum?................................ 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MINimum?................................. 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:CURRent?...................................403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:AVERage?.................................. 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MAXimum?................................. 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MINimum?...................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:CURRent?..................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:AVERage?................................. 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MAXimum?.................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MINimum?..................................403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:CURRent?................................... 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:AVERage?...................................403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MAXimum?.................................. 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MINimum?................................... 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent?.............................................. 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage?..............................................404
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
400
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum?............................................. 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MINimum?.............................................. 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent?............................................... 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage?............................................... 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum?.............................................. 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MINimum?............................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:CURRent?................................................ 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:AVERage?................................................404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MAXimum?............................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MINimum?................................................ 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:CURRent?................................................. 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:AVERage?................................................. 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MAXimum?................................................ 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MINimum?................................................. 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:CURRent?..............................................404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:AVERage?............................................. 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MAXimum?.............................................404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MINimum?..............................................404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:CURRent?............................................... 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:AVERage?...............................................405
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MAXimum?.............................................. 405
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MINimum?............................................... 405
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for the left demodulator channel and FM
demodulation or FM stereo demodulation.
For FM stereo, these results are related to the left audio channel.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 frequency deviation or audio
deviation values (diagram from left to right)
Default unit: dBHz
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "FM / FM Stereo" on page 137
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MAXimum?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
401
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for the right demodulator channel and
FM stereo demodulation.
The results are related to the right audio channel.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 audio deviation values (diagram
from left to right)
Default unit: dBHz
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "FM / FM Stereo" on page 137
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for PM demodulation.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 phase deviation values (diagram
from left to right)
Default unit: dBrad
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "PM" on page 138
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for AM demodulation.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
402
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 modulation depth values (diagram from left to right)
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "AM" on page 138
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for SSB-USB demodulation.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 audio level values (diagram from
left to right)
Default unit: dBFS
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "SSB-USB / SSB-LSB" on page 138
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for SSB-LSB demodulation.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 audio level values (diagram from
left to right)
Default unit: dBFS
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "SSB-USB / SSB-LSB" on page 138
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
403
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for an AF input path.
Suffix:
<no>
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
.
1..2
Selects the connector, AF1 IN or AF2 IN
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 audio level values (diagram from
left to right)
Default unit: V
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "AF Spectrum Diagram (AF Path)" on page 139
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:CURRent?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for the left SPDIF channel.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 audio level values (diagram from
left to right)
Default unit: FS
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "AF Spectrum Diagram (SPDIF Path)" on page 139
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:CURRent?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:AVERage?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MAXimum?
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MINimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:CURRent?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
404
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:AVERage?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MAXimum?
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MINimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram for the right SPDIF channel.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 1793 audio level values (diagram from
left to right)
Default unit: FS
8.2.6.13
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "AF Spectrum Diagram (SPDIF Path)" on page 139
List of Analyzer Commands
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter..................................................................................................359
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:MEV............................................................................................................................. 353
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?..........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?.......................................................... 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?......................................................... 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?.........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?...........................................................392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?........................................................... 392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?...........................................................392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?.......................................................... 392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?......................................................... 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?..........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?......................................................... 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?.........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage?....................................................................................388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent?.................................................................................... 388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation?................................................................................... 388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum?...................................................................................388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum?.................................................................................... 388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?...................................................................... 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?...................................................................... 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?......................................................................397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?..................................................................... 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?...................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?.......................................................................396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?...................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?..................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?....................................................................396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?.................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?....................................................................396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?........................................................................ 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?.........................................................................398
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
405
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?........................................................................ 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?....................................................................... 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?......................................................................399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?...................................................................... 399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?......................................................................399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?..................................................................... 399
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ARANging.............................................................................................. 363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ENABle.................................................................................................. 363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth...........................................................................373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency.................................................................. 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle.......................................................................... 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DFRequency.............................................................................. 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DWIDth.......................................................................................371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:HPASs........................................................................................372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:LPASs........................................................................................ 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:WEIGhting.................................................................................. 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:GCOupling............................................................................................. 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ICOupling............................................................................................... 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:MLEVel.................................................................................................. 363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:ENABle.............................................................................................. 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:LEVel................................................................................................. 365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:SOURce?...........................................................................................365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition........................................................................................................... 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:CSPace.............................................................................................361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RCHannel......................................................................................... 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RFRequency..................................................................................... 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation........................................................................................................360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:ENABle.......................................................................................... 362
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth.................................................................. 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency..........................................................370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle.................................................................. 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DEEMphasis...................................................................... 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DFRequency...................................................................... 368
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DWIDth.............................................................................. 368
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:ENABle.............................................................................. 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:HPASs............................................................................... 369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:LPASs................................................................................ 369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:WEIGhting..........................................................................369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:GCOupling.....................................................................................362
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter:USE.................................................................................. 359
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AF:SCOunt................................................................................................... 355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AFFFt:SCOunt..............................................................................................356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:WINDow................................................................................................387
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SINad................................................................................... 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SNRatio................................................................................ 385
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDistortion......................................................................... 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDNoise.............................................................................384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:PEAK........................................................ 378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:RMS..........................................................379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:ADEViation.................................................381
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
406
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:PEAK..................................... 380
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:RMS....................................... 381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PFERror..................................................... 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PIDeviation.................................................381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation............................................ 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:PEAK........................................................ 379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:RMS..........................................................380
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SINad........................................................................... 383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SNRatio........................................................................383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDistortion................................................................. 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDNoise.................................................................... 383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:FERRor...............................................................................378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:POWer................................................................................ 378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SINad............................................................................................386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SNRatio........................................................................................ 387
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDistortion..................................................................................385
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDNoise..................................................................................... 386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:MOEXception............................................................................................... 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:REPetition.................................................................................................... 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RF:SCOunt...................................................................................................355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SCONdition.................................................................................................. 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:TOUT............................................................................................................355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CHANnel............................................................................................ 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:COFFset.............................................................................................360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector.........................................................................................357
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:DSPace.............................................................................................. 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation.................................................................................... 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower............................................................................................ 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion...................................................................... 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency........................................................................................358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RF:ENABle......................................................................................... 357
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling........................................................................................ 359
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:ENABle...........................................................................................................365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth...................................................................................377
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency.......................................................................... 376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle...................................................................................376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DFRequency.......................................................................................374
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DWIDth............................................................................................... 374
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:HPASs................................................................................................ 375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:LPASs.................................................................................................375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:WEIGhting.......................................................................................... 375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:GCOupling..................................................................................................... 366
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:ENABle.......................................................................................................366
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:LEVel..........................................................................................................367
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:SOURce?................................................................................................... 367
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter?................................................................................................359
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage?............................................................................393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent?............................................................................ 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation?........................................................................... 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum?...........................................................................393
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
407
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?................................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?................................................................ 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?............................................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?...............................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?.................................................................392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?................................................................. 392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?.................................................................392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?................................................................ 392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?.................................................................... 391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?.....................................................................391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation?.................................................................... 391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?....................................................................391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?............................................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?................................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?............................................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?...............................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage?.......................................................................404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent?....................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum?...................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MINimum?....................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:AVERage?.................................................................401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:CURRent?................................................................. 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MAXimum?................................................................401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MINimum?................................................................. 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:AVERage?......................................................... 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:CURRent?..........................................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MAXimum?........................................................ 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MINimum?..........................................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?.............................................................402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?............................................................. 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?............................................................ 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MINimum?............................................................. 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?........................................................402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?........................................................ 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?....................................................... 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MINimum?........................................................ 402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:AVERage?.........................................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:CURRent?......................................................... 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MAXimum?........................................................403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MINimum?......................................................... 403
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:AVERage?.............................................................. 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:CURRent?...............................................................401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MAXimum?............................................................. 401
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MINimum?...............................................................402
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:AVERage?......................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:CURRent?......................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MAXimum?........................................................................ 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MINimum?......................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:AVERage?.......................................................................404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:CURRent?....................................................................... 404
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
408
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MAXimum?......................................................................404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MINimum?....................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage?..........................................................................................388
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent?.......................................................................................... 388
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation?......................................................................................... 388
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum?.........................................................................................388
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum?.......................................................................................... 388
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:AVERage?..............................................................................394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:CURRent?.............................................................................. 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:DEViation?..............................................................................394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:MAXimum?............................................................................. 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:AVERage?........................................................................... 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:CURRent?............................................................................394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:DEViation?........................................................................... 394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:MAXimum?...........................................................................394
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?............................................................................ 397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?............................................................................ 397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?............................................................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?........................................................................... 397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?............................................................................ 396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?.............................................................................396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?............................................................................ 396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?........................................................................... 396
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?..........................................................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?.......................................................................... 397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?..........................................................................397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?......................................................................... 397
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?.............................................................................. 398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?...............................................................................398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?.............................................................................. 398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?............................................................................. 398
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?............................................................................399
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?............................................................................ 399
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?............................................................................399
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?........................................................................... 399
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe:ALL?........................................................................................................354
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:STATe?............................................................................................................... 353
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter...................................................................................................... 359
INIT:AFRF:MEAS:MEV..................................................................................................................................353
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage?............................................................................. 393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent?............................................................................. 393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation?.............................................................................393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum?............................................................................ 393
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?................................................................. 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?................................................................. 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?.................................................................390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?................................................................ 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?.................................................................. 392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?...................................................................392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?.................................................................. 392
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
409
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?................................................................. 392
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?......................................................................391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?...................................................................... 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation?......................................................................391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?..................................................................... 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?.................................................................390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?................................................................. 390
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?.................................................................391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?................................................................ 391
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage?........................................................................ 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent?.........................................................................404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum?....................................................................... 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MINimum?.........................................................................404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:AVERage?.................................................................. 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:CURRent?.................................................................. 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MAXimum?................................................................. 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMLeft:FDEViation:MINimum?.................................................................. 401
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:AVERage?...........................................................403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:CURRent?........................................................... 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MAXimum?..........................................................403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:LSBPower:MINimum?........................................................... 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?.............................................................. 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?...............................................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?............................................................. 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:MDEPth:MINimum?...............................................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?......................................................... 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?..........................................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?........................................................ 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:PDEViation:MINimum?..........................................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:AVERage?.......................................................... 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:CURRent?.......................................................... 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MAXimum?......................................................... 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEModulation:USBPower:MINimum?.......................................................... 403
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:AVERage?................................................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:CURRent?................................................................ 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MAXimum?...............................................................402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:DEMRight:FDEViation:MINimum?................................................................ 402
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:AVERage?.......................................................................... 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:CURRent?...........................................................................404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MAXimum?..........................................................................404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINLeft:POWer:MINimum?...........................................................................404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:AVERage?........................................................................ 405
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:CURRent?........................................................................ 404
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MAXimum?....................................................................... 405
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:SINRight:POWer:MINimum?........................................................................ 405
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage?........................................................................................... 388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent?........................................................................................... 388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation?...........................................................................................388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum?.......................................................................................... 388
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum?........................................................................................... 388
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
410
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:AVERage?............................................................................... 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:CURRent?................................................................................394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:DEViation?............................................................................... 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINLeft:AFSignal:MAXimum?.............................................................................. 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:AVERage?.............................................................................394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:CURRent?............................................................................. 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:DEViation?.............................................................................394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SINRight:AFSignal:MAXimum?............................................................................ 394
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?............................................................................. 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?..............................................................................397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?............................................................................. 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?.............................................................................397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?..............................................................................396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?.............................................................................. 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?............................................................................. 396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?.............................................................................396
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?........................................................................... 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?............................................................................397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?........................................................................... 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?.......................................................................... 397
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?................................................................................398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?................................................................................ 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?............................................................................... 398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?...............................................................................398
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?............................................................................. 399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?..............................................................................399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?............................................................................. 399
READ:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?............................................................................ 399
STOP:AFRF:MEAS:MEV...............................................................................................................................353
8.2.7 EPS Measurement Commands
The commands in this section configure and control the EPS measurement and query
measurement results.
For an introduction to the conventions used in this section, see chapter 8.2.2, "Conventions for Command Descriptions", on page 276.
Before configuring the measurement, select the scenario to be used, see CONFigure:
BASE:SCENario on page 286.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Measurement Control and States......................................................................... 412
Zeroing..................................................................................................................414
Measurement Control Settings..............................................................................414
RF Settings........................................................................................................... 415
Measurement Results........................................................................................... 416
List of Commands for EPS Measurement.............................................................417
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
411
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.7.1
Measurement Control and States
The following commands start or stop the measurement and query the measurement
states and the sensor ID.
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor..................................................................................... 412
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor........................................................................................ 412
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor.......................................................................................412
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe?..........................................................................412
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe:ALL?................................................................... 413
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:IDN?.............................................................................. 413
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor
Starts or continues the EPS measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 166
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor
Pauses the EPS measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 166
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor
Stops the EPS measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 166
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe?
Queries the main EPS measurement state.
Return values:
<MeasState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
Usage:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
Query only
412
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 166
See "State" on page 511
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe:ALL?
Queries the main EPS measurement state and all substates. The substates provide
additional information for the main state RUN.
Return values:
<MainState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
<SyncState>
OFF
PEND | ADJ | INV
PEND
Pending state transition, waiting for resource allocation, adjustment or hardware switching
ADJ
Adjustments finished, measurement running
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
<ResourceState>
INV
QUE | ACT | INV
QUE
Queued measurement, no resources allocated
ACT
Active measurement, resources allocated
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
INV
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 166
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:IDN?
Queries the identification string of the connected external power sensor.
Return values:
<Idn>
String parameter
Usage:
Query only
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
413
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.7.2
Zeroing
The following commands initiate zeroing of the power sensor or read the zeroing state.
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ZERO
Initiates zeroing of the power sensor. A query returns whether the zeroing was successful.
8.2.7.3
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<ZeroingState>
PASSed | FAILed
Manual operation:
See "Start Zeroing" on page 165
Measurement Control Settings
The following commands define how the EPS measurement acquires the measurement results.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:TOUT.......................................................................414
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:REPetition................................................................ 414
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:SCOunt.................................................................... 415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:TOUT <TCDTimeOut>
Defines a timeout for the measurement. The timer is started when the measurement is
initiated via a READ or INIT command. It is not started if the measurement is initiated
via the graphical user interface.
The timer is reset after the first measurement cycle.
If the first measurement cycle has not been completed when the timer expires, the
measurement is stopped and the reliability indicator is set to 1. Still running READ,
FETCh or CALCulate commands are completed, returning the available results. At
least for some results there are no values at all or the statistical depth has not been
reached.
A timeout of 0 s corresponds to an infinite measurement timeout.
Parameters:
<TCDTimeOut>
Default unit: s
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:REPetition <Repetition>
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
414
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Repetition>
SINGleshot | CONTinuous
SINGleshot
Single-shot measurement, stopped after one measurement
cycle
CONTinuous
Continuous measurement, running until explicitly terminated
*RST:
Manual operation:
SING
See "Repetition" on page 168
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle. One measurement interval comprises one power result requested from the power sensor.
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
8.2.7.4
Range:
*RST:
1 to 1000
1
See "RF Statistic Count" on page 168
RF Settings
The following commands configure the RF path between the external power sensor
and the DUT.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:FREQuency..............................................................415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:RESolution............................................................... 415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation:STATe.................................................. 416
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation............................................................. 416
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:FREQuency <CorrectionFreq>
Specifies the input frequency at the power sensor.
Parameters:
<CorrectionFreq>
Manual operation:
Range:
Depends on used sensor model
*RST:
800E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Frequency" on page 168
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:RESolution <Resolution>
Defines the number of decimal places of the power results displayed in the graphical
user interface. This command does not affect results queried via remote control commands.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
415
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Resolution>
PD0 | PD1 | PD2 | PD3
PDn
Results rounded to n places after the decimal point
*RST:
Manual operation:
PD2
See "Resolution" on page 169
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation:STATe <AttenuatState>
Specifies whether there is an attenuator or amplifier between the power sensor and the
DUT.
Parameters:
<AttenuatState>
OFF | ON
OFF
Direct connection to DUT
ON
Attenuator or amplifier between power sensor and DUT. Configure also the attenuation, see CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:
EPSensor:ATTenuation on page 416.
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Attenuation State / Attenuation" on page 169
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation <Attenuation>
Specifies the attenuation or gain of a component between the power sensor and the
DUT. The power readings are corrected accordingly.
Configure also the attenuation state, see CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:
ATTenuation:STATe on page 416.
Parameters:
<Attenuation>
Manual operation:
8.2.7.5
Range:
-50 dB to 50 dB
*RST:
0 dB
Default unit: dB
See "Attenuation State / Attenuation" on page 169
Measurement Results
The following commands query the EPS measurement results.
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor?
Return all EPS measurement results.
Return values:
<Reliability>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
416
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<CurrentPower>
Sensor power in the last measurement interval
Default unit: dBm
<AveragePower>
Average of all <CurrentPower> values within the last measurement cycle
Default unit: dBm
<MinimumPower>
Minimum <CurrentPower> value since the start of the measurement
Default unit: dBm
<MaximumPower>
Maximum <CurrentPower> value since the start of the measurement
Default unit: dBm
<ElapsedStat>
Elapsed statistic count (progress bar)
Range:
8.2.7.6
0 to configured statistic count
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "RF Stat." on page 166
See "Result Query" on page 167
List of Commands for EPS Measurement
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor.................................................................................................................... 412
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ZERO..................................................................................................414
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation........................................................................................416
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation:STATe............................................................................416
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:FREQuency.........................................................................................415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:REPetition........................................................................................... 414
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:RESolution.......................................................................................... 415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:SCOunt................................................................................................415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:TOUT...................................................................................................414
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:IDN?........................................................................................................... 413
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe:ALL?...............................................................................................413
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:STATe?...................................................................................................... 412
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor?.................................................................................................................. 416
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor................................................................................................................... 412
READ:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor?....................................................................................................................416
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor......................................................................................................................412
8.2.8 ACP Measurement Commands
The commands in this section configure and control the ACP measurement and query
measurement results.
For an introduction to the conventions used in this section, see chapter 8.2.2, "Conventions for Command Descriptions", on page 276.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
417
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Before configuring the measurement, select the scenario to be used, see CONFigure:
BASE:SCENario on page 286.
●
●
●
●
●
8.2.8.1
Measurement Control and States......................................................................... 418
Measurement Control Settings..............................................................................420
RF Settings........................................................................................................... 422
Limit Settings.........................................................................................................422
Measurement Results........................................................................................... 424
Measurement Control and States
The following commands start or stop the measurement and query the measurement
states.
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP............................................................................................. 418
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:ACP................................................................................................418
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:ACP...............................................................................................418
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:STATe?..................................................................................418
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:STATe:ALL?........................................................................... 419
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP
Starts or continues the ACP measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 172
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:ACP
Pauses the ACP measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 172
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:ACP
Stops the ACP measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 172
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:STATe?
Queries the main ACP measurement state.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
418
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<MeasState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
OFF
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 172
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:STATe:ALL?
Queries the main ACP measurement state and all substates. The substates provide
additional information for the main state RUN.
Return values:
<MainState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
<SyncState>
OFF
PEND | ADJ | INV
PEND
Pending state transition, waiting for resource allocation, adjustment or hardware switching
ADJ
Adjustments finished, measurement running
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
<ResourceState>
INV
QUE | ACT | INV
QUE
Queued measurement, no resources allocated
ACT
Active measurement, resources allocated
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
INV
419
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.8.2
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 172
Measurement Control Settings
The following commands define how the ACP measurement acquires the measurement results.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:TOUT...............................................................................420
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:REPetition........................................................................ 420
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:SCOunt............................................................................ 421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MOEXception................................................................... 421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:CSPace............................................................................421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OFFSet............................................................................ 421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MBWidth.......................................................................... 422
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:PERCentage............................................................422
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:TOUT <TCDTimeOut>
Defines a timeout for the measurement. The timer is started when the measurement is
initiated via a READ or INIT command. It is not started if the measurement is initiated
via the graphical user interface.
The timer is reset after the first measurement cycle.
If the first measurement cycle has not been completed when the timer expires, the
measurement is stopped and the reliability indicator is set to 1. Still running READ,
FETCh or CALCulate commands are completed, returning the available results. At
least for some results there are no values at all or the statistical depth has not been
reached.
A timeout of 0 s corresponds to an infinite measurement timeout.
Parameters:
<TCDTimeOut>
Default unit: s
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:REPetition <Repetition>
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
Parameters:
<Repetition>
SINGleshot | CONTinuous
SINGleshot
Single-shot measurement, stopped after one measurement
cycle
CONTinuous
Continuous measurement, running until explicitly terminated
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
SING
See "Repetition" on page 175
420
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle. One measurement interval delivers one set of "Current" results.
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
1 to 1000
1
See "RF Statistic Count" on page 176
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MOEXception <MeasOnException>
Specifies whether measurement results that the R&S CMA180 identifies as faulty or
inaccurate are rejected.
Parameters:
<MeasOnException> OFF | ON
OFF
Faulty results are rejected
ON
Results are never rejected
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Measure on Exception" on page 176
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:CSPace <ChannelSpace>
Defines the channel spacing, that is the center frequency difference of two adjacent
channels.
Parameters:
<ChannelSpace>
Manual operation:
Range:
100 Hz to 4E+6 Hz
*RST:
1E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Channel Space" on page 176
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OFFSet <Offset>
Specifies an offset, moving the designated channel center frequency relative to the RF
carrier center frequency.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
421
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Offset>
NONE | USB | LSB
NONE
No offset, for example for FM, PM, AM
USB
Positive offset, for USB modulation
LSB
Negative offset, for LSB modulation
*RST:
Manual operation:
NONE
See "Offset" on page 176
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MBWidth <MeasBandWidth>...
Defines the width of the measurement filter used to measure the channel power. The
maximum allowed value is limited by the channel spacing, see CONFigure:GPRF:
MEAS:ACP:CSPace on page 421.
Parameters:
<MeasBandWidth>
Manual operation:
Range:
100 Hz to <ChannelSpace>
*RST:
1E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Measurement Bandwidth" on page 177
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:PERCentage <OBWPercentage>
Defines the power percentage to be used for calculation of the OBW results.
Parameters:
<OBWPercentage>
Manual operation:
8.2.8.3
Range:
700 ppm to 999 ppm
*RST:
990 ppm
Default unit: ppm
See "OBW Percentage" on page 177
RF Settings
There is a common set of commands for the RF settings of most measurements.
Refer to chapter 8.2.9.3, "RF Settings", on page 431.
8.2.8.4
Limit Settings
The following commands configure limits for measurement results.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
422
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ENABle.................................................................... 423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ACLR.......................................................................423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:POWer.....................................................................423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW:ENABle............................................................424
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW........................................................................424
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ENABle <EnableCh0>, <EnableCh1>,
<EnableCh2>
Enables or disables the ACLR and power limit checks.
Parameters:
<EnableCh0>
OFF | ON
Absolute power limit checks for the designated channel "0"
*RST:
<EnableCh1>
OFF
OFF | ON
ACLR limit check for the neighbor channels "+1" and "-1"
*RST:
<EnableCh2>
OFF
OFF | ON
ACLR limit check for the neighbor channels "+2" and "-2"
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Power Area" on page 178
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ACLR <LimitCh1>, <LimitCh2>
Configures upper limits for the measured ACLR values.
Parameters:
<LimitCh1>
Upper ACLR limit for the channels "+1" and "-1"
Range:
-80 dB to 80 dB
*RST:
-44 dB
Default unit: dB
<LimitCh2>
Upper ACLR limit for the channels "+2" and "-2"
Range:
-80 dB to 80 dB
*RST:
-44 dB
Default unit: dB
Manual operation:
See "Power Area" on page 178
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:POWer <LimitLower>, <LimitUpper>
Configures limits for the absolute power measured in the designated channel.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
423
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<LimitLower>
Lower power limit
Range:
-130 dBm to 55 dBm
*RST:
-35 dBm
Default unit: dBm
<LimitUpper>
Upper power limit
Range:
-130 dBm to 55 dBm
*RST:
-35 dBm
Default unit: dBm
Manual operation:
See "Power Area" on page 178
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW:ENABle <Enable>
Enables or disables the OBW limit checks.
Parameters:
<Enable>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "OBW Area" on page 178
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW <Limit>
Configures an upper OBW limit.
Parameters:
<Limit>
Manual operation:
8.2.8.5
Range:
0 Hz to 8E+6 Hz
*RST:
1E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "OBW Area" on page 178
Measurement Results
The following commands query the results of the ACP measurement.
For an introduction to CALCulate, FETCh and READ commands, see chapter 8.1.6,
"Retrieving Measurement Results", on page 267.
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent?............................................................... 425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage?...............................................................425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum?..............................................................425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation?............................................................ 425
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent?.................................................................... 425
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage?.................................................................... 425
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum?................................................................... 425
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation?..................................................................425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent?......................................................................425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage?..................................................................... 425
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum?.....................................................................425
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
424
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation?................................................................... 425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent?............................................................. 425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage?.............................................................425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum?............................................................426
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent?.................................................................. 426
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage?.................................................................. 426
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum?................................................................. 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent?....................................................................426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage?................................................................... 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum?...................................................................426
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum?............................................................. 426
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum?.................................................................. 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum?....................................................................426
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:CURRent?..................................................................... 426
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:AVERage?.....................................................................426
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:MAXimum?.................................................................... 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:CURRent?.......................................................................426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:AVERage?...................................................................... 426
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:MAXimum?..................................................................... 426
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent?
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage?
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum?
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation?
Queries the ACLR results. There are separate commands for the current, average,
maximum and standard deviation values.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<ACLR>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of five ACLR values, one per channel:
Channel -2, -1, 0, +1, +2
Default unit: dB
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Table" on page 173
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent?
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
425
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum?
Queries the absolute power results. There are separate commands for the current,
average and maximum values.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of five power values, one per channel:
Channel -2, -1, 0, +1, +2
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Table" on page 173
See "Power Min. / Power Max." on page 174
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum?
Queries the minimum absolute power of the designated channel.
CALCulate commands return error indicators instead of measurement values.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Power>
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Power Min. / Power Max." on page 174
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:MAXimum?
Queries the OBW result. There are separate commands for the current, average and
maximum value.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<OBW>
Default unit: Hz
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
426
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "OBW Results" on page 174
8.2.9 Power Measurement Commands
The commands in this section configure and control the "Power" measurement and
query measurement results.
For an introduction to the conventions used in this section, see chapter 8.2.2, "Conventions for Command Descriptions", on page 276.
Before configuring the measurement, select the scenario to be used, see CONFigure:
BASE:SCENario on page 286.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
8.2.9.1
Measurement Control and States......................................................................... 427
Measurement Control Settings..............................................................................429
RF Settings........................................................................................................... 431
Trigger Settings.....................................................................................................432
Filter Settings........................................................................................................ 435
Measurement Results........................................................................................... 436
List of Commands for Power Measurement..........................................................439
Measurement Control and States
The following commands start or stop the measurement and query the measurement
states.
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer......................................................................................... 427
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:POWer............................................................................................ 427
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:POWer...........................................................................................428
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe?..............................................................................428
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe:ALL?....................................................................... 428
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer
Starts or continues the power measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 181
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:POWer
Pauses the power measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
" on page 181
427
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:POWer
Stops the power measurement.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 181
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe?
Queries the main power measurement state.
Return values:
<MeasState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
OFF
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 181
See "State" on page 511
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe:ALL?
Queries the main power measurement state and all substates. The substates provide
additional information for the main state RUN.
Return values:
<MainState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
428
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<SyncState>
PEND | ADJ | INV
PEND
Pending state transition, waiting for resource allocation, adjustment or hardware switching
ADJ
Adjustments finished, measurement running
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
<ResourceState>
INV
QUE | ACT | INV
QUE
Queued measurement, no resources allocated
ACT
Active measurement, resources allocated
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
8.2.9.2
INV
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 181
Measurement Control Settings
The following commands define how the "Power" measurement acquires the measurement results.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT...........................................................................429
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:REPetition.................................................................... 430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SCOunt........................................................................ 430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MLENgth...................................................................... 430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLENgth.......................................................................430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT <TCDTimeOut>
Defines a timeout for the measurement. The timer is started when the measurement is
initiated via a READ or INIT command. It is not started if the measurement is initiated
via the graphical user interface.
The timer is reset after the first measurement cycle.
If the first measurement cycle has not been completed when the timer expires, the
measurement is stopped and the reliability indicator is set to 1. Still running READ,
FETCh or CALCulate commands are completed, returning the available results. At
least for some results there are no values at all or the statistical depth has not been
reached.
A timeout of 0 s corresponds to an infinite measurement timeout.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
429
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<TCDTimeOut>
Default unit: s
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:REPetition <Repetition>
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
Parameters:
<Repetition>
SINGleshot | CONTinuous
SINGleshot
Single-shot measurement, stopped after one measurement
cycle
CONTinuous
Continuous measurement, running until explicitly terminated
*RST:
Manual operation:
SING
See "Repetition" on page 184
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle. One measurement interval delivers one "Current" power result.
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
1 to 100E+3
10
See "RF Statistic Count" on page 184
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MLENgth <MeasLength>
Sets the time interval used to calculate one set of "Current" power result (RMS value,
minimum and maximum).
The maximum allowed value is limited by the step length, see CONFigure:GPRF:
MEAS:POWer:SLENgth on page 430.
Parameters:
<MeasLength>
Manual operation:
Range:
10E-6 s to <StepLength>
*RST:
0.1 s
Default unit: s
See "Measurement Length" on page 184
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLENgth <StepLength>
Sets the time between the beginning of two consecutive measurement intervals.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
430
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<StepLength>
Manual operation:
8.2.9.3
Range:
50E-6 s to 1 s
*RST:
0.1 s
Default unit: s
See "Step Length" on page 185
RF Settings
The following commands configure the RF input path. They affect most measurements,
not only "Power" measurements.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector............................................................. 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation......................................................... 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency............................................................ 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower................................................................ 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling............................................................. 432
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector <InputConnector>
Selects the input connector for the measured RF signal.
Parameters:
<InputConnector>
RFCom | RFIN
Manual operation:
See "Connector" on page 185
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation <RFInputExtAtt>
Specifies the external attenuation in the input path. Negative values specify a gain.
Parameters:
<RFInputExtAtt>
Manual operation:
Range:
-50 dB to 90 dB
*RST:
0 dB
Default unit: dB
See "External Attenuation (Input)" on page 186
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency <AnalyzerFreq>
Sets the center frequency of the RF analyzer.
Parameters:
<AnalyzerFreq>
Manual operation:
Range:
100E+3 Hz to 3E+9 Hz
*RST:
100E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Frequency" on page 186
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower <ExpNomPwr>
Sets the expected nominal power of the measured RF signal.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
431
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
The allowed range depends on several other settings, for example on the selected
connector and the external attenuation. For supported ranges, refer to the data sheet.
Parameters:
<ExpNomPwr>
Manual operation:
*RST:
30 dBm
Default unit: dBm
See "Expected Power" on page 186
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling <RFCoupling>
Couples the frequency setting of the measurement to the corresponding generator setting.
Parameters:
<RFCoupling>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
8.2.9.4
OFF
See "RF Coupling" on page 186
Trigger Settings
The following commands configure the trigger system for the "Power" measurement.
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CATalog:SOURce?........................................................... 432
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SOURce...........................................................................432
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLOPe............................................................................. 433
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:THReshold....................................................................... 433
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:OFFSet............................................................................ 433
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT...............................................................................434
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MGAP..............................................................................434
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MODE..............................................................................434
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CATalog:SOURce?
Returns a list of all trigger source values that can be selected via TRIGger:GPRF:
MEAS:POWer:SOURce on page 432.
Return values:
<TriggerSources>
Comma-separated list of all strings, one string per source
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Trigger Source" on page 187
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SOURce <Source>
Selects a trigger event source for power measurements.
To query a list of all supported sources, use TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:
CATalog:SOURce? on page 432.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
432
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Source>
Source as string, examples:
"Free Run"
Immediate start without trigger signal
"IF Power"
Trigger by IF power steps
"Base1: External TRIG In"
Trigger signal at connector TRIG IN
"AFRF Gen1: ..."
Trigger by processed waveform file
*RST:
Manual operation:
"Free Run"
See "Trigger Source" on page 187
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLOPe <Event>
Selects whether the trigger event is generated at the rising or at the falling edge of the
trigger pulse. This is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
Parameters:
<Event>
REDGe | FEDGe | RISing | FALLing
REDGe, RISing
Rising edge
FEDGe, FALLing
Falling edge
*RST:
Manual operation:
REDG
See "Trigger Slope" on page 187
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:THReshold <Threshold>
Defines the trigger threshold for trigger source "IF Power".
Parameters:
<Threshold>
Manual operation:
Range:
-50 dB to 0 dB
*RST:
-30 dB
Default unit: dB (full scale, i.e. relative to expected power minus
external attenuation)
See "Trigger Threshold" on page 187
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:OFFSet <Offset>
Defines a delay time for triggered measurements. The trigger offset delays the start of
the measurement relative to the trigger event.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
433
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Offset>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 s to 1 s
*RST:
100E-6 s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Offset" on page 188
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT <Timeout>
Specifies the time after which an initiated measurement must have received a trigger
event.
If no trigger event is received, the measurement is stopped in remote control mode. In
manual operation mode, a trigger timeout is indicated.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Parameters:
<Timeout>
Manual operation:
Range:
0.01 s to 300 s
*RST:
1s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Timeout" on page 188
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MGAP <MinimumGap>
Defines the minimum duration of the power-down periods (gaps) between two triggered power pulses. This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
Parameters:
<MinimumGap>
Manual operation:
Range:
0 s to 0.01 s
*RST:
0s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Gap" on page 188
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MODE <Mode>
Selects the trigger mode for the measurement. This setting is relevant for trigger
source "IF Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Parameters:
<Mode>
ONCE | SWEep | ALL
ONCE
Only the start of the measurement is triggered
SWEep
Each measurement cycle is triggered
ALL
Each measurement interval is triggered
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
ONCE
See "Trigger Mode" on page 189
434
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.9.5
Filter Settings
The following commands configure the measurement filter (IF filter).
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:TYPE.................................................................435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:GAUSs:BWIDth.................................................. 435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:BANDpass:BWIDth............................................. 435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:TYPE <FilterType>
Selects the IF filter type.
Parameters:
<FilterType>
BANDpass | GAUSs
BANDpass
Bandpass filter with selectable bandwidth
GAUSs
Gaussian filter with selectable bandwidth
*RST:
Manual operation:
GAUS
See "Filter Type" on page 190
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:GAUSs:BWIDth <GaussBW>
Selects the bandwidth for the Gaussian filter.
Parameters:
<GaussBW>
You can enter values between 10 Hz and 10 MHz. The setting is
rounded to the closest of the following values:
10 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 300 / 500 Hz
1 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 300 / 500 kHz
1 / 3 / 5 / 10 MHz
*RST:
1E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Gauss Filter Bandwidth" on page 190
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:BANDpass:BWIDth <BandpassBW>
Selects the bandwidth for the bandpass filter.
Parameters:
<BandpassBW>
You can enter values between 1 kHz and 40 MHz. The setting is
rounded to the closest of the following values:
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 kHz
1 / 1.08 / 2 / 2.7 / 3 / 4.5 / 5 / 9 / 10 / 13.5 / 18 / 20 / 40 MHz
*RST:
300E+3 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Bandpass Filter Bandwidth" on page 190
435
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.9.6
Measurement Results
The following commands query the results of the "Power" measurement.
For an introduction to CALCulate, FETCh and READ commands, see chapter 8.1.6,
"Retrieving Measurement Results", on page 267.
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:ESTatistics?........................................................................436
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?.....................................................................436
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?.......................................................................... 436
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?........................................................................... 436
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?......................................................437
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?........................................................... 437
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?............................................................ 437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?.....................................................437
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?.......................................................... 437
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?........................................................... 437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?.................................................................... 437
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?..........................................................................437
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?...........................................................................437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?........................................................... 438
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?................................................................ 438
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?..................................................................438
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?.......................................................... 438
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?............................................................... 438
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?.................................................................438
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?..................................................................438
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?....................................................................... 438
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?........................................................................ 438
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:ESTatistics?
Queries the elapsed statistic count (progress bar).
Return values:
<Reliabilty>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<StatCount>
Elapsed statistic count
Range:
0 to configured statistic count
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "RF Stat." on page 181
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?
Queries the "Power Current RMS" result.
CALCulate commands return an error indicator instead of a power value.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
436
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<PowerCurrentRMS> "Power Current RMS" result
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Power Current RMS" on page 182
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?
Queries the "Power Current Min." result.
CALCulate commands return an error indicator instead of a power value.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<PowerCurrentMin> "Power Current Min." result
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Power Current Min. / Power Current Max." on page 182
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?
Queries the "Power Current Max." result.
CALCulate commands return an error indicator instead of a power value.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<PowerCurrentMax> "Power Current Max." result
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Power Current Min. / Power Current Max." on page 182
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?
Queries the "Power Average RMS" result.
CALCulate commands return an error indicator instead of a power value.
Return values:
<Reliability>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
437
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<PowerAverRMS>
"Power Average RMS" result
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Power Average RMS" on page 182
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?
Queries the "Power Minimum" result.
CALCulate commands return an error indicator instead of a power value.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<PowerMinimum>
"Power Minimum" result
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Power Minimum / Power Maximum" on page 183
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?
Queries the "Power Maximum" result.
CALCulate commands return an error indicator instead of a power value.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<PowerMaximum>
"Power Maximum" result
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Power Minimum / Power Maximum" on page 183
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?
Queries the "Standard Deviation" result.
CALCulate commands return an error indicator instead of a power value.
Return values:
<Reliability>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
438
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<PowerStdDev>
"Standard Deviation" result
Default unit: dB
8.2.9.7
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Standard Deviation" on page 183
List of Commands for Power Measurement
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:POWer.........................................................................................................................428
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?................................................................................................437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?................................................................................................ 436
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?...............................................................................437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?................................................................................437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?.................................................................................... 438
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?......................................................................................438
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?............................................................................................. 438
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:BANDpass:BWIDth...................................................................... 435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:GAUSs:BWIDth............................................................................435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:TYPE............................................................................................435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MLENgth..................................................................................................430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:REPetition................................................................................................430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SCOunt.................................................................................................... 430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLENgth.................................................................................................. 430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT....................................................................................................... 429
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector........................................................................................ 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation....................................................................................431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower............................................................................................431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency....................................................................................... 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling........................................................................................432
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?......................................................................................................437
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?...................................................................................................... 436
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:ESTatistics?....................................................................................................436
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?.....................................................................................437
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?......................................................................................437
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?.......................................................................................... 438
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?............................................................................................438
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?................................................................................................... 438
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe:ALL?................................................................................................... 428
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:STATe?.......................................................................................................... 428
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer....................................................................................................................... 427
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?....................................................................................................... 437
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?........................................................................................................436
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?...................................................................................... 437
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?....................................................................................... 437
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?............................................................................................438
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?............................................................................................. 438
READ:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?.....................................................................................................438
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:POWer.......................................................................................................................... 427
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CATalog:SOURce?...................................................................................... 432
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
439
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MGAP...........................................................................................................434
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MODE.......................................................................................................... 434
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:OFFSet.........................................................................................................433
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLOPe..........................................................................................................433
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SOURce....................................................................................................... 432
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:THReshold................................................................................................... 433
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT........................................................................................................... 434
8.2.10 FFT Spectrum Analyzer Commands
The commands in this section configure and control the "FFT Spectrum" measurement
and query measurement results.
For an introduction to the conventions used in this section, see chapter 8.2.2, "Conventions for Command Descriptions", on page 276.
Before configuring the measurement, select the scenario to be used, see CONFigure:
BASE:SCENario on page 286.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
8.2.10.1
Measurement Control and States......................................................................... 440
Measurement Control Settings..............................................................................442
RF Settings........................................................................................................... 445
Trigger Settings.....................................................................................................445
Peak Search Settings............................................................................................448
Measurement Results........................................................................................... 449
List of Commands for FFT Spectrum Analyzer..................................................... 451
Measurement Control and States
The following commands start or stop the measurement and query the measurement
states.
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer................................................................................440
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer.................................................................................. 440
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer................................................................................. 441
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe?.................................................................... 441
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe:ALL?............................................................. 441
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer
Starts or continues the FFT spectrum analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 192
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer
Pauses the FFT spectrum analyzer.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
440
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 192
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer
Stops the FFT spectrum analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 192
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe?
Queries the main FFT spectrum analyzer state.
Return values:
<MeasState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
OFF
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 193
See "State" on page 511
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe:ALL?
Queries the main FFT spectrum analyzer state and all substates. The substates provide additional information for the main state RUN.
Return values:
<MainState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
441
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<SyncState>
PEND | ADJ | INV
PEND
Pending state transition, waiting for resource allocation, adjustment or hardware switching
ADJ
Adjustments finished, measurement running
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
<ResourceState>
INV
QUE | ACT | INV
QUE
Queued measurement, no resources allocated
ACT
Active measurement, resources allocated
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
8.2.10.2
INV
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 193
Measurement Control Settings
The following commands define how the FFT spectrum analyzer acquires the measurement results.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT................................................................. 442
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:REPetition.......................................................... 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SCOunt.............................................................. 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MOEXception......................................................443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FSPan................................................................443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FFTLength.......................................................... 444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:DETector............................................................ 444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:AMODe.............................................................. 444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT <TCDTimeOut>
Defines a timeout for the measurement. The timer is started when the measurement is
initiated via a READ or INIT command. It is not started if the measurement is initiated
via the graphical user interface.
The timer is reset after the first measurement cycle.
If the first measurement cycle has not been completed when the timer expires, the
measurement is stopped and the reliability indicator is set to 1. Still running READ,
FETCh or CALCulate commands are completed, returning the available results. At
least for some results there are no values at all or the statistical depth has not been
reached.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
442
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
A timeout of 0 s corresponds to an infinite measurement timeout.
Parameters:
<TCDTimeOut>
Default unit: s
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:REPetition <Repetition>
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
Parameters:
<Repetition>
SINGleshot | CONTinuous
SINGleshot
Single-shot measurement, stopped after one measurement
cycle
CONTinuous
Continuous measurement, running until explicitly terminated
*RST:
Manual operation:
SING
See "Repetition" on page 196
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle. One measurement interval comprises the number of samples defined by the "FFT Length".
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
1 to 1000
1
See "RF Statistic Count" on page 196
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MOEXception <MeasOnException>
Specifies whether measurement results that the R&S CMA180 identifies as faulty or
inaccurate are rejected.
Parameters:
<MeasOnException> OFF | ON
OFF
Faulty results are rejected
ON
Results are never rejected
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Measure on Exception" on page 196
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FSPan <FrequencySpan>
Defines the frequency range to be measured and thus the x-axis of the spectrum result
diagram.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
443
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<FrequencySpan>
You can enter values between 10 kHz and 20 MHz. The setting
is rounded to the closest of the following values:
10 / 20 / 40 / 80 / 160 / 320 / 640 kHz
1.25 / 2.5 / 5 / 10 / 20 MHz
*RST:
10E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "Frequency Span" on page 197
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FFTLength <Length>
Specifies the number of samples used for the FFT analysis.
Parameters:
<Length>
You can enter values between 1024 and 16384. The setting is
rounded to the closest integer power of two.
*RST:
Manual operation:
2048
See "FFT Length" on page 197
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:DETector <Detector>
Defines how a spectrum diagram point is calculated from a number of adjacent frequency domain samples.
Parameters:
<Detector>
PEAK | RMS
PEAK
The sample with the largest power is displayed.
RMS
The RMS value of the samples is displayed.
*RST:
Manual operation:
PEAK
See "Detector" on page 197
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:AMODe <AveragingMode>
Defines how the average FFT trace is derived from the current trace.
Parameters:
<AveragingMode>
LINear | LOGarithmic
LINear
Averaging of the linear powers
LOGarithmic
Averaging of the dBm values
*RST:
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
LOG
See "Averaging Mode" on page 197
444
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.10.3
RF Settings
There is a common set of commands for the RF settings of most measurements.
Refer to chapter 8.2.9.3, "RF Settings", on page 431.
8.2.10.4
Trigger Settings
The following commands configure the trigger system of the FFT spectrum analyzer.
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:CATalog:SOURce?..................................................445
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SOURce................................................................. 445
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SLOPe................................................................... 446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:THReshold..............................................................446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OMODe..................................................................446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OFFSet.................................................................. 446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OSSTop................................................................. 447
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT.....................................................................447
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MGAP.................................................................... 447
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:CATalog:SOURce?
Returns a list of all trigger source values that can be selected via TRIGger:GPRF:
MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SOURce on page 445.
Return values:
<TriggerSources>
Comma-separated list of all strings, one string per source
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Trigger Source" on page 199
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SOURce <Source>
Selects a trigger event source for FFT spectrum analysis.
To query a list of all supported sources, use TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:
CATalog:SOURce? on page 445.
Parameters:
<Source>
Source as string, examples:
"Free Run"
Immediate start without trigger signal
"IF Power"
Trigger by IF power steps
"Base1: External TRIG In"
Trigger signal at connector TRIG IN
"AFRF Gen1: ..."
Trigger by processed waveform file
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
"Free Run"
445
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Manual operation:
See "Trigger Source" on page 199
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SLOPe <Event>
Selects whether the trigger event is generated at the rising or at the falling edge of the
trigger pulse. This is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
Parameters:
<Event>
REDGe | FEDGe | RISing | FALLing
REDGe, RISing
Rising edge
FEDGe, FALLing
Falling edge
*RST:
Manual operation:
REDG
See "Trigger Slope" on page 199
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:THReshold <Threshold>
Defines the trigger threshold for trigger source "IF Power".
Parameters:
<Threshold>
Manual operation:
Range:
-50 dB to 0 dB
*RST:
-30 dB
Default unit: dB (full scale, i.e. relative to expected power minus
external attenuation)
See "Trigger Threshold" on page 200
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OMODe <OffsetMode>
Selects the trigger offset mode.
Parameters:
<OffsetMode>
VARiable | FIXed
VARiable
Variable trigger offset within a configurable range
FIXed
Static configurable trigger offset
*RST:
Manual operation:
FIX
See "Trigger Offset" on page 200
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OFFSet <Offset>
Defines a trigger offset for the FIXed trigger offset mode, see TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:
FFTSanalyzer:OMODe on page 446.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
446
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Offset>
Manual operation:
Range:
-0.15 s to 0.15 s
*RST:
0s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Offset" on page 200
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OSSTop <OffsetStart>, <OffsetStop>
Defines the initial and final trigger offset for the VARiable trigger offset mode, see
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OMODe on page 446.
Parameters:
<OffsetStart>
Range:
-0.15 s to <OffsetStop>
*RST:
0s
Default unit: s
<OffsetStop>
Range:
<OffsetStart> to 0.15 s
*RST:
1E-3 s
Default unit: s
Manual operation:
See "Trigger Offset" on page 200
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT <Timeout>
Specifies the time after which an initiated measurement must have received a trigger
event.
If no trigger event is received, the measurement is stopped in remote control mode. In
manual operation mode, a trigger timeout is indicated.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Parameters:
<Timeout>
Manual operation:
Range:
0.01 s to 300 s
*RST:
1s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Timeout" on page 201
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MGAP <MinimumGap>
Defines the minimum duration of the power-down periods (gaps) between two triggered power pulses. This setting is relevant for trigger source "IF Power".
Parameters:
<MinimumGap>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
0 s to 0.01 s
*RST:
0s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Gap" on page 201
447
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.10.5
Peak Search Settings
The following commands configure the peak search.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch:NOAMarkers......................................... 448
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch............................................................. 448
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch:NOAMarkers <NoActiveMarkers>
Specifies the number of active peak search markers.
Parameters:
<NoActiveMarkers>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
0 to 5
1
See "Number of active Markers" on page 202
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch <FullSpanEnable0>,
<PeakRangeFrom0>, <PeakRangeTo0>, <FullSpanEnable1>,
<PeakRangeFrom1>, <PeakRangeTo1>, <FullSpanEnable2>,
<PeakRangeFrom2>, <PeakRangeTo2>, <FullSpanEnable3>,
<PeakRangeFrom3>, <PeakRangeTo3>, <FullSpanEnable4>,
<PeakRangeFrom4>, <PeakRangeTo4>
Defines the peak search ranges for the five markers. In this command, the markers are
labeled 0 to 4. At the graphical user interface, they are labeled 1 to 5.
The allowed ranges, reset values and default units are identical for all markers.
The ranges depend on the configured span, see CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:
FFTSanalyzer:FSPan on page 443.
Parameters:
<FullSpanEnable0>
OFF | ON
Configures marker 0
OFF
Search from <PeakRangeFrom0> to <PeakRangeTo0>
ON
Search the full frequency span
*RST:
ON
<PeakRangeFrom0> Start of peak search range for <FullSpanEnable0> = OFF
Range:
- span / 2 to span / 2
*RST:
-5E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<PeakRangeTo0>
End of peak search range for <FullSpanEnable0> = OFF
Range:
- span / 2 to span / 2
*RST:
5E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
<FullSpanEnable1>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Configures marker 1
448
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<PeakRangeFrom1>
<PeakRangeTo1>
<FullSpanEnable2>
Configures marker 2
<PeakRangeFrom2>
<PeakRangeTo2>
<FullSpanEnable3>
Configures marker 3
<PeakRangeFrom3>
<PeakRangeTo3>
<FullSpanEnable4>
Configures marker 4
<PeakRangeFrom4>
<PeakRangeTo4>
Manual operation:
8.2.10.6
See "Use Fullspan / Frequency Range" on page 202
Measurement Results
The following commands query the results of the "FFT Spectrum" measurement.
For an introduction to FETCh and READ commands, see chapter 8.1.6, "Retrieving
Measurement Results", on page 267.
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:CURRent?.....................................................449
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:AVERage?.................................................... 449
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MINimum?.....................................................449
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MAXimum?....................................................449
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:CURRent?...................................................... 449
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:AVERage?......................................................449
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MINimum?...................................................... 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MAXimum?.....................................................450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:I?............................................................................. 450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:Q?............................................................................450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:I?.............................................................................. 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:Q?.............................................................................450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:CURRent?..................................................... 450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:AVERage?.....................................................450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:CURRent?...................................................... 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:AVERage?...................................................... 450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:AVERage?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
449
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MAXimum?
Queries the contents of the spectrum diagram. There are separate commands for the
current, average, minimum and maximum power traces.
Return values:
<Reliability>
<Power>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
Comma-separated list of 801 power values
The power values cover the entire measured frequency span,
from the lower end to the upper end.
The frequency distance between two result equals <span>/800.
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Spectrum Diagram" on page 194
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:I?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:Q?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:I?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:Q?
Queries the contents of the time domain diagrams. There are separate commands for
the I amplitudes and the Q amplitudes.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Amplitude>
Comma-separated list of normalized I or Q amplitudes
The number of values equals the configured FFT length. The
order of the values corresponds to the I/Q vs. time diagram, from
left to right.
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Time Domain Diagrams" on page 194
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:AVERage?
Queries the contents of the peak search result table. There are separate commands
for the current and average spectrum traces.
The results are returned in the following order:
<Reliability>, {<Frequency>, <Level>}Peak 1, ..., {<Frequency>,
<Level>}Peak 5
Return values:
<Reliability>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
450
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<Frequency>
Frequency of the peak
Default unit: Hz
<Level>
Level of the peak
Default unit: dBm
8.2.10.7
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Peak Search Results" on page 195
List of Commands for FFT Spectrum Analyzer
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer.............................................................................................................. 441
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:AMODe......................................................................................... 444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:DETector.......................................................................................444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FFTLength.................................................................................... 444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FSPan........................................................................................... 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MOEXception................................................................................443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch........................................................................................448
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch:NOAMarkers.................................................................. 448
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:REPetition..................................................................................... 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SCOunt......................................................................................... 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT............................................................................................ 442
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:I?..........................................................................................................450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:AVERage?...............................................................................450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:CURRent?............................................................................... 450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:AVERage?.............................................................................. 449
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:CURRent?...............................................................................449
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MAXimum?............................................................................. 449
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MINimum?...............................................................................449
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:Q?........................................................................................................ 450
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe:ALL?........................................................................................ 441
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:STATe?................................................................................................441
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer.............................................................................................................440
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:I?........................................................................................................... 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:AVERage?................................................................................ 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PEAKs:CURRent?................................................................................ 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:AVERage?................................................................................449
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:CURRent?................................................................................ 449
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MAXimum?...............................................................................450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:POWer:MINimum?................................................................................ 450
READ:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:Q?......................................................................................................... 450
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer............................................................................................................... 440
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:CATalog:SOURce?........................................................................... 445
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MGAP................................................................................................447
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OFFSet..............................................................................................446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OMODe............................................................................................. 446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:OSSTop.............................................................................................447
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SLOPe...............................................................................................446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SOURce............................................................................................ 445
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
451
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:THReshold........................................................................................ 446
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT.................................................................................................447
8.2.11 Spectrum Analyzer Commands
The commands in this section configure and control the "Spectrum Analyzer" application and query measurement results.
For an introduction to the conventions used in this section, see chapter 8.2.2, "Conventions for Command Descriptions", on page 276.
Before configuring the measurement, select the scenario to be used, see CONFigure:
BASE:SCENario on page 286.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
8.2.11.1
Measurement Control and States......................................................................... 452
Measurement Control Settings..............................................................................454
RF Settings........................................................................................................... 455
Analyzer Settings.................................................................................................. 456
Trigger Settings.....................................................................................................460
Tracking Generator Settings................................................................................. 463
Measurement Results........................................................................................... 464
Peak Search and Markers.....................................................................................467
List of Commands for Spectrum Analyzer.............................................................469
Measurement Control and States
The following commands start or stop the spectrum analyzer and query the measurement states.
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum.....................................................................................452
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum....................................................................................... 452
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum...................................................................................... 453
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe?......................................................................... 453
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe:ALL?.................................................................. 453
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum
Starts or continues the spectrum analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 207
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum
Pauses the spectrum analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
" on page 207
452
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum
Stops the spectrum analyzer.
Usage:
Event
Manual operation:
See "Buttons
" on page 207
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe?
Queries the main spectrum analyzer state.
Return values:
<MeasState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
OFF
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 207
See "State" on page 511
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe:ALL?
Queries the main spectrum analyzer state and all substates. The substates provide
additional information for the main state RUN.
Return values:
<MainState>
OFF | RDY | RUN
OFF
Measurement is off
RDY
Measurement has been paused or is finished
RUN
Measurement is running
*RST:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
OFF
453
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<SyncState>
PEND | ADJ | INV
PEND
Pending state transition, waiting for resource allocation, adjustment or hardware switching
ADJ
Adjustments finished, measurement running
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
<ResourceState>
INV
QUE | ACT | INV
QUE
Queued measurement, no resources allocated
ACT
Active measurement, resources allocated
INV
Invalid substate because <MainState> = OFF or RDY
*RST:
8.2.11.2
INV
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Indicators
" on page 207
Measurement Control Settings
The following commands define the measurement timeout, the repetition mode and the
measurement cycle of the spectrum analyzer.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT...................................................................... 454
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REPetition............................................................... 455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SCOunt................................................................... 455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AMODe................................................................... 455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT <TCDTimeOut>
Defines a timeout for the measurement. The timer is started when the measurement is
initiated via a READ or INIT command. It is not started if the measurement is initiated
via the graphical user interface.
The timer is reset after the first measurement cycle.
If the first measurement cycle has not been completed when the timer expires, the
measurement is stopped and the reliability indicator is set to 1. Still running READ,
FETCh or CALCulate commands are completed, returning the available results. At
least for some results there are no values at all or the statistical depth has not been
reached.
A timeout of 0 s corresponds to an infinite measurement timeout.
Parameters:
<TCDTimeOut>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Default unit: s
454
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REPetition <Repetition>
Selects whether the measurement is repeated continuously or not.
Parameters:
<Repetition>
SINGleshot | CONTinuous
SINGleshot
Single-shot measurement, stopped after one measurement
cycle
CONTinuous
Continuous measurement, running until explicitly terminated
*RST:
Manual operation:
SING
See "Repetition" on page 210
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SCOunt <StatisticCount>
Specifies the number of measurement intervals per measurement cycle. One measurement interval covers the frequency span defined for the "Frequency Sweep" mode, or
the sweep time defined for the "Zero Span" mode.
Parameters:
<StatisticCount>
Manual operation:
Range:
*RST:
1 to 1000
1
See "RF Statistic Count" on page 211
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AMODe <Averaging Mode>
Defines how the average trace is derived from the current trace.
Parameters:
<Averaging Mode>
LINear | LOGarithmic
LINear
Averaging of the linear powers
LOGarithmic
Averaging of the dBm values
*RST:
Manual operation:
8.2.11.3
LOG
See "Averaging Mode" on page 219
RF Settings
There is a common set of commands for the RF settings of most measurements.
Refer to chapter 8.2.9.3, "RF Settings", on page 431.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
455
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.11.4
Analyzer Settings
The following commands select a spectrum analyzer mode and configure all modes.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN:MODE.........................................456
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer.................................................456
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN................................................... 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt...................................................457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP................................................... 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW..........................................................457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW:AUTO................................................458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW.......................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW:AUTO................................................ 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT.......................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT:AUTO................................................ 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:TYPE................................................... 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:GAUSs.................................................459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW.............................................................459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW:AUTO...................................................460
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:SWT.............................................................460
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN:MODE <SpanMode>
Selects the measurement mode.
Parameters:
<SpanMode>
FSWeep | ZSPan
FSWeep
Frequency sweep mode
ZSPan
Zero span mode
*RST:
Manual operation:
FSW
See "Subtabs" on page 207
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer <CenterFrequency>
Specifies the center frequency of the measurement.
You can also configure this setting via CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:
FREQuency on page 431.
Parameters:
<CenterFrequency>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
100E+3 Hz to 3E+9 Hz
*RST:
100E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Frequency Settings" on page 212
456
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN <FrequencySpan>
Specifies the frequency span for the frequency sweep mode.
Parameters:
<FrequencySpan>
Manual operation:
Range:
1000 Hz to 2.999901E+9 Hz
*RST:
100E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Frequency Settings" on page 212
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt <StartFrequency>
Specifies the start frequency of the measured span for the frequency sweep mode.
Parameters:
<StartFrequency>
Manual operation:
Range:
99500 Hz to 2.9999995E+9 Hz
*RST:
50E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Frequency Settings" on page 212
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP <StopFrequency>
Specifies the stop frequency of the measured span for the frequency sweep mode.
Parameters:
<StopFrequency>
Manual operation:
Range:
100500 Hz to 3.0000005E+9 Hz
*RST:
150E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
See "Frequency Settings" on page 212
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW <RBW>
Selects the bandwidth of the Gaussian resolution filter for the frequency sweep mode.
Setting this value is only possible if the automatic RBW selection is switched off, see
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW:AUTO on page 458.
Parameters:
<RBW>
You can enter values between 100 Hz and 10 MHz. The setting
is rounded to the closest of the following values:
100 / 200 / 300 / 500 Hz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 kHz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 MHz
*RST:
2E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "RBW" on page 213
457
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW:AUTO <RBWAuto>
Enables or disables automatic configuration of the resolution bandwidth (RBW) for the
frequency sweep mode.
Parameters:
<RBWAuto>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "RBW" on page 213
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW <VBW>
Selects the bandwidth of the video filter for the frequency sweep mode.
Setting this value is only possible if the automatic VBW selection is switched off, see
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW:AUTO on page 458.
Parameters:
<VBW>
You can enter values between 10 Hz and 10 MHz. The setting is
rounded to the closest of the following values:
10 / 20 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 Hz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 kHz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 MHz
OFF disables the filter
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "VBW" on page 213
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW:AUTO <VBWAuto>
Enables or disables automatic configuration of the video bandwidth (VBW) for the frequency sweep mode.
Parameters:
<VBWAuto>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "VBW" on page 213
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT <SweepTime>
Specifies the sweep time for the frequency sweep mode.
Setting this value is only possible if the automatic configuration is switched off, see
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT:AUTO on page 459.
Parameters:
<SweepTime>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
3.99602E-3 s to 2000 s
Default unit: s
See "Sweep Time" on page 213
458
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT:AUTO <SweepTimeAuto>
Enables or disables automatic configuration of the sweep time for the frequency sweep
mode.
Parameters:
<SweepTimeAuto>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
ON
See "Sweep Time" on page 213
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:TYPE <RBWType>
Selects the resolution filter type for the zero span mode.
Parameters:
<RBWType>
GAUSs | BANDpass
GAUSs
Gaussian filter with configurable bandwidth
BANDpass
Bandpass filter with 40 MHz bandwidth
*RST:
Manual operation:
GAUS
See "RBW" on page 214
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:GAUSs <RBW>
Selects the bandwidth of the Gaussian resolution filter for the zero span mode.
To use this filter, configure also CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:
TYPE on page 459.
Parameters:
<RBW>
You can enter values between 100 Hz and 10 MHz. The setting
is rounded to the closest of the following values:
100 / 200 / 300 / 500 Hz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 kHz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 MHz
*RST:
10E+6 Hz
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "RBW" on page 214
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW <VBW>
Selects the bandwidth of the video filter for the zero span mode.
Setting this value is only possible if the automatic VBW selection is switched off, see
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW:AUTO on page 460.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
459
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<VBW>
You can enter values between 10 Hz and 10 MHz. The setting is
rounded to the closest of the following values:
10 / 20 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 Hz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 / 20 / 30 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 300 / 500 kHz
1 / 2 / 3 / 5 / 10 MHz
OFF disables the filter
*RST:
OFF
Default unit: Hz
Manual operation:
See "VBW" on page 214
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW:AUTO <VBWAuto>
Enables or disables automatic configuration of the video bandwidth (VBW) for the zero
span mode.
Parameters:
<VBWAuto>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "VBW" on page 214
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:SWT <SweepTime>
Specifies the sweep time for the zero span mode.
Parameters:
<SweepTime>
Manual operation:
8.2.11.5
Range:
500.5E-6 s to 2000 s
*RST:
0.01 s
Default unit: s
See "Sweep Time" on page 214
Trigger Settings
The following commands configure the trigger system of the spectrum analyzer.
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:CATalog:SOURce?.......................................................460
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SOURce...................................................................... 461
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SLOPe........................................................................ 461
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:THReshold...................................................................461
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:OFFSet....................................................................... 462
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT.......................................................................... 462
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MGAP......................................................................... 462
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:CATalog:SOURce?
Returns a list of all trigger source values that can be selected via TRIGger:GPRF:
MEAS:SPECtrum:SOURce on page 461.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
460
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Return values:
<TriggerSources>
Comma-separated list of all strings, one string per source
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Trigger Source" on page 215
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SOURce <Source>
Selects a trigger event source for spectrum analysis.
To query a list of all supported sources, use TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:
CATalog:SOURce? on page 460.
Parameters:
<Source>
Source as string, examples:
"Free Run"
Immediate start without trigger signal
"Video"
Trigger by video power steps
"Base1: External TRIG In"
Trigger signal at connector TRIG IN
"AFRF Gen1: ..."
Trigger by processed waveform file
*RST:
Manual operation:
"Free Run"
See "Trigger Source" on page 215
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SLOPe <Slope>
Selects whether the trigger event is generated at the rising or at the falling edge of the
trigger pulse. This is relevant for trigger source "Video".
Parameters:
<Slope>
REDGe | FEDGe | RISing | FALLing
REDGe, RISing
Rising edge
FEDGe, FALLing
Falling edge
*RST:
Manual operation:
REDG
See "Trigger Slope" on page 215
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:THReshold <Threshold>
Defines the trigger threshold for trigger source "Video".
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
461
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
Parameters:
<Threshold>
Manual operation:
Range:
-50 dB to 0 dB
*RST:
-30 dB
Default unit: dB (full scale, i.e. relative to expected power minus
external attenuation)
See "Trigger Threshold" on page 215
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:OFFSet <TriggerOffset>
Defines a delay time for triggered zero span measurements. The trigger offset delays
the start of the measurement relative to the trigger event.
This is relevant for trigger source "Video" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Parameters:
<TriggerOffset>
Manual operation:
Range:
-0.5 s to 0.5 s
*RST:
0s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Offset" on page 215
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT <TriggerTimeout>
Specifies the time after which an initiated measurement must have received a trigger
event.
If no trigger event is received, the measurement is stopped in remote control mode. In
manual operation mode, a trigger timeout is indicated.
This setting is relevant for trigger source "Video" and trigger signals at TRIG IN.
Parameters:
<TriggerTimeout>
Manual operation:
Range:
0.01 s to 300 s
*RST:
1s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Timeout" on page 215
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MGAP <MinimumGap>
Defines the minimum duration of the power-down periods (gaps) between two triggered power pulses. This setting is relevant for trigger source "Video".
Parameters:
<MinimumGap>
Manual operation:
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
Range:
0 s to 0.01 s
*RST:
0s
Default unit: s
See "Trigger Gap" on page 216
462
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
8.2.11.6
Tracking Generator Settings
The following commands configure the analyzer for measurements with tracking generator.
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:ENABle................................................. 463
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator.............................................................463
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:RDAVailable?.............................................. 463
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:NORMalize............................................464
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:ENABle <State>
Enables the tracking mode, so that the generator application acts as tracking generator.
Parameters:
<State>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Tracking Mode" on page 217
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator <Calibrate>
Starts or aborts the calibration for a tracking generator setup.
Parameters:
<Calibrate>
OFF | ON
ON
Setting ON starts the calibration.
Return value ON indicates an ongoing calibration.
OFF
Setting OFF aborts an ongoing calibration.
Return value OFF indicates that there is no ongoing calibration.
*RST:
Manual operation:
OFF
See "Calibrate Button" on page 217
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:RDAVailable?
Queries whether valid calibration results are available (ON) or not (OFF).
Return values:
<RefDataState>
OFF | ON
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Calibrate Button" on page 217
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
463
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:NORMalize <Normalize>
Enables the normalization of the frequency sweep results for measurements with tracking generator.
Parameters:
<Normalize>
OFF | ON
*RST:
Manual operation:
8.2.11.7
OFF
See "Normalize" on page 217
Measurement Results
This section describes all commands for query of the spectrum analyzer results.
The commands are independent of the measurement mode, so the same commands
are used in "Frequency Sweep" mode and in "Zero Span" mode.
Several detector types are available for calculation of the result traces from the raw
samples. All detectors are running in parallel. Each detector has its own set of commands for result retrieval. For an explanation of the detector types, see "Detector"
on page 218.
For an introduction to FETCh and READ commands, see chapter 8.1.6, "Retrieving
Measurement Results", on page 267.
The following commands are available.
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:CURRent?...................................................... 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:AVERage?......................................................465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MINimum?...................................................... 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MAXimum?..................................................... 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:CURRent?....................................................... 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:AVERage?....................................................... 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MINimum?....................................................... 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MAXimum?...................................................... 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:CURRent?............................................................. 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:AVERage?.............................................................465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MINimum?............................................................. 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MAXimum?............................................................ 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:CURRent?.............................................................. 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:AVERage?.............................................................. 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MINimum?.............................................................. 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MAXimum?............................................................. 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:CURRent?.........................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:AVERage?........................................................ 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MINimum?.........................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MAXimum?........................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:CURRent?.......................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:AVERage?..........................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MINimum?.......................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MAXimum?.........................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:CURRent?...................................................... 466
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
464
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:AVERage?...................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MINimum?.......................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MAXimum?..................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:CURRent?........................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:AVERage?....................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MINimum?........................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MAXimum?.......................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:CURRent?..................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:AVERage?..................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MINimum?..................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MAXimum?.................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:CURRent?.......................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:AVERage?...................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MINimum?.......................................................467
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MAXimum?......................................................467
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MAXimum?
Queries the result traces calculated with the "Average" detector. The current, average,
minimum and maximum traces can be retrieved.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Power>
Comma-separated list of 1001 power values
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MAXimum?
Queries the result traces calculated with the "RMS" detector. The current, average,
minimum and maximum traces can be retrieved.
Return values:
<Reliability>
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
465
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
<Power>
Comma-separated list of 1001 power values
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MAXimum?
Queries the result traces calculated with the "Sample" detector. The current, average,
minimum and maximum traces can be retrieved.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Power>
Comma-separated list of 1001 power values
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:AVERage?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MAXimum?
Queries the result traces calculated with the "MinPeak" detector. The current, average,
minimum and maximum traces can be retrieved.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Power>
Comma-separated list of 1001 power values
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:CURRent?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:AVERage?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MINimum?
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MAXimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:CURRent?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:AVERage?
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
466
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MINimum?
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MAXimum?
Queries the result traces calculated with the "MaxPeak" detector. The current, average, minimum and maximum traces can be retrieved.
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<Power>
Comma-separated list of 1001 power values
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
8.2.11.8
Query only
Peak Search and Markers
The following commands query information about trace peaks and the reference
marker. They are only relevant in "Frequency Sweep" mode.
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:SPEak?........................................................467
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:NPEak?........................................................467
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MARKer<MarkerNo>:NPEak?.......................................... 468
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:REFMarker?..................................................... 469
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:SPEak? <Detector>, <Statistic>
Moves the reference marker to the highest peak of the trace, selected via
<Detector> and <Statistic>. Returns the X and Y value of the new marker position.
Query parameters:
<Detector>
AVERage | RMS | SAMPle | MINPeak | MAXPeak | AUTopeak
Selects the detector type, see "Detector" on page 218
<Statistic>
CURRent | AVERage | MAXimum | MINimum
Selects the trace type
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<XValue>
X value of the peak
Default unit: Hz
<YValue>
Y value of the peak
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Search Peak" on page 209
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:NPEak? <Detector>, <Statistic>
Moves the reference marker to the next lower (or equal) peak, relative to the current Y
value of the marker. Returns the X and Y value of the new marker position.
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
467
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
The trace is selected via <Detector> and <Statistic>.
Query parameters:
<Detector>
AVERage | RMS | SAMPle | MINPeak | MAXPeak | AUTopeak
Selects the detector type, see "Detector" on page 218
<Statistic>
CURRent | AVERage | MAXimum | MINimum
Selects the trace type
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<XValue>
X value of the peak
Default unit: Hz
<YValue>
Y value of the peak
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Search Next Peak" on page 210
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MARKer<MarkerNo>:NPEak? <Detector>,
<Statistic>
Moves marker 1 or marker 2 to the next lower (or equal) peak, relative to the current Y
value of the marker. Returns the X and Y value of the new marker position.
The trace is selected via <Detector> and <Statistic>.
Suffix:
<MarkerNo>
Query parameters:
<Detector>
.
1..2
Selects the marker
AVERage | RMS | SAMPle | MINPeak | MAXPeak | AUTopeak
Selects the detector type, see "Detector" on page 218
<Statistic>
CURRent | AVERage | MAXimum | MINimum
Selects the trace type
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<XValue>
X value of the peak
Default unit: Hz
<YValue>
Y value of the peak
Default unit: dBm
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Search Next Peak" on page 210
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
468
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:REFMarker? <Detector>, <Statistic>,
<XValue>
Moves the reference marker in the frequency sweep result diagram and returns the
power value at the new marker position.
The trace is selected via <Detector> and <Statistic>. The marker is moved to
the frequency <XValue>.
Query parameters:
<Detector>
AVERage | RMS | SAMPle | MINPeak | MAXPeak | AUTopeak
Selects the detector type, see "Detector" on page 218
<Statistic>
CURRent | AVERage | MAXimum | MINimum
Selects the trace type
<XValue>
Selects the frequency (x-axis value)
Default unit: Hz
Return values:
<Reliability>
See "Reliability indicator values" on page 512
<YValue>
Power value at the marker position (y-axis value)
Default unit: dBm
8.2.11.9
Usage:
Query only
Manual operation:
See "Markers" on page 210
List of Commands for Spectrum Analyzer
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum....................................................................................................................453
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator........................................................................................463
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AMODe...............................................................................................455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer.......................................................................... 456
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN............................................................................. 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN:MODE................................................................. 456
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt............................................................................ 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP............................................................................. 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW.................................................................................... 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW:AUTO......................................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT.....................................................................................458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT:AUTO..........................................................................459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW.................................................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW:AUTO......................................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REPetition...........................................................................................455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SCOunt...............................................................................................455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:ENABle...........................................................................463
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:NORMalize.....................................................................464
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT..................................................................................................454
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:GAUSs.......................................................................... 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:TYPE.............................................................................459
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
469
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:SWT........................................................................................460
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW....................................................................................... 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW:AUTO............................................................................ 460
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:AVERage?................................................................................465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:CURRent?................................................................................ 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MAXimum?............................................................................... 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MINimum?................................................................................ 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:REFMarker?............................................................................... 469
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MARKer<MarkerNo>:NPEak?...................................................................468
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:AVERage?............................................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:CURRent?............................................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MAXimum?.............................................................................. 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MINimum?............................................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:AVERage?................................................................................ 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:CURRent?.................................................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MAXimum?............................................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MINimum?.................................................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:NPEak?..................................................................................467
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REFMarker:SPEak?.................................................................................. 467
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:AVERage?........................................................................................465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:CURRent?........................................................................................ 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MAXimum?.......................................................................................465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MINimum?........................................................................................ 465
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:AVERage?...................................................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:CURRent?................................................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MAXimum?..................................................................................466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MINimum?................................................................................... 466
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe:ALL?..............................................................................................453
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:STATe?..................................................................................................... 453
FETCh:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:RDAVailable?........................................................................463
INITiate:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum.................................................................................................................. 452
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:AVERage?................................................................................. 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:CURRent?..................................................................................465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MAXimum?................................................................................ 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AVERage:MINimum?..................................................................................465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:AVERage?................................................................................ 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:CURRent?.................................................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MAXimum?................................................................................467
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MAXimum:MINimum?.................................................................................467
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:AVERage?..................................................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:CURRent?.................................................................................. 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MAXimum?.................................................................................466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MINimum:MINimum?.................................................................................. 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:AVERage?......................................................................................... 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:CURRent?......................................................................................... 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MAXimum?........................................................................................ 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:RMS:MINimum?......................................................................................... 465
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:AVERage?.................................................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:CURRent?.................................................................................... 466
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MAXimum?................................................................................... 466
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
470
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
READ:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SAMPle:MINimum?.................................................................................... 466
STOP:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum..................................................................................................................... 452
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:CATalog:SOURce?.................................................................................460
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:MGAP..................................................................................................... 462
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:OFFSet................................................................................................... 462
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SLOPe.................................................................................................... 461
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SOURce..................................................................................................461
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:THReshold.............................................................................................. 461
TRIGger:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT...................................................................................................... 462
8.2.12 List of all Commands
*CLS...............................................................................................................................................................278
*ESE.............................................................................................................................................................. 278
*ESR?............................................................................................................................................................ 278
*IDN?............................................................................................................................................................. 279
*IST?..............................................................................................................................................................279
*OPC..............................................................................................................................................................279
*OPT?............................................................................................................................................................ 279
*PRE.............................................................................................................................................................. 280
*PSC.............................................................................................................................................................. 280
*RCL.............................................................................................................................................................. 280
*RST.............................................................................................................................................................. 280
*SAV.............................................................................................................................................................. 281
*SRE.............................................................................................................................................................. 281
*SRQ?............................................................................................................................................................281
*STB?.............................................................................................................................................................282
*WAI...............................................................................................................................................................282
*XESE............................................................................................................................................................282
*XESR?..........................................................................................................................................................283
*XPRE............................................................................................................................................................283
*XSRE............................................................................................................................................................284
*XSTB?.......................................................................................................................................................... 285
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter..................................................................................................359
ABORt:AFRF:MEAS:MEV............................................................................................................................. 353
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:ACP............................................................................................................................. 418
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor.................................................................................................................... 412
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer.............................................................................................................. 441
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:POWer.........................................................................................................................428
ABORt:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum....................................................................................................................453
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?..........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?.......................................................... 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?......................................................... 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?.........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?...........................................................392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?........................................................... 392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?...........................................................392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?.......................................................... 392
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?......................................................... 390
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
471
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?..........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?......................................................... 390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?.........................................................390
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:AVERage?....................................................................................388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:CURRent?.................................................................................... 388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:DEViation?................................................................................... 388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MAXimum?...................................................................................388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RFCarrier:MINimum?.................................................................................... 388
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:AVERage?...................................................................... 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:CURRent?...................................................................... 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:DEViation?......................................................................397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:AIN<no>:EXTReme?..................................................................... 397
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:AVERage?...................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:CURRent?.......................................................................396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:DEViation?...................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMLeft:EXTReme?..................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:AVERage?....................................................................396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:CURRent?.................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:DEViation?....................................................................396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:DEMRight:EXTReme?................................................................... 396
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:AVERage?........................................................................ 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:CURRent?.........................................................................398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:DEViation?........................................................................ 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINLeft:EXTReme?....................................................................... 398
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:AVERage?......................................................................399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:CURRent?...................................................................... 399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:DEViation?......................................................................399
CALCulate:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SQUality:SINRight:EXTReme?..................................................................... 399
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:AVERage?..........................................................................................425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:CURRent?.......................................................................................... 425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:MAXimum?.........................................................................................425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:ACLR:SDEViation?....................................................................................... 425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:AVERage?....................................................................................... 425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:CURRent?........................................................................................425
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MAXimum?.......................................................................................426
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:POWer:MINimum?........................................................................................426
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:AVERage?................................................................................................437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:CURRent?................................................................................................ 436
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MAXimum:CURRent?...............................................................................437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MINimum:CURRent?................................................................................437
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MAXimum?.................................................................................... 438
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:PEAK:MINimum?......................................................................................438
CALCulate:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SDEViation?............................................................................................. 438
CALibration:BASE:ALL?................................................................................................................................ 313
CALibration:BASE:LATest:SPECific?............................................................................................................314
CALibration:BASE:LATest?........................................................................................................................... 313
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ZERO..................................................................................................414
CALibration:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator........................................................................................463
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ARANging.............................................................................................. 363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ENABle.................................................................................................. 363
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
472
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth...........................................................................373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency.................................................................. 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle.......................................................................... 373
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DFRequency.............................................................................. 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:DWIDth.......................................................................................371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:HPASs........................................................................................372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:LPASs........................................................................................ 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:FILTer:WEIGhting.................................................................................. 372
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:GCOupling............................................................................................. 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:ICOupling............................................................................................... 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AIN<no>:MLEVel.................................................................................................. 363
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:ENABle.............................................................................................. 364
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:LEVel................................................................................................. 365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:AOUT<no>:SOURce?...........................................................................................365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition........................................................................................................... 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:CSPace.............................................................................................361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RCHannel......................................................................................... 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:CDEFinition:RFRequency..................................................................................... 361
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation........................................................................................................360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:ENABle.......................................................................................... 362
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth.................................................................. 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency..........................................................370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle.................................................................. 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DEEMphasis...................................................................... 370
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DFRequency...................................................................... 368
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:DWIDth.............................................................................. 368
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:ENABle.............................................................................. 371
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:HPASs............................................................................... 369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:LPASs................................................................................ 369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:FILTer:WEIGhting..........................................................................369
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:DEModulation:GCOupling.....................................................................................362
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter:USE.................................................................................. 359
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AF:SCOunt................................................................................................... 355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AFFFt:SCOunt..............................................................................................356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:WINDow................................................................................................387
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SINad................................................................................... 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:SNRatio................................................................................ 385
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDistortion......................................................................... 384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:AIN<no>:THDNoise.............................................................................384
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:PEAK........................................................ 378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FDEViation:RMS..........................................................379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:ADEViation.................................................381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:PEAK..................................... 380
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MDEViation:RMS....................................... 381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PFERror..................................................... 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:PIDeviation.................................................381
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:FMSTereo:RDSDeviation............................................ 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:PEAK........................................................ 379
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:PDEViation:RMS..........................................................380
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SINad........................................................................... 383
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
473
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:SNRatio........................................................................383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDistortion................................................................. 382
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:DEModulation:THDNoise.................................................................... 383
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:FERRor...............................................................................378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:RFCarrier:POWer................................................................................ 378
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SINad............................................................................................386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:SNRatio........................................................................................ 387
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDistortion..................................................................................385
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:LIMit:SIN:THDNoise..................................................................................... 386
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:MOEXception............................................................................................... 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:REPetition.................................................................................................... 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:RF:SCOunt...................................................................................................355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:SCONdition.................................................................................................. 356
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:TOUT............................................................................................................355
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CHANnel............................................................................................ 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:COFFset.............................................................................................360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector.........................................................................................357
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:DSPace.............................................................................................. 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation.................................................................................... 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower............................................................................................ 358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FARFrequency:ACTion...................................................................... 360
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency........................................................................................358
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RF:ENABle......................................................................................... 357
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling........................................................................................ 359
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:ENABle...........................................................................................................365
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:BWIDth...................................................................................377
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:CFRequency.......................................................................... 376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:BPASs:ENABle...................................................................................376
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DFRequency.......................................................................................374
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:DWIDth............................................................................................... 374
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:HPASs................................................................................................ 375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:LPASs.................................................................................................375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:FILTer:WEIGhting.......................................................................................... 375
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SIN:GCOupling..................................................................................................... 366
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:ENABle.......................................................................................................366
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:LEVel..........................................................................................................367
CONFigure:AFRF:MEAS:SOUT:SOURce?................................................................................................... 367
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:SAVE........................................................................................................... 299
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:TYPE........................................................................................................... 299
CONFigure:BASE:ADJustment:VALue..........................................................................................................299
CONFigure:BASE:ATTenuation:ENABle....................................................................................................... 289
CONFigure:BASE:CPRotection:RESet..........................................................................................................289
CONFigure:BASE:RELay<Index>................................................................................................................. 289
CONFigure:BASE:SCENario......................................................................................................................... 286
CONFigure:BASE:SOUNd:SOURce..............................................................................................................292
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>......................................................................................................................290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL<Index>:DIRection..................................................................................................... 290
CONFigure:BASE:TTL2:UPDate................................................................................................................... 290
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:ENABle..................................................................................................................291
CONFigure:BASE:ZBOX:IMPedance............................................................................................................ 292
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
474
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:CSPace........................................................................................................ 421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ACLR...................................................................................................423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:ENABle................................................................................................423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW....................................................................................................424
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:OBW:ENABle...................................................................................... 424
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:LIMit:POWer.................................................................................................423
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MBWidth.......................................................................................................422
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:MOEXception............................................................................................... 421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OBW:PERCentage.......................................................................................422
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:OFFSet.........................................................................................................421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:REPetition.................................................................................................... 420
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:SCOunt........................................................................................................ 421
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:ACP:TOUT........................................................................................................... 420
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation........................................................................................416
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:ATTenuation:STATe............................................................................416
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:FREQuency.........................................................................................415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:REPetition........................................................................................... 414
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:RESolution.......................................................................................... 415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:SCOunt................................................................................................415
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:EPSensor:TOUT...................................................................................................414
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:AMODe......................................................................................... 444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:DETector.......................................................................................444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FFTLength.................................................................................... 444
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:FSPan........................................................................................... 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:MOEXception................................................................................443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch........................................................................................448
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:PSEarch:NOAMarkers.................................................................. 448
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:REPetition..................................................................................... 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:SCOunt......................................................................................... 443
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:FFTSanalyzer:TOUT............................................................................................ 442
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:BANDpass:BWIDth...................................................................... 435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:GAUSs:BWIDth............................................................................435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:FILTer:TYPE............................................................................................435
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:MLENgth..................................................................................................430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:REPetition................................................................................................430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SCOunt.................................................................................................... 430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:SLENgth.................................................................................................. 430
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:POWer:TOUT....................................................................................................... 429
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:CONNector........................................................................................ 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:EATTenuation....................................................................................431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:ENPower............................................................................................431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:FREQuency....................................................................................... 431
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:RFSettings:RFCoupling........................................................................................432
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:AMODe...............................................................................................455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:CENTer.......................................................................... 456
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN............................................................................. 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:SPAN:MODE................................................................. 456
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STARt............................................................................ 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FREQuency:STOP............................................................................. 457
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW.................................................................................... 457
User Manual 1176.7961.02 ─ 05
475
R&S®CMA180
Remote Control
Command Reference
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:RBW:AUTO......................................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT.....................................................................................458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:SWT:AUTO..........................................................................459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW.................................................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:FSWeep:VBW:AUTO......................................................................... 458
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:REPetition...........................................................................................455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:SCOunt...............................................................................................455
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:ENABle...........................................................................463
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TGENerator:NORMalize.....................................................................464
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:TOUT..................................................................................................454
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:GAUSs.......................................................................... 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:RBW:TYPE.............................................................................459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:SWT........................................................................................460
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW....................................................................................... 459
CONFigure:GPRF:MEAS:SPECtrum:ZSPan:VBW:AUTO............................................................................ 460
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:FREQuency:COUNter?................................................................................................359
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:AVERage?............................................................................393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:CURRent?............................................................................ 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:DEViation?........................................................................... 393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:AIN<no>:AFSignal:MAXimum?...........................................................................393
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:AVERage?................................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:CURRent?................................................................ 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:DEViation?............................................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FDEViation:MAXimum?...............................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:AVERage?.................................................................392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:CURRent?................................................................. 392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:DEViation?.................................................................392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:FMSTereo:MAXimum?................................................................ 392
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:AVERage?.................................................................... 391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:CURRent?.....................................................................391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:DEViation?.................................................................... 391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:MDEPth:MAXimum?....................................................................391
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:AVERage?............................................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:CURRent?................................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:DEViation?............................................................... 390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:DEModulation:PDEViation:MAXimum?...............................................................390
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:AVERage?.......................................................................404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:CURRent?....................................................................... 404
FETCh:AFRF:MEAS:MEV:FFT:AIN<no>:POWer:MAXimum?............................................